Chemical For Scale Inhibitor

REPORT NO.
GCI/V/ACPL/EIA/2014-15/DEC/R01
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESMENT

REPORT
For
Proposed
EXPANSION PROJECT IN MANUFACTURING

OF SPECIALITY CHEMICALS
Prepared For
M/s. AQUAPHARM CHEMICALS PVT. LTD.

Plot no. - K-3/1, K-2, K-3/3 ADDITIONAL INDUSTRIAL
ESTATE, MIDC MAHAD, DIST. RAIGAD, STATE
MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
Conducted & Prepared By
GREEN CIRCLE, INC.

Integrated HSEQR Consulting Engineers, Scientists & Trainers
(MoEF Recognized Environment Laboratory)
(An ISO: 9001, 14001, NABL/17025:2005 OHSAS: 18001 Certified Organization & GPCB
approved Environment Auditor Schedule II)
Gujarat High court stay order for QCI NABET No. C/SCA/10311/2012 dated 04.02.2014)
Corp. Office & Environmental Research Laboratory

Green Empire (Anupushpam), Above Axis Bank, Nr. Yash Complex, Gotri Road, Vadodara-390 021
(Gujarat) India |Tel: 0265-2371269
www.greencircleinc.com E: info@greencircleinc.com
ALSO AT
BENGALURU RUDRAPUR NEW DELHI HYDERABAD PUNE RAIPUR KOLKATA GOA
OVERSEAS
AUSTRALIA OMAN KUWAIT AFRICA VIETNAM
C/SCA/10311/2012 ORDER
IN THE HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT AT AHMEDABAD
SPECIAL CIVIL APPLICATION NO. 10311 of 2012
With
With
With
With
With
With
================================================================
C B UPASANI JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH & 7....Petitioner(s)
Versus
UNION OF INDIA THRO SECRETARY & 1....Respondent(s)
================================================================
Appearance:
DELETED for the Petitioner(s) No. 6
MR NILESH P SHAH, ADVOCATE for the Petitioner(s) No. 1 - 8
MS DHARA H ASLOT, ADVOCATE for the Petitioner(s) No. 1 - 8
MR ANSHIN H DESAI, ADVOCATE for the Respondent(s) No. 1
MR IH SYED, ADVOCATE for the Respondent(s) No. 1 - 2
================================================================
CORAM: HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE MR.

BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA
and
HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE J.B.PARDIWALA
Date : 04/02/2014
COMMON ORAL ORDER

(PER : HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA)
Page 1 of 2
As prayed for by Mr Desai, let the matters appear on 20 th

February 2014 after fresh matters to enable his client to file
appropriate affidavit showing that Dr Rastogi has been vested with
the appropriate authority in terms of the Environment (Protection)
Act, 1986 to issue the Office Memorandum impugned in these
applications. Interim relief granted earlier will continue till further
orders.
(BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA, CJ.)
(J.B.PARDIWALA, J.)
zgs
Page 2 of 2
IN THE HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT AT AHMEDABAD

With
With
================================================================
C B UPASANI JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH & 7....Petitioner(s)
Versus
UNION OF INDIA THRO SECRETARY & 1....Respondent(s)
================================================================
Appearance:
MR NILESH P SHAH, ADVOCATE for the Petitioner(s) No. 1 - 8
MS DHARA H ASLOT, ADVOCATE for the Petitioner(s) No. 1 - 8
MR PS CHAMPANERI, ADVOCATE for the Respondent(s) No. 2
NOTICE SERVED BY DS for the Respondent(s) No. 1
================================================================
CORAM: HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE MR.

BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA
and
HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE J.B.PARDIWALA
Date : 24/01/2013
COMMON ORAL ORDER

(PER : HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA)
Inspite of our earlier order, giving liberty to the Union of

India to file affidavit and also to place before us the
Government Notification supporting the action of the Director
concerned which is impugned in this application, no affidavit
has been affirmed.
Mr.Champaneri, the learned Assistant Solicitor General of
Page 1 of 3
India, submits that though a draft affidavit has been sent to his
client, the same has not come back after affirmation.
Be that as it may, we have decided to consider the

question of grant of interim order at this stage.
By this application, the writ-petitioner has prayed for

issuing appropriate writ or direction for quashing and setting
aside the impugned office memoranda dated 2 nd December
2009, 18th March 2010, 28th May 2010, 28th June 2010, 1st
November 2010, 31st December 2010, 30th June 2011 and 30th
September 2011 issued by Dr.P.B.Rastogi, Director, Ministry of
Environment and Forests (I.A.Division).
It appears that in one of the memoranda, the designation

of Dr.Rastogi has been described as Director and in other, he
has been described as a Scientist. Dr.Rastogi, in the impugned
office memoranda, has indicated that the same have been
issued with the approval of the competent authority, but who
is the competent authority referred to in the impugned office
memoranda, has not, however, been disclosed.
After considering the Notification issued by the Central

Government on 14th September 2006 in exercise of power
conferred under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act,
1986, we are of the view that the impugned office memoranda
contained restriction which under the Act cannot be imposed
by any authority other than the Central Government.
As pointed out earlier, inspite of giving opportunity, no

such explanation has come forward from the Union of India. In
Page 2 of 3
such circumstances, we pass an interim order staying

operation of the impugned Memoranda stated above for a
period of four weeks from today with a liberty to apply for
extension of the same on the selfsame application.
The Union of India must affirm affidavit opposing this

prayer within two weeks from today.
Since similar points are involved in the other two matters,

namely, Special Civil Application Nos.4974 of 2012 and 4979 of
2012, we pass similar interim order, staying the operation of
those memoranda for a period of four weeks from today.
Leave to amend the prayer clause is granted in Special

Civil Application No.4979 of 2012.
(BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA, CJ.)
(J.B.PARDIWALA, J.)
MOIN
Page 3 of 3
Case Detail Page 1 of 13
Print
HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT

SPECIAL CIVIL APPLICATION No. 10311 of2012
Status : PENDING ( Converted from : ST/9970/2012 ) CCIN No : 001021201210311
Last Listing Date: 07/01/2015

Coram HONOURABLE THE ACTING CHIEF JUSTICE Not HONOURABLE MS.JUSTICE HARSHA DEVANI
MR. VIJAY MANOHAR SAHAI Before :
HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE R.P.DHOLARIA
S.NO. Name of the Petitioner Advocate On Record

1 C B UPASANI JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH MR NILESH P SHAH for: Petitioner(s) 1-8
2 PRADEEP JOSHI GREEN CIRCLE INC MS DHARA H ASLOT for: Petitioner(s) 1-8
3 PARESH MEVAWALA ENPRO ENVIROTECH AND DELETED for: Petitioner(s) 6
4 ENGINEERS
5 CHIRAGKUMAR HARISHCHANDRA LAVANA -
6 AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL
7 SUDHIR VERMA RAAS ENVIROCARE
8 NIMITA SHAH ENVISAFE ENVIRONMENT
CONSULTAN
SNEHAL B SATYAPATHI VASUDEV ASSOCIATES
SANJAY PATEL ENVIROCARE ENGINEERS AND
S.NO. Name of the Respondant Advocate On Record
1 UNION OF INDIA THRO SECRETARY MR ANSHIN H DESAI for :Respondent(s) 1
2 DIRECTOR - NATIONAL ACCREDITATION BOARD MR IH SYED for :Respondent(s) 1-2
FOR EDUCATION AND MR DEVANG VYAS for :Respondent(s) 1-2
MR MK VAKHARIA for :Respondent(s) 2
Presented On : 19/07/2012 Registered On : 26/07/2012

Bench Category : DIVISION BENCH District : VADODARA
Case Originated From : THROUGH HIS/HER/THEIR Listed : 71 times
ADVOCATE
StageName : BOARD NO. I (NOTICE & ADJOURNED MATTERS)
Classification DB - GREEN BENCH / POLUTION / ENVIRONMENT - POLLUTION - AIR (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF
POLLUTION) ACT, 1981
Act CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Office Details
Court Fee on
S. No. Filing Date Document Name Advocate Name Document Details
Document
1 19/07/2012 VAKALATNAMA MR NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE 5 MR NILESH P SHAH:1-8
for PETITIONER(s) 1
2 19/07/2012 MEMO OF MR NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE 400 MR NILESH P SHAH:1-8
APPEAL/PETITION/SUIT for PETITIONER(s) 1
3 15/08/2012 VAKALATNAMA MR PS CHAMPANERI ADVOCATE 4 MR PS CHAMPANERI:2
for RESPONDENT(s) 2
4 15/08/2012 VAKALATNAMA MR NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE - MR NILESH P SHAH:1-8
for PETITIONER(s) 1
5 15/08/2012 VAKALATNAMA MS DHARA H ASLOT ADVOCATE - MS DHARA H ASLOT:1-8
for PETITIONER(s) 1
6 15/08/2012 DOCUMENT NOTICE SERVED BY DS - NOTICE SERVED BY DS:1
for RESPONDENT(s) 1
7 03/12/2012 AFFIDAVIT OF DS MR NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE 0 MR NILESH P SHAH:1-8
for PETITIONER(s) 1
8 07/12/2012 APPEARANCE NOTE MR PS CHAMPANERI ADVOCATE - MR PS CHAMPANERI:2
for RESPONDENT(s) 2
http://gujarathc-casestatus.nic.in/gujarathc/casedetail_1.jsp 1/7/2015
Court Fee on
S. No. Filing Date Document Name Advocate Name Document Details
Document
9 21/06/2013 APPEARANCE NOTE MR ANSHIN H DESAI ADVOCATE 0 MR ANSHIN H DESAI
for RESPONDENT(s) 1 (1020), for R:1
10 09/10/2013 APPEARANCE NOTE MR IH SYED ADVOCATE 0 MR IH SYED(2321) for R:2
for RESPONDENT(s) 2
11 17/07/2014 APPEARANCE NOTE MR DEVANG VYAS ADVOCATE 0 MR DEVANG VYAS(2794)
for RESPONDENT(s) 1 for R:1 - 2
12 21/07/2014 VAKALATNAMA MR MK VAKHARIA ADVOCATE 5 MR MK VAKHARIA(1483)
for RESPONDENT(s) 2 for R:2
Linked Matters
S.
CaseDetail Status Name Disposal Date Action/Coram
No.
1 SPECIAL CIVIL PENDING - -
APPLICATION/6633/2014 HONOURABLE THE ACTING CHIEF JUSTICE MR. VIJAY
MANOHAR SAHAI
HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE R.P.DHOLARIA
Court Proceedings
Board
S. Notified
CourtCode Sr. Stage Action Coram
No. Date
No.
1 27/12/2012 1 117 URGENT NEXT DATE HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
ADMISSION AT 2:30 JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
Board
S. Notified
No. Date
No.
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
16 10/07/2013 1 127 URGENT HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
19 07/08/2013 1 101 URGENT IR HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
ADMISSION AT 2:30 GRANTED/CONTINUED/CONFIRMED JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR
P.M. & ADJOURNED BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
20 27/08/2013 1 98 NEXT DATE
Board
S. Notified
No. Date
No.
URGENT HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
J.B.PARDIWALA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
Board
S. Notified
No. Date
No.
J.B.PARDIWALA
J.B.PARDIWALA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
ADMISSION (FIRST JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR
BOARD) BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
43 06/03/2014 1 162 NEXT DATE
Board
S. Notified
No. Date
No.
URGENT HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
48 13/03/2014 1 171 NOTICE & NEXT DATE HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
ADJOURNED JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR
MATTERS - AT 2:30 BHATTACHARYA
P.M. HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
49 20/03/2014 1 236 NOTICE & NEXT DATE HONOURABLE THE CHIEF
ADJOURNED JUSTICE MR. BHASKAR
MATTERS - AT 2:30 BHATTACHARYA
P.M. HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
Board
S. Notified
No. Date
No.
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
J.B.PARDIWALA
P.M. BHATTACHARYA
AKIL KURESHI and
J.B.PARDIWALA
Board
S. Notified
No. Date
No.
66 02/09/2014 7 38 NOTICE & NEXT DATE HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
ADJOURNED AKIL KURESHI
MATTERS HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
67 16/09/2014 7 48 NOTICE & NEXT DATE HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
ADJOURNED AKIL KURESHI
MATTERS HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
68 30/09/2014 1 63 NOTICE & NEXT DATE HONOURABLE THE ACTING
ADJOURNED CHIEF JUSTICE MR. VIJAY
MATTERS MANOHAR SAHAI
AKIL KURESHI and
J.B.PARDIWALA and
R.P.DHOLARIA
R.P.DHOLARIA
R.P.DHOLARIA
R.P.DHOLARIA
R.P.DHOLARIA
73 07/01/2015 1 58 BOARD NO. I HONOURABLE THE ACTING
(NOTICE & CHIEF JUSTICE MR. VIJAY
ADJOURNED MANOHAR SAHAI
MATTERS) HONOURABLE MR.JUSTICE
R.P.DHOLARIA
Available Orders
S.
Case Details Judge Name Order Date CAV Judgement Questions Transferred Download
No.
1 SPECIAL CIVIL HONOURABLE THE 23/08/2012 N ORDER - Y Download
APPLICATION/10311/2012 CHIEF JUSTICE MR.
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
S.
No.
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
11 25/04/2013 N ORDER - Y
S.
No.
SPECIAL CIVIL HONOURABLE THE Download
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
S.
No.
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
28 28/11/2013 N ORDER - Y
S.
No.
SPECIAL CIVIL HONOURABLE THE Download
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
S.
No.
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
BHASKAR
BHATTACHARYA
HONOURABLE
MR.JUSTICE
J.B.PARDIWALA
Certified Copy
S. Application Notify Delivery Nature Of
ApplicantName ApplicationType UOL Number Order Date Status
No. Date Date Date Document
1 MR NILESH P URGENT 05/02/2013 U/693/2013 24/01/2013 06/02/2013 07/02/2013 Delivered ORDER
SHAH
2 MR NILESH P ORDINARY 16/02/2013 O/5119/2013 24/01/2013 18/02/2013 21/02/2013 Delivered ORDER
SHAH
3 MR NILESH P ORDINARY 12/12/2014 O/47409/2014 09/12/2013 15/12/2014 17/12/2014 Delivered ORDER
SHAH
TOP CLOSE

GREEN CIRCLE, INC.
IUI/s. Green conducted EIA

study fer
fol th,e period of
CircIe fnc.
www .or e e ncircl ei n c.c o m E: i nfo@or e e ncirclei nc.c o m

M/s. Aquophorm Chemicols Pvt. Ltd.
Exponsion & Addition of Speciolty Chemicol Produciion Monufocturing

Copocity in Exisfing Unii
REPORT NO.:- GCI/V/ACPL/ EIA / 2O1 4-15IDEC/R0 I
QUALITY CONTROT SHEET
Rev.
Prepored &
Dqte Reviewed Approved Volidoted
No. Reoson History compiled
By
By by by
0t 29 /12/2014 Finol EIA Report VB,VS,YP,NT PV PJ PJ
PJ Prodeep Joshi
PV Poojo Vishnoi
VB Vikosh Bhogot
NT Nidhi Trivedi
VS Vishol Shoh
YP Yomini Pondyo
Compiled &
Vikosh Bhogot Yomini Pondyo Nidhi Trivedi Vishol shoh
Prepored by
.Y
rl
Signoture
Q2_ d'.*.fl
Reviewed by Poojo Vishnoi, Executive EIA & EE
Signoture & Dote

$'1$44,\'\Ptr
Approved by Prodeep Josh\ Group President & CEO
Signoture & Dote
Releosed by
gY n-
Signoture & Dote

&V
Proiecf Teom
S. No. Nome
I Or.SonOeep Sononi
2 Ur.SnoienOro sinqh
3 Mr. Bhorot Potel
4 SuOnofor fute
5 Sotvovon
M/s. Aquapha
arm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
Expan
nsion & Addition of Specialty Chemical Production
P Manufacturing
Capacitty in Existing Unit
REPORT NO.:- GCI/V
V/ACPL/EIA/2014
4-15/DEC/R01
ACKNOW
A WLEDGEM
MENT
WE EXP
PRESS OUR SINCERE THANKS TTO MANAG
GEMENT & EMPLOYE
EES OF M//s
AQUAPH
HAM CHEMICALS PVT. LTD, PLOT N
No K-3/1, K-2,
K K-3/3 A
ADDITIONALL INDUSTRIA
AL
ESTATE, MIDC MAH
HAD, DIST. RAIGAD, S
STATE MAHA
ARASHTRA, INDIA FOR
R THEIR CO
O-
OPERATIION & UNSSTINTED HELLP WITHOU
UT WHICH THE
T EIA RE
EPORT FOR PROPOSE
ED
EXPANSIION IN MAN
NUFACTURIN
NG OF SPEC
CIALITY CHE
EMICALS COULD
C NOTT HAVE BEE
EN
POSSIBLE
E. THE COURTESY EXTEN
NDED TO O
OUR TEAM ISS HIGHLY AP
PPRECIATED
D.
DIS
SCLAIMER
The conssulting servic

ces conductted by Gree en Circle, Inc.(the Com mpany) were performe ed
using ge enerally acccepted guid delines, stan
ndards, and/or practice es, which th he Compan ny
considerss reliable. Although
A he Company performed
th d its consultting servicess pursuant tto
reliable and
a generallly acceptedd practices in
n the industrry, the Comppany does not
n guarante ee
or providde any repre esentations or warrantie es with resp
pect to Clien nts use, inte
erpretation or
o
applicatiion of the findings, co onclusions, and/or sug ggestions of the consu ulting service
es
provided d by the Company.
C Moreover, tthe findingss, conclusion ns, and the e suggestion ns
resulting from the consulting
c service are based upo on certain assumptions,
a , information,
documen nts, and pro
ocedures pro ovided by thhe Customerr. AS SUCH, IN NO EVENT AND UNDE ER
NO CIRC CUMSTANCE SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR F SPECIALL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR
O
CONSEQ QUENTIAL DAM MAGES OF ANYA NATURE E WHATSOEV VER, INCLUDING WITHOU UT LIMITATIONN,
ANY LOSST REVENUE E OR PROFITTS OF THE CUSTOMER OR ITS CU USTOMERS, AGENTS
A AN
ND
DISTRIBUTTORS, RESULTTING FROM, ARISING OUT O OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SERVICE ES
PROVIDE ED BY THE COOMPANY. Th he Customerr agrees tha at the Comp pany shall haave no liability
for damages, which h may resu ult from Clieents use, innterpretationn or appliccation of th he
consulting services provided
p by the Company. Clien nts logo ha as been use ed for repo ort
purpose only.
M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
Expansion & Addition of Specialty Chemical Production Manufacturing

Capacity in Existing Unit
REPORT NO.:- GCI/V/ACPL/EIA/2014-15/DEC/R01
ABBREVIATIONS
AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand
COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
DMP : Disaster Management Plan
EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP : Environmental Management Plan
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plan
IMD : Indian Meteorological Department
KVA : Kilo Volt Ampere
KLD : Kilo Litre per day
MoEF : Ministry of Environment & Forest
PM : Particulate Matter
PPE : Personal Protective Equipment
STP : Sewage Treatment Plant
TDS : Total Dissolved Solids
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
Expanssion & Additio
on of Specia
alty Chemical Production
Manufactuuring Capacity in Existing Unit
R
Report No.: GCI/V/ACPL/E
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
T
TABLE OF CO
ONTENTS
CHA
APTER TITLLE PAGE NO
NO.
TABLLE OF CONTE
ENTS
EXEC
CUTIVE SUMM
MARY i-xi
CHA
APTER 1: INTR
RODUCTION
1.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 1.1
1.1 PROJECT AND
D ITS IMPORTTANCE TO THE COUNTR
RY 1.1
1.2 BENEFITS OF TH
HE PROJECTT 1.2
1.3 PU
URPOSE AND
D NEED OF EIA
E 1.2
1.4 BRIEF DESCRIP
PTION OF PR
ROJECT 1.3
1.4
4.1 Loca
ation of the project 1.3
1.4
4.2 Size of the proje
ect 1.4
1.5 STA
ATEMENT OFF PRINCIPLE
ES 1.4
1.6 FRA
AMEWORK OF ASSESSM
MENT 1.4
1.7 SC
COPE OF EIA
A STUDY 1.4
1.8 OB
BJECTIVES OF
O THE STUDY
Y 1.5
1.9 ME
ETHODOLOG
GY ADOPTE
ED FOR EIA 1.5
1.10 AP
PPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY FRA
AMEWORK 1.6
1.11 STR
RUCTURE OFF THE REPOR
RT 1.7
CHA
APTER 2. PRO
OJECT DESCR
RIPTION
2.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 2.1
2.1 TYP
PE OF PROJECT 2.1
2.2 CA
APITAL INVESSTMENT 2.1
2.3 NE
EED OF THE PROJECT
P 2.1
2.4 PROJECT JUSTTIFICATION 2.2
2.5 OCATION OFF PROJECT SITE
LO S 2.2
2.6 AND REQUIREMENT DETA
LA AILS 2.5
2.7 PRODUCT DETTAILS 2.8
2.8 AW MATERIA
RA AL REQUIREM
MENT 2.10
2.9 ANUFACTUR
MA RING PROCE
ESS 2.15
2.10 UTIILITIES & REQ
QUIREMENTSS 2.43
2.11 OWER REQUIREMENTS
PO 2.50
Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

C i
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
2.12 REEN BELT DEVELOPMEN

GR D NT 2.52
2.14 ORM WATER
STO R MANAGEM
MENT 2.53
CHA
APTER 3. BASELINE ENVIR
RONMENT STTATUS
3.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 3.1
3.1 EN
NVIRONMENTAL SETTING
G OF STUDY AREA 3.2
3.2 AP
PPROACH & METHODO
OLOGY OF BASELINE STU
UDY 3.5
3.3 HY
YDRO-GEOLLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA 3.7
3.4 CLLIMATE OF THE REGION 3.7
3.4
4.1 Regiional Meteo
orology 3.7
3.5 SITE SPECIFIC MICRO
M METTEOROLOGICAL DATA OF
O THE STUD
DY AREA 3.8
3.6 AIR
R ENVIRONM
MENT 3.10
3.6
6.1 Reco
onnaissance 3.10
3.6
6.2 Meth
hodology fo
or Air Monito
oring 3.10
3.7 NO
OISE ENVIRO
ONMENT 3.20
3.7
7.1 Rec
connaissanc
ce 3.20
3.7
7.2 Methodology for
f Noise Mo
onitoring 3.20
3.7
7.3 Noise Monitorin
ng Location
ns 3.20
3.7
7.4 Observation & Discussion 3.23
3.8 WA
ATER ENVIRO
ONMENT 3.24
3.8
8.1 REC
CONNAISSA
ANCE SURVE
EY 3.24
3.8
8.2 Methodology of
o Monitorin
ng 3.24
3.9 LA
AND ENVIRO
ONMENT 3.30
3.9
9.1 Lan
nd Use Patte
ern of the study area 3.30
3.9
9.2 Lan
nd use classification of the study area 3.31
3.9
9.3 Soil characterisstics 3.31
3.9
9.4 Methodology 3.31
3.9
9.5 Sam
mpling Loca
ations 3.31
3.9
9.6 Observation on
n soil quality
y 3.33
3.10 BIO
OLOGICAL ENVIRONME
E ENT 3.34
3.10.1 Florral Compositions 3.34
3.10.2 Fau
una Compo
osition 3.35
3.11 SO
OCIO-ECONOMIC PROFFILE OF STUD
DY AREA 3.43
3.11.1 Rec
connaissanc
ce 3.43
3.11.2 Methodology 3.43

C ii
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
3.11.3 Soc
cioeconomiic Assessme
ent 3.43
3.11.4 Dem
mography 3.43
3.11.5 Sexx Ratio 3.45
3.11.6 Lite
eracy 3.45
3.11.7 Soc
cial Structure
e 3.46
3.11.8 Occ
cupational Pattern 3.47
3.11.9 Infra
astructure Availability
A 3.52
3.12 TRA
AFFIC SURVEY 3.52
3.12.1 Rec
connaissanc
ce 3.52
3.12.2 Trafffic Survey of
o the study area 3.52
3.12.3 Existing Traffic Scenario
S an
nd level of services
s (NH
H-17) 3.54
3.12.4 Existing Traffic Scenario
S an
nd level of services
s (MID
DC ROAD) 3.55
CHA
APTER 4. ANTTICIPATED EN
NVIRONMEN
NTAL IMPAC
CTS
4.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 4.1
4.1 IDE
ENTIFICATIO
ON OF IMPAC
CTS 4.1
4.2 IMPACT ON LA
AND ENVIRO
ONMENT 4.2
4.3 IMPACT ON AIR
A ENVIRON
NMENT 4.3
4.4 IMPACT ON NOISE
N ENVIRO
ONMENT 4.12
4.5 IMPACT ON WATER
W ENVIR
RONMENT 4.13
4.6 IMPACT ON SO
OIL ENVIRONMENT 4.14
4.7 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICALL ENVIRONM
MENT 4.16
4.8 IMPACT ON SO
OCIO-ECON
NOMIC ENV
VIRONMENT 4.17
4.9 IMPACTS ON OCCUPATIO
O ONAL HEALTTH AND SAFETY 4.17
4.10 IMPACTS ON SOLID
S WASTTE 4.18
4.11 IMPACTS ON HAZARDOU
H S WASTE 4.18
4.12 AC
CTION PLAN
N FOR GREEN
N BELT DEVE
ELOPMENT 4.20
4.13 PO
OTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTT MATRIX 4.20
CHA
APTER 5. ENV
VIRONMENTA
AL MONITOR
RING PROG
GRAM
5.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 5.1
5.1 OB
BJECTIVES OF
O ENVIRONMENTAL MA
ANAGEMEN
NT PLAN 5.1
5.2 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES
M 5.2
5.3 EN
NVIRONMENTAL MONITO
ORING 5.2
5.3
3.1 Mon
nitoring equiipment and
d consumab
bles 5.3
5.4 CO
OST PROVISIION FOR EN
NVIRONMENTAL MEASURES 5.5
5.4
4.1 Costt Estimates 5.5

C iii
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
CHA
APTER 6. QUA
ANTITATIVE RISK
R ASSESS
SMENT
6.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 6.1
6.1 OB
BJECTIVE OFF QRA STUDY 6.1
6.2 SC
COPE OF THE
E STUDY 6.2
6.3 USE OF QRA RESULTS
R 6.2
6.4 SO
OFTWARE USED 6.3
6.5 ME
ETEOROLOG
GICAL CONDITIONS 6.3
6.6 ATMOSPHERIC
C PARAMETE
ERS 6.3
6.1
6.6 Wind speed an
nd wind dire
ection 6.3
6.2
6.6 Wea
ather Categ
gory 6.4
6.7 ME
ETHODOLOG
GY ADOPTE
ED FOR CON
NSEQUENCE
E ANALYSIS 6.4
6.8 HA
AZARDS OF MATERIALS
M 6.5
6.8
8.1 Haza
ards Associa
ated with to
oxic materia
als 6.7
6.8
8.2 Dam
mage Criteria 6.9
6.8
8.3 Thermal Damag
ge 6.9
6.8
8.4 Overpressure Da
amage 6.11
6.9 CO
ONSEQUENC CE ANALYSISS 6.13
6.10 MITIGATION MEASURES
M 6.44
6.11 REFERENCES 6.46

CHA
APTER 7. DISA
ASTER MANA
AGEMENT PLLAN
7.0 OB
BJECTIVE 7.1
7.1 DE
EFINITION AN
ND SCOPE 7.2
7.2 ME
ETHODOLOG
GY 7.3
7.3 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 7.3
7.4 DE
ETAILS ABOU
UT SITE 7.5
7.5 PLA
ANT LAYOUT AND DETA
AILS 7.5
7.6 EM
MERGENCY ORGANIZAT
O TION 7.6
7.7 TEA
AM-E-ADVISSORY TEAM (QA PERSONNEL) 7.11
7.8 EM
MERGENCY CONTROL
C C
CENTRE (ECC
C) 7.11
7.9 ME
EDICAL ARR
RANGEMENTTS 7.12
7.10 TRA
ANSPORT AND EVACUA ATION ARRA ANGEMENTSS 7.12
7.11 OUUTSIDE ORG
GANIZATIONSS IF INVOLVED IN ASSISTTING DURING DISASTER 7.12
7.12 OUUTSIDE HELP 7.13
7.13 INFFORMATIONN ON RISK EV
VALUATION PRELIMINARY HAZARD
D ANALYSIS 7.13

C iv
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
7.14 HA
AZARDS/FOR
RESEEABLE SCENARIOS
S 7.13
7.15 PO
OWER SUPPLLY INTERRUPTION 7.17
7.16 HA
AZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK SU
UMMARY 7.17
7.17 SA
AFETY AND MITIGATING
M MEASURES 7.18
7.18 OTTHER AREAS OF HAZARD
DS AND CO
ONTROL 7.21
7.19 HA
AZARD CON
NTROL AND EMERGENC
CY SHUT-DOW
WN 7.24
7.20 EM
MERGENCY LIGHTING
L A
AND POWER SUPPLY, ISO
OLATION MA
AP 7.25
7.21 ALLARM AND COMMUNIC
C CATION 7.25
7.22 EM
MERGENCY CONTROL
C C
CENTRE 7.26
7.23 PLA
ANT ASSEMM
MBLY POINTTS 7.27
7.24 TRA
ANING AND
D REHEARSIN
NG 7.27
7.25 AC
CCOUNTING
G FOR PERSO
ONEL 7.27
7.26 PU
UBLIC RELATIONS 7.28
7.27 ME
EDICAL SERV
VICES AND FIRST AID 7.28
7.28 DE
ECLARATION
N OF CESSATION OF EM
MERGENCY 7.28
7.29 EN
NVIRONMENTAL MONITO
ORING AND
D ANALYSIS 7.29
7.30 PO
OST EMERGE
ENCY PLANN
NING 7.29
7.31 PLA
AN APPRAISSAL AND UP
PDATING 7.29
7.32 ALLARM AND DECLARING
D G MAJOR EM
MERGENCY 7.30
7.33 EV
VACUATION PLAN 7.30
7.34 TRA
AFFIC CONTTROL 7.30
7.35 FIR
RE 7.31
7.36 PROCEDURES FOR IMPLEM
MENTING PLLANT MODIFFICATIONS 7.31
LIST OF ANNEX
XURE 7.32
CHA
APTER 8. ENV
VIRONMENTA
AL MANAGE
EMENT PLAN
N
8.0 INTTRODUCTIO
ON 8.1
8.1 EN
NVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND
A SAFETY (EHS) 8.1
8.2 EN
NVIRONMENTAL MANAG
GEMENT PLA
AN 8.2
8.3 OB
BJECTIVES OF
O ENVIRONMENTAL MA
ANAGEMEN
NT PLAN 8.3
8.4 IMPLEMENTATION 8.4
8.5 EN
NVIRONMENTAL MANAG
GEMENT CELL 8.4
8.6 EM
MP FOR CON
NSTRUCTION
N PHASE 8.6
8.6
6.1 Basic
c Engineerin
ng Control M
Measures 8.6
8.6
6.2 Man
nagement of
o Air Environ
nment 8.6

C v
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
8.6
6.3 Man
nagement of
o water Env
vironment 8.7
8.6
6.4 Man
nagement of
o Noise Env
vironment 8.8
8.6
6.5 Man
nagement of
o soil / land
d environme
ent 8.9
8.6
6.6 Man
nagement of
o solid wastte 8.9
8.6
6.7 nagement of
Man o Socio-Ecoonomic & Cultural
C Envirronment 8.10
8.6
6.8 Traffic Control 8.10
8.7 CO
OMPLETION OF CONSTR
RUCTION AC
CTIVITY RESTORATION 8.11
8.8 EM
MP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE
P 8.12
8.8
8.1 Man
nagement of
o Air Environ
nment 8.13
8.8
8.2 Man
nagement of
o Noise Env
vironment 8.14
8.8
8.3 Man
nagement of
o Water Env
vironment 8.15
8.8
8.4 Man
nagement of
o Land Enviironment 8.16
8.8
8.5 Man
nagement of
o Solid Waste 8.16
8.8
8.6 Man
nagement of
o Biological Environme
ent 8.18
8.8
8.7 Man
nagement of
o Socio-Eco
onomic Fac
ctors 8.18
8.8
8.8 Man
nagement of
o Traffic 8.18
8.9 AD
DDITIONAL MITIGATION
M MEASURES 8.19
8.9
9.1 water conservatio
on 8.19
8.9
9.2 energy
y conservattion 8.20
8.9
9.3 resourc
ce conservation/ solve
ent recovery
y 8.21
8.9
9.4 storm water
w mana
agement 8.21
8.9
9.5 vehicle
e parking & managem
ment plan 8.22
8.9
9.6 green belt develo
opment 8.22
8.9
9.7 odor manageme
m ent plan 8.25
8.9
9.8 safety measures to
t prevent the
t occupa
ational healtth hazards 8.26
8.9
9.9 social welfare me
easures for future plann
ning 8.26
8.10 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONM
MENT MANAGEMENT PLAN AND AC
CTIONS 8.27
8.11 FIN
NDINGS 8.33
8.12 CO
ONCLUSION
NS 8.34
CHA
APTER 9: PRO
OJECT BENEFFIT
9.0 INTTRODUCTION 9.1
9.1 IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOC
CIAL INFRASSTRUCTURE 9.1
9.2 EC
CONOMIC DEVELOPME
D NT 9.2
9.3 EM
MPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 9.2

C vi
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
CHA
APTER 10: CO
ONCLUSION
CHA
APTER 11. DIS
SCLOSURE OF
O CONSULTTANT 11.1
11.0 GE
ENERAL INFO
ORMATION 11.1
11.1 VISSION 11.1
11.2 MISSION 11.1
11.3 PPROVALS & ACCREDA

AP ATATIONS 11.2
11.4 CTIVITIES
AC 11.3
11.5 EIA
A TEAM 11.3
CHA
APTER 12. TOR COMPLIA
ANCE 12.1-12.7
7

C vii
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
LIST OF TA
ABLES
TABLE TITLE
E PAGE
NO.. NO.
2.1 Envirronment settting for pro
oposed proje
ect 2.3
2.2 Deta
ails of Land use Break-u
up of existing
g plant 2.6
2.3 Prod
duct Details 2.8
2.4 By- Product

P Dettails 2.9
2.5 List of
o raw mate
erial required
d for Existing
g & Propose
ed Productss 2.10
2.6 Stora
age facility for raw matterials 2.14
2.7 Wate
er consump
ption & Wasste water ge
eneration details 2.44
Waste water ch
haracteristic
cs (outlet pa
arameter fro
om ETP)
2.8 2.48
2.9 Pow
wer requirem
ment during operation p
phase 2.48
2.10
0 Fuel requiremen
nt details 2.49
2.11 ails of Air po

Deta ollution Conttrol measure
es for proce
ess gas emisssions 2.49
2.12
2 ployment De
Emp etails 2.50
2.13
3 ardous Waste Handling
Haza g and Dispo
osal Details 2.50
2.14
4 Non--Hazardous Waste Han
ndling and Disposal
D Dettails 2.52
2.15
5 Gree
en Belt Deta
ails within Prremises 2.52
2.16
6 Annu
ual Runoff 2.53
3.1 Salie
ent Featuress of the Proje
ect Site 3.2
3.2 Envirronmental Attributes

A & Frequency
y of Monitoriing 3.5
3.3 Clim
matology of Alibag (200
08) 3.7
3.4 Site specific

s clim
matic condiitions 3.8
3.5 Amb
bient Air Quality Monito
oring Locatio
on Details 3.10
3.6 Tabu
ulated data
a for PM10 at
a Sampling Location 3.12
3.7 Tabu
ulated data
a for PM2.5 at
a Sampling
g Location 3.13
3.8 Tabu
ulated data
a for SO2 at Sampling Location 3.14

C viii
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
3.9 Tabu
ulated data
a for NOx at Sampling Location
L 3.15
3.10
0 ulated data
Tabu a for CO at Sampling
S Lo
ocation 3.16
3.11 ulated data

Tabu a for Ammon
nia at Samp
pling Location 3.17
3.12
2 Tabu
ulated data
a for Ozone at Sampling
g Location 3.18
Ambbient Air Qu
uality Monitoring For VOCs, HC, Lead, Arsenic, Nickel, &
3.13
3 3.19
Benzzopyrene att Various Site Locationss
Natio
onal Ambie
ent Air Qualiity Standard
ds and Meth
hods of Mea
asurement
3.14
4 3.19
Deta
ails of Noise Monitoring Locations
3.15
5 3.21
3.16
6 Statu
us of Noise within
w the sttudy area 3.22
3.17
7 App
plicable Noisse Standard
ds 3.22
3.18
8 Wate
er sampling
g locations in the study area 3.25
3.19
9 Analysis Result of
o Ground Water
W Samp
ples 3.26
3.20
0 Analysis Result of
o Surface Water
W Samp
ples 3.28
3.21 Land
d use classiffication 3.31
3.22
2 Deta
ails of Soil Sa
ampling Loc
cations 3.32
3.23
3 Analysis result of soil sample
es 3.33
3.24
4 List of
o Flora in th
he Study Are
ea 3.34
3.25
5 List of
o Mammalss in the stud
dy area 3.35
3.26
6 es in the stud
Fishe dy area (Sa
avitri River an
nd its tributa
aries)
3.36
3.27
7 Avifa
auna in the study area 3.37
3.28
8 Repttilian fauna in the study
y area 3.42
3.29
9 Dem
mographic details
d 3.43
3.30
0 Litera
acy Rate 3.45
3.31 Social Structure 3.46
3.32
2 Occ
cupational pattern
p of th
he Villages in
i the Study
y area 3.48
3.33
3 Traffic Survey co
onducted on
o Double LLane Road: NH17 Mum
mbai- Goa 3.53
Leve
el of Service
e
3.34
4 3.54
Traffic Survey co
onducted on
o Single Lane Road: MIDC
M Internal road
3.35
5 3.54
4.1 The Sources
S of Noise
N 4.13
Haza
ardous wastte Management
4.2 4.19
Non--Hazardous waste Man
nagement
4.3 4.20

C ix
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
ENTIAL ENVIRONMENTA
POTE AL IMPACT MATRIX
M
4.4 4.21
Implementation
n Pollution Control
C Mea
asures
5.1 5.2
Envirronmental Monitoring
M P
Plan
5.2 5.4
Budg
get Allocatiion for Environmental M
Management
5.3 5.5
Clim
matological data
d
6.1 6.3
Dam
mage Due to
o Radiation Intensity
6.2 6.10
Feta
al radiation Exposure
E Le
evel
6.3 6.11
Overpressure Da
amage Critteria
6.4 6.11
Over pressure Damage
D
6.5 6.12
Pipin
ng and Fittin
ng
6.6 6.17
Hum
man Error
6.7 6.21
Consequence results
r for Ac
cetic Acid ffailure
6.8 6.25
Consequence results
r for Am
mmonia failure
6.9 6.25
Gree
en belt development plan
p
8.1 8.23
Deta
ails of propo
osed trees in
n the tree plantation arrea
8.2 8.24
Summary of Env
vironmentall Managem
ment Plan
8.3 8.28
11.1 EIA team

t memb
bers 11.3

C x
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
LIST OF FIG
GURES
FIGU
URE TITTLE PAGE
NO.. NO.
1.1 Flo
ow Chart of Methodolo
ogy of EIA 1.6
2.1 Location Map

p of Project Site 2.4
2.2 Go
oogle Map of Project Site 2.5
2.3 Layout Plan of

o proposed project 2.7
2.4 Wa
ater Balanc
ce Diagram 2.45
2.5 Schematic Dia

agram of ETTP 2.46
2.6 Layout plan of

o Storm watter drainage
e 2.54
3.1 Stu
udy Area off 10 km Radius 3.3
3.2 Go
oogle image showing Vicinity
V map
p of Project site 3.4
3.3 Wind rose diagram of the

e study area
a 3.9
3.4 3.11
Ma
ap Showing
g Air Monitorring Locatio
ons
3.5 Grraphical rep

presentation
n of PM10 concentratio
on at differe
ent location
ns 3.12
3.6 PM
M2.5 concen
ntration at different
d Site
e Locations 3.13
3.7 SO
O2 concentrration at diffferent Site LLocation 3.14
3.8 NO
Ox concentration at diffferent Site Locations 3.15
3.9 CO
O concentra
ation at diffferent Site Locations 3.16
3.10
0 mmonia con
Am ncentration
n at different Site Locations 3.17
3.11 Ozzone conce

entration at different Sitte Locationss 3.18
3.12
2 Image showin
ng Noise Mo
onitoring Loc
cation 3.21

C xi
M/s. Aqua
apharm Che
emicals Pvt. Ltd.
L
on of Specia
R
G EIA/2014-15/DE
EC/R01
3.13
3 3.23
presentation of Day tim
Grraphical Rep me Noise Le
evel in the sttudy area
3.14
4 Grraphical Rep
presentation of Night tiime Noise Level in the study
s area 3.23
3.15
5 Image showin
ng Surface & Ground Water
W Samp
pling Locatio
ons 3.25
3.16
6 Land use/Land cover Ma
ap of the stu
udy area 3.30
3.17
7 Sampling loca
ations of Soiil Monitoring
g 3.32
3.18
8 Oc
ccupationa
al Pattern in the study area
a 3.50
3.19
9 emographic
De c distribution
n in the stud
dy area 3.50
3.20
0 Tottal populatiion vs. socia
al profile in tthe study arrea 3.51
3.21 Tottal populatiion vs. litera

acy in the stu
udy area 3.51
3.22
2 Grraph of Veh
hicular conc
centration at
a Peak hour & Lean ho
our for NH17
7 3.53
Muumbai- Goaa
3.23
3 Grraph of Veh
hicular conc
centration at
a Peak hour & Lean ho
our for MIDC
C 3.55
Internal road
6.1 Eve
ent Tree forr continuouss release witthout rain-o
out (from PH
HAST) 6.14
6.2 Eve
ent Tree forr Instantane
eous release
e without raiin-out (from
m PHAST) 6.15
6.3 Eve
ent Tree forr continuouss release witth rain-out (from
( PHASTT) 6.15
6.4 Eve
ent Tree forr Instantane
eous release
e with rain-o
out (from PHAST) 6.16
8.1 Orrganogram of EHS 8.5

C xii
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
cialty Chemic cal Productio
on Manufactturing
Capaacity in Existin
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA/2014-15/DEC//R01
EX
XECUTIIVE SUM
MMARY
Y
1.1 Introd
duction
M/s. Aqu
uapharm Chemical
C Pv
vt. Ltd. is in Mahad additional
a M.I.D.C are
ea of Raiga
ad district in
Maharashtra State. M/s Aqua
apharm Ch ufacturing of
hemical Pvtt. Ltd. is engaged in the manu
specialty
y chemicals. The manuffacturing prrocess involves various unit operattions and un
nit processe
es.
The production facility at this un
nit is comme
enced durin
ng year 2003.
The company has on

o site storag
ge facilities for various raw materiials such as Acids, Chlo
orine tonners,
Alkali, ye
ellow phosp
phorous etc
c. The com
mpany has been registered with
h the registe
er under th
he
Factory act.
a Manufa
acturing fac
cilities areass are spread
d over abou
ut 73547-sq. meters of land in a ve
ery
neat env
vironment.
1.2 Type of Project

The prop
posed unit iss manufactturing speciialty chemicals covere
ed under th
he category
y A, 5(f) of
EIA notification Syn anic chemicals industrry (dyes & dye
nthetic orga d interme
ediates; bu
ulk drugs an
nd
intermed
diates exclu
uding drug formulatio
ons; synthettic rubbers; basic org micals, other
ganic chem
synthetic
c organic ch
hemicals an
nd chemica
al intermedia
ates) of EIA
A Notificatio
on-2006.
1.3 Locattion of Proje

ect Site
The unit is
i located at
a K-3/1, K-2
2, K-3/3 Add
ditional Indu
ustrial Estate
e, MIDC Ma
ahad, Dist Raigad,
R State-
Maharash
htra. The To
otal land arrea for projject is 73547 sq m. The
e Plant is situated nea
ar to nation
nal
highway 17 in the No ection at a distance off 3 Km. The nearest railw
ortheast dire way station is located at
Veer is at
a distance of 23 Km. The
T ocated at a distance of 126 Km in the Nortth-
nearestt airport is lo
northwest direction a
at Mumbai. There are no
n national parks and wild
w life sanc
ctuaries with
hin the 10 Km
K
radius of the
t project site
1.4 Propo
osed Produc
ction capac
city
The manufacturing capacity,
c and area and others silent feature
la es of projec
ct is given be
elow in Tab
ble
-1.1. , Tab
ble- 1.2.
Exxecutive Summ
mary i
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
Table: 1.1 Details of

o Proposed
d Production
n Capacity
Sr. No. Name

e of Produc
ct Quan
ntities, MT/da
ay
Exissting P
Proposed Total
A Alkyl Phosphonate
es
HEDP (100% basiss) 40

0.0 10.00 50.00
PBTC -
-- 14.00 14.00
Polymaleic Phosphonic
c acid -
-- 0.15 0.15
Hy
ydroxy Phossphono Ace
etic acid -
-- 0.15 0.15
Or Alkyl Phosphona
ates derivativ
ves and fam
mily -
-- 24.30 64.30
B Amine Phosphonat
P tes
Dieth
hylene Triam
mine Penta Methylene
8.0 -- 8.00
Phospho
onic Acid 10
00%
Ethylene Diamine Te
etramethyle
ene Phospho
onic
0.5 -- 0.50
Acid
Amin
no Trimethyllene Phosph
honic Acid 3.0 7.00 10.00
Bis Hexamethylene Triamine Pe

entamethyle
ene
-
-- 0.60 0.60
phonic acid
Phosp d
Amino
o ethyl etha
anol amine Trimethylene
T e
-
-- 2.00 2.00
Pho
osphonate
Poly Amino Poly

yEther poly methylene
m
-
-- 1.00 1.00
Phosp
phonic acid
d
Mono
oethanolam
mino diphosp
phonic acid
d -
-- 1.00 1.00
Hexam
methylene Diamino Pho
osphonic ac
cid -
-- 1.00 1.00
Exxecutive Summ
mary ii
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
Or Am
mine Phosph
honates derrivatives and
d
-
-- 12.60 24.10
family
C Salt of Phosphonat
P tes
HEDP
P salts liquid 12
2.0 33.00 45.00
HEDP salts
s powde
er 7.0 10.00 17.00
Or Salts of Alkyl Ph
hosphonate
es ,derivative
es
-
-- 43.00 62.00
an
nd family
D Salts of Am
mine Phosphonate
DE
ETMP salts -
-- 100.00 100.00
0
ATTMP salts 5.0 5.00 10.00
or Salts of Amine Phosphonate

e , derivativ
ves
-
-- 105.00 110.00
0
nd family
an
E Po
olymers
Poly Ma
aleic (PM20
00) -
-- 14.00 14.00
Poly Acrylic -
-- 14.00 14.00
F Gree
en Products
GLDA -
-- 27.00 27.00
or Amin
no Acid saltts, derivative
es and family -
-- 27.00 27.00
G Methylene
e Bis-thiocya
anate 1.0 0.50 1.50
H Haloge
en Derivative
es
Phosphoruss Trichloride
e 100% 30
0.0 35.00 65.00
MDB -
-- 3.00 3.00
Exxecutive Summ
mary iii
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
or Halogen de
erivatives an
nd family -
-- 38.00 69.00
Total of Productss 106.5 278.1 384.6
BY-PRODUCTS DETAILS
Sr.No. NameoffBiProduct Quantities,MT/daay
Existting Proposed Totall

1 AcetylChloride 5.0
00 5.00 10.00
0
2 Metthanol 5.00 5.00
3 Sodium
mChloride 8.00 8.00
4 Sodium
mSulphate 7.70 7.70
5 Hydroch
hloricAcid 90.00 66.00 156.00
6 Sodium
mBromide 1.5 7.5 9.00
To
otal 96
6.5 99.5 196

Table
e: 1.2 Details of Land
nd Area Existing (Sq.mtt)

Lan
S. No. Descriptiion Area (Sq

q.mt)
1 Admin/QC
C/Canteen 525..4
2 Changing
g room/Toile
et 83.4
4
3 Green Belt 10238
8.4
4 Total road
d 1359
91
5 Open Spa
ace 10% 1509
96
6 Garden 4000
7 Total plant area 21214
4.9
Tota
al area 64749
1.2 (b)) : Details off Land use B
Break-up forr Proposed LLand
Proposed Land
L Area ( Sq.mt)
Exxecutive Summ
mary iv
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
S. No. De
escription Area (Sq
q.mt)
1 Storage 2023
2 Utility 633
3
3 MCC/PCC
C 487
7
4 Plant 466
6
5 Approach
h road 4541
6 Changing
g Room 23
7 Workshop shed 125
5
8 Stores 500
0
Tota
al area 8798
T
Table 1.2 (C
C): Details of Total Land
d Use
Existin
ng Plot Area
a in Use Propossed plot are
ea require Total Plot Area
A
( Sq.mt) ( Sq.mt) ( Sq.mtt)
64749 8798 73547
7
1.5 Waterr requireme

ent
Total Water Requirem
ment for the
e proposed
d expansion
n unit is 1223
3 KLD, out o
of which for Industrial usse
is 1173 KLLD, for dome
estic use is 10 KLD and for greenbelt is 40 KLD
D. The requirred source of
o water sha
all
be met frrom MIDC, Mahad
M watter supply.
e water gen
1.6 Waste neration and
d managem
ment
mestic use is 8.0 KLLD and efffluent generated from
The wasste water generated from dom
process/iindustrial usse is 57 KLD and it will be treated in ETP follo
owed by RO
O and MEE. The recyc
cle
water will be reuse in
n industrial activity
a and
d in green belt develop
pment.
1.7 Solid and hazard

dous waste manageme
m ent
c waste gen
Domestic nerated during the operation pha
ase will be handed
h over to Autho
orized partie
es.
Hazardou
us waste ge
enerated fro
om process will be send
d to TSDF site at Taloja for
f further process.
p
er requireme
1.8 Powe ent
The total power requirement fo
or the propo
osed projec
ct is 1700 KV ctricity shall be met from
VA. The elec
MSEDCL. The existing DG set wiith capacity
y of 380 KVA
A as back power
p supplly.
Exxecutive Summ
mary v
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
1.9 Stack
k details
Table: 1.3 Stackk details
Sta
ack ack
Sta Pollution
Source of e of
Type Fue
el name
S.No Capacitty ght
Heig Diam meter Control
Emission Emission &QQuantity
(m
mt) (m
mt) Equipment
E
Boiler Oil TMP, NOx,
N O & 370
FO Air
1 6 TPH 40
0 0.7
75
Fire* SOxx kkg/hr Preheater
P
Boiler Oil TMP, NOx,
N O & 190
FO Air
2 3 TPH 40
0 0.7
75
Fire* SOxx kkg/hr Preheater
P
Cyclone,
Boiler Coal TMP, NOx,
N Coal &
3 H
12 TPH 0
40 1..2 Bag
B filter &
Fired SOxx 150
00 kg/hr
APH
Diessel & 80
4 D.G.Set 380 KVA
A NOx, SOx
S 7 0.1
15 Cooling
kkg/hr
npower requ
1.10 Man uirement
During construction
c n phase, around 40 laborers wiill be hired
d for consttruction ac
ctivity. Durin
ng
Currently
y 40 nos. of employeess are workin
ng in the existing
e man
nufacturing plant. During propose
ed
expansio
on 40 nos. em
mployees will
w be requirred. The dettails are as shown
s in be
elow table
S. No
N De
escription No. of person
p
No. of Workers req
quired Durin
ng Construc
ction phase
e of propose
ed
1 10
expanssion.
No. of Employeess (Skilled) re
equired durring operation phase of
2 10
proposed project
No. of Employees
E (Unskilled) required
r during operattion phase) of
3 20
proposed project
en Belt Deve
1.11 Gree elopment
The Unit has
h already
y developed greenbelt area in 14
4238 Sq m within
w plant premises. Suitable
S plant
species of
o local varrieties will be planted with
w adequ
uate spacin
ng and den
nsity for theiir fast grow
wth
and survival.
1.12 Costt of Project

ected cost of the proposed project will be around Rs. 35.82 Cro
The expe ores. Out of which 2.16
65
Crores sh
hall be earm
marked for developmen
d nt of EMS (E
Environmentt Managem
ment Systems).
Exxecutive Summ
mary vi
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRO

ONMENT
2.1 Study
y Area includ
ded in Envirronmental Setting
S
Studies were
w carrie
ed out in about
a 10 km
m radius area
a from the
t propose
ed site with respect to
meteorollogy, flora, fauna,
f land
d, geology, hydrogeolo
ogy and soc
cio-econom
mics of the area.
a Furthe
er,
the air qu
uality, wate
er quality, no
oise level and soil quallity sampling
g and analy
ysis was carried out. Th
he
air qualitty, water qu
uality, noise
e level and soil quality in the stud
dy area is e
evaluated based
b on th
his
physical sampling
s an
nd analysis..
The base
e line data w
were monito
ored for stu
udy period o
of December 2013 to FFebruary 20
014. The stud
dy
team conducted sitte surveys and
a field exxperiments to
t gathering the inform
mation on Meteorolog
M gy,
Air Qualitty, and Watter Quality, Soil
S Quality,, Noise Qua
ality, Biologic
cal environm
ment, and traffic.
mity to Wate
2.2 Proxim er Bodies
Kal River flows at 3.0 Km and Sa
avitri River 1..0 Km (aeria
al distance) to Project ssite.
2.3 Imporrtant Featurres within the

e Periphery
y of the Study Area
No majorr eco-system
m / biosphe n identified within the periphery of
ere reservess have been o the project
site. The nearest
n arc
chaeologica
al monumen
nt is Pandav
v Leni, whic
ch is at a disstance of approximate
ely
10 Km fro
om the proje
ect Site.
ate of the Study Area

2.4 Clima
The clima
ate of study
y area varie
es with hot summer,
s old winter and rainfall. Climate of study area is
co
warm an
nd dry from mid march
h to June, during
d seaso
on of summ
mer, climate remains wa
arm and drry,
while durring rainy se
eason, from mid June to end of Se
eptember climate
c is hu
umid and pleasant. From
October to Novemb
ber mild warrm climate prevails and
d from December to Fe
ebruary clim
mate is cold
d.
2.5 Ambient Air Qua

ality
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried
d out on sellected loca
ations within
n the 10 km radius of th
he
proposed
d Project. A
Ambient air quality wa
as monitored on 10 loc
cations to g
generate re
epresentativ
ve
ambient air quality data.
d
oncentratio
a. The co on of PM10 was
w found in the averrage range
e of 128-340
0 g/ M3 an
nd PM2.5 wa
as
observ
ved to be varying from
m 64-80 g/M
M3.
b. Conce
entration off SO2 was observed
o to
o be varying
g from 19-2
24 g/M3, NOx was observed to be
b
varying from 33-43 g/M3 and
d CO was observed
o to
o be varying
g from 0.35 tto 0.45 mg/m
m3.
entration of PM10 and PM2.5 is exxceeding applicable
c. Conce a limit of 100 g/ M3 an
nd 60 g/ M3
Exxecutive Summ
mary vii
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
respec
ctively, this may
m be due
e to the burrning of dry grasses and
d agricultural residues.
e Environme
2.6 Noise ent
a. Noise level
l was measured
m in day time and night tim
me at six diffferent locattions.
b. Comp
parison of th
he ambientt noise levels with the sstandards specified
s by
y CPCB rev
veals that th
he
noise level at all lo
ocations is below
b the specified lim
mit.
2.7 Land Use of the Study

S Area
use
Landu Area (m
m2) Area (ha) Arrea (%)
Watter 270767
75 27
71 0.86
Agriculture land
d 329477
75 32
29 1.05
Fallo
ow land 7316810
00 7317 2
23.32
Deg
graded land
d 1949465
50 1949 6.21
Fore
est 8859897
75 8860 2
28.23
Deg
graded forest 1253219
925 125
532 3
39.94
Settlements 111200
0 11 0.04
Road 1106199
9.7 11
11 0.35
Area
a 3138035
500 313
380 100
So
oil: Soil sam
mples from 6 locations were colle
ected and analyzed tto assess the soil qualiity
prevailing in the study area.
a
gical Environment
2.8 Biolog
Flora:
The tree plantations include Aam,
A Sitaphal, Ashok, Saptaparn
ni, Kaner, N
Neem, Pipa
al, Gulmoha
ar,
Jamun; etc
e are foun
nd to be gro
owing in the
e Mahad.
Fauna:
ous animal species
The vario s in th
he study are
ea are foun
nd, detailed
d study is giv
ven in Base
eline chapte
er-
3. No endemic or th
hreatened plant species were ob
bserved durring the surv
vey in the vicinity
v of th
he
Project.
ographic an
2.9 Demo nd Socio-ec
conomic Pro
ofile
The so
ocio-econo
omic profile of the study
y area is ba
ased on Cen
nsus of India
a 2011.
Total of 40 village
es are comes under 10
0 km radius of
o study are
ea.
Exxecutive Summ
mary viii
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
Total population
n of study area is 45241
1. Out of thiis male pop
pulation is a
about 22831
1 and fema
ale
popu
ulation is ab
bout 22410. The sex ra
atio in the study
s area is around 9
981.56 fema
ales per 100
00
males and the no of househ
hold is apprrox. 10608.
Total literate pop
pulation is 33016 and average literracy rate is 72.9 % in stu
udy area.
In the
e study area
a SC popula
ation is abou
ut 2116 and
d ST populattion is 2008.
Villag
ges in study
y area have fairly goo
od infrastructural, hea
alth, Drinking
g water, Electricity an
nd
comm
munication facilities.
CIPATED ENV
3.0 ANTIC VIRONMENTTAL IMPACTS
S AND MITIG
GATION MEA
ASURES
3.1 Ambient Air
In ord
der to estim
mate the grround level concentra
ations due to
t the emisssion from the propose
ed
project, an EPA
A approved
d ISCST - 3 version 98356 (Industrial Sourc
ce Complexx Short Terrm
ersion mode
dispe el) has been
n employed.
These
e predicted
d ground le
evel concen
ntrations when added
d to baselin
ne scenario
o, the overa
all
scena
ario levels of
o PM10, SO2,, NOx, are well
w within th
he permissib
ble limits spe
ecified by CPCB.
C
VOCss and othe
er NAQQS parameterss are observed with below
b dete
ectable lim
mit, the deta
ail
expla
anation is mentioned in
n Baseline ch
hapter-3.
Adeq
quate mitiga
ation measu
ures will be proposed to control aiir pollution.
e
3.2 Noise
The majo
or noise sourrce includess various ma
achines, pu
umps, motorrs, DG sets a
and vehicular traffic. Th
he
noise leve
els were be
elow the stip
pulated stan
ndards of CPCB for resid
dential and
d industrial areas.
a
eriodic maintenance of
Every efffort would be taken to minimizze the noisse levels including Pe
machine
ery, mandatory use off equipmen
nt with ope
erable muffflers, oiling and lubric
cation, Noisse
suppression measure
es such as enclosures,
e b
buffers, gree
en belt dev
velopment e
etc.
3.3 Waterr Environme

ent
Total watter requirem
ment of the
e plant is 12
223 KLD. Thiss requireme
ent will be m
met from MIDC,
M Maha
ad
water sup
pply.
e Water gen
3.4 Waste neration and
d treatmentt
The wastte water ge
enerated fro
om domesttic use is 8 KLD and it will be disp
posed into soak pit an
nd
septic tank followed
d by ETP. Efffluent gene
erated from
m process/in
ndustrial use
e is 57 KLD and
a it will be
b
treated by
b ETP follow
wed by RO and
a MEE.
Exxecutive Summ
mary ix
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
3.5 Land Environmen

nt
ment of gre
Developm een belt an
nd other lan
ndscape on
n the propo
osed site wo
ould enhance the visual
aesthetic
cs of the arrea. No co
onstruction activity will carried ou
ut during ra
ainy season
n. There is no
n
discharge
e of solid ass well as liqu
uid effluent in open lan
nd. Thus no adverse impact envisa
aged on lan
nd
environm
ment.
gical Environment
3.6 Biolog
Flora: An
nalysis of abiotic
a facttors revealss that amb
bient air an
nd fresh wa
ater quality
y will rema
ain
practicallly unaffecte
ed. Thus, ind
direct adve
erse impact on flora is ru
uled out.
Fauna: Th
he quality o
of ambient air and fre
esh water sy
ystem will re
emain prac
ctically unaffected. Thus
indirect im
mpact on fa
auna, due to
t these abiotic factorss is ruled out.
o - Economic
3.7 Socio c Environme
ent
The pro
oject will contribute to the
t socio-ec evelopment of the are
conomic de ea at the loc
cal level.
The dire
ect and indirect emplo
oyment to th
he local population du
uring the operation of the project.
All these will be be
eneficial to the
t local ec
conomy.
RONMENTALL MONITORING PROGRA

4.0 ENVIR AM
Environmental Monittoring Netw
work is designed for con
nstruction and
a operatio
on phase of
o the projec
ct
oring of variious environ
for monito nmental parrameters like
e air, water, noise, soil a
and ecology
y etc.
ementing Schedule of Monitoring

4.1 Imple M M
Measures
Monitorin
ng should be
e done as periodically
p condition of the site. Th
to understand the enviironmental c he
mitigation
n measures suggested in the Chap
pter-4 should
d be implem
mented so a
as to reduce
e the impac
ct
on enviro
onment du
ue to the operations of the prroposed prroject. In o
order to fa
acilitate eassy
implemen
ntation, mittigation me
easures are phased as per the prriority imple
ementation. Air pollutio
on
control measures
m willl be installe
ed as per CP
PCB norms. During con
nstruction ph
hase month
hly monitorin
ng
will be ca
arried out and
a during operation
o p
phase monittoring will be
e done on quarterly ba
asis or as pe
er
MPCB/CP
PCB guidelin
ne.
RONMENT M
5.0 ENVIR MANAGEMEN
NT PLAN
The EMP presents the
e project sp
pecific guidelines on:
Enviro
onmental m
managemen
nt strategiess
Exxecutive Summ
mary x
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
Specialized engineering co
onstruction procedures
p in relation to environm
mental guid
delines of th
he
country
Spill prevention
p a
and control
Mana
agement off wastes and
d hazardou
us chemicals
Air, water
w and so
oil quality prrotection
Noise
e control
Soil erosion control and slop
pe stabilizatiion
Vege
etation, wild
dlife and habitat protec
ction
Socio
o-economic
c and welfare considerations
Risk and
a disasterr managem
ment plan
To pre
epare a checklist for sttatutory com
mpliance
Budget allocatio
on for enviro nagement plan.
onment man
onmental Objectives
5.1 Enviro
To ad uction and operational methods that
dopt constru t will limitt environme
ental degradation.
To pro
otect physic
cal environm
mental com
mponents su
uch as air, water
w and so
oil.
To co
onserve terre
estrial and aquatic
a flora and fauna.
To pro
otect historiic and cultu
ural sites.
To inc
corporate th
he views an
nd perceptio
ons of the lo
ocal inhabittants in the project.
To ge
enerate emp
ployment opportunitie
o s wherever possible an
nd feasible.
To pro
ovide enviro
onmental guidelines
g an
nd stipulatio
ons to the construction
c n contractorrs to minimizze
the im
mpact of those activitie
es around th
he proposed site.
To esttablish a lon
ng term pro
ogram to mo
onitor effects of the pro
oject on the
e environme
ent.
ECT BENEFITS
6.0 PROJE S
Growth in
i the indu
ustrial secto
or creates new
n opporrtunities for employme
ent and ca
an also hellp
diversify the
t econom
my.
6.1 Impro
ovement in Social
S Infrasstructure
From the very initial stage of the
e inception of the project, infrastru
ucture deve
elopment in
n and aroun
nd
the proje
ect site has been
b kept into
i conside
eration. Infra
astructure developmen
nt will be do
one based on
o
actual requirement rolled
r out ass part of com
mpanys CSR
R activity.
6.2 CSR Activities
A
There
e will be more
m employment ge
enerated due
d to the
e proposed
d project both
b during
g the
consttruction pha
ase and op
peration ph
hase. On the basis of technical
t kknowledge acquired by
b the
local village youths, they will be providing with suittable emplo
oyment opp
portunity in the compa
any.
Exxecutive Summ
mary xi
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Report No.: GC
The la
abour force
e required during
d consstruction an
nd operation phase shall be sourc
ced from ne
earby
village.
Schoo
ol uniforms, notebooks and schola
arship will be
e provided to poor stud
dents.
Special Health awareness
a c
camp and medical
m cam
mps for prim
mary check up will be arranged
a att least
e in a year in
once n nearby villlages for he
ealth check-ups.
Free medical
m checkup for villagers.
v
Tree Plantation
P in
n rural areas.
Provission of sanittation (toiletts) facility
CLUSION
7.0 CONC
Th
he project p
proponent will
w follow all
a the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986 to
t
sa
afeguard en
nvironment.
Wastewater
W generated from the proposed
p prroject will be
e treated in
n to ETP follo
owed by R..O
and MEE will be provide
ed in the pre
emises.
Ambient
A Air Quality of the
t project site are con
ncerned vizz. SPM (PM100 & PM2.5), SO
S 2 and NO
Ox,
th
heir concen
ntrations in the ambien
nt air at the
e proposed site were o
observed to
o be excee
ed
SP
PM and SO2 and NOx well
w within th
he prescribe
ed limits
Th
he operatio
onal phase noise shalll be within industrial premises
p wh
hich will no
ot exceed 75
7
dB(A).
No significan
nt impact is seen on flora and faun
na as no resserve forest and eco-se
ensitive zone
es
are present w
within 10 km
m.
Th
he project will
w generatte employm
ment opporrtunities durring construction stage
e and also at
a
operational sstage. The standard of living of lo
ocal people
e due to em
mployment is likely to be
b
better, so we
w may sa
ay that it iss positive ssocio-econo
omic impact. The reg
gion will get
economic bo
oost.
Overall
O the p
project will have
h positiv
ve impact fo
or socio-eco
onomic and
d cultural de
evelopmentt.
Exxecutive Summ
mary xii
Report No.: GCI/V/ACPL/EIA/2014-15/DEC/R01
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
1.0 Introduction
M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is in Mahad additional MIDC area of Raigad district in
Maharashtra State. It is engaged in the manufacturing of specialty chemicals. The
manufacturing process involves various unit operations and unit processes. The production
facility at this unit is commenced during the year 2003.
The company has been registered with the Registrar under the Factory act. The project site has
on site storage facilities for various raw materials such as Acids, Chlorine tonners, Alkali, yellow
phosphorous etc. Manufacturing facilities (existing and proposd) will spread over an area of
73547 sq.m of land in a very neat environment.
Aquapharm is the largest manufacturer of Phosphonates in India; having state of the art DCS
controlled plant at Mahad. It is about 150 Km from India's leading port, Mumbai. Majority of
Clients include leading multinationals in India, USA., Europe, Japan, Latin America, SE Asia and
Australia in the fields of Water Treatment, Soaps and Detergents, Textile Auxiliaries, Oil Fields.
Distributor network is in USA., Europe, South Africa, Turkey, Japan and Indonesia with sales
representatives in USA and Europe. Tie up with multi-national forwarding agencies to provide an
integrated supply chain solution. The facility at Mahad is a 100 % (EOU) Export Oriented Unit. This
State of the art facility is fully automated and is run on the Delta V - DCS control system, thus
ensuring consistent quality.
M/s Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has been certified under -
ISO 9001 certification

ISO 14001 certification
OHSAS 18001 certification
1.1 PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY
Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd is in the business of specialty chemicals since last 30 years with its
Headquarter at Pune having state of the art Research and Development at Bhosari Pune. There
are two manufacturing units located at Pirangute, District Pune and Mahad, District Raigad.
Pirangute unit is almost 30 years old whereas Mahad unit is 10 years old commissioned in the
year 2003. Aquapharm is the biggest manufacturer of Organo phosphonates in the world.
Companys turn over for the last financial year was Approx 350 crores out of which approx 300
crores is from export and balance is from domestic sale. Aquapharm is a proud recipient of
Chemixil award for exports contributing to the countrys foreign exchange earnings.
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1

Worlds top most companies like Proctor & Gamble, Unilever, Henkel, R & B are prime customers
for Aquapharm and products manufactured at Aquapharms both manufacturing facilities are
supplied to various manufacturing plants of these customers located all over the world.
Aquapharm is an ISO 9001, 14001 and OSHA 18001 certified company. It follows best
manufacturing practices, has best HSE standard comparable to any multinational company.
Aquapharms manufacturing facilities are routinely audited by their world renowned customers
and Aquapharm always strive hard to continuously improve the standards.
As the market demand is increasing and product volumes are rising year after year, Aquapharm
has defined an ambitious growth plan for next 10 years to revamp the manufacturing facility at
Mahad with capacity enhancement of key products, introduction of few new products and
shifting of some products from their other manufacturing site. To achieve this growth plan,
Aquapharm wish to set up new plants in the existing manufacturing facility of Mahad with all
necessary infrastructures. Increased volumes produced in the new facility shall add revenue not
only to the organizations kitty; it will bring more foreign exchange earnings for the country. This
new set up will also generate employment for local people. A comprehensive investment plan is
made and basic project work is initiated that includes the environment clearance procedure.
1.2 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT
The Products like Sodium bromide, PM 200, polymers, GLDA, PBTC which Aquapharm intends to
manufacture are used in industrial application. For example, sodium bromide is used in water
treatment facility to control algal, fungi, & bacterial slimes. Sodium bromide and PM 200 are
used as a dense fluid in oil field industries. PBTC is used in different industries as a sequestering
agent and calcium carbonate scale inhibitor.
The Project will create direct & indirect employment opportunities within the surrounding region.
The Unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby villages depending
upon the availability of skilled & un-skilled man-power surrounding the project site. In operation
phase, the proposed project would require significant workforce of non-technical and technical
persons.
1.3 PURPOSE AND NEED OF EIA

The EIA is anticipated to make available for the protection, conservation and wise
management of environment through planning and informed decision making. Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) is requisite to be carried out only for those categories of projects that
are covered under EIA notification, 2006 (amended time to time) and the criteria for screening
have been provided in the Act. Thus, EIA is fundamentally made applicable to industrial
projects, which are more likely to have significant environmental impacts.

M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. falls under category A schedule 5(f) (Synthetic organic
chemicals), hence require Environmental Clearance from MoEF & CC. The project site is within 5
km from Eco-sensitive Areas (ESA) like village Jite [as per Directions under Section 5 of the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 by MoEF (F. No. 1-4/2012 - RE (Pt.) dated 13.11.2013 and EIA
notification amendment dated 25.06.2014.] and thus classified as Category A.
However there are no eco-sensitive zones like national parks, Wildlife sanctuaries, Biosphere
Reserve within 10 Km radius from the proposed project site.
EIA Consultant
In view of the above, legal aspects, environmental monitoring work and EIA report preparation
has been carried out by Green circle Inc. Vadodara for the period of December 2013 to
February 2014.
The chronology of EC application is as given below:
S.No. Particulars Date
1 Submission of EC application at SEAC/SEIAA, Maharashtra 29.11.2013
2 EIA report submission at SEIAA, Maharashtra 14.07.2014
3 Appraisal of Project by SEAC 19.07.2014
4 Submission of EIA reports for PH at MPCB 21.08.2014
5 Public Hearing conducted by MPCB 27.11.2014
As per the OM of MoEF dated 10/12/2014, public hearing is exempted for industrial areas which
were notified prior 14th September 2006. Since MIDC Mahad was established prior to September
2006, public hearing is exempted.
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required to be carried out for certain categories of
projects and the criteria for screening have been provided. Indian regulation screens project
category based on the Scale of Impact, Sensitivity of Impact and Nature of locations as the
primary criteria for deciding on the requirement of EIA for approval.
1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.4.1 Location of the Project
The unit is located at K-3/1, K-3/2, K-3/3 Additional Industrial Estate, MIDC Mahad, Dist. Raigad,
State Maharashtra. The Plant is situated near to national highway 17 in the Northeast direction
at a distance of 3 Km. The nearest railway station is located at Veer is at distance of 23 Km. The
nearest airport is located at a distance of 126 Km in the North-northwest direction at Mumbai.
There are no national parks and wild life sanctuaries within the 10 Km radius of the project site

1.4.2 Size of the project

The existing capacity of the plant for manufacturing of specialty chemicals is 107MT/day and
proposed expansion is 278 MT/day. The total quantity of production after proposed expansion
will be 384 MT/day. The proposed project will be accpmodated within the same plot with an
area of 73547 sq.m (existing infrastructural area: 64749 sq.m and additional area required: 8798
sq.m).
1.5 STATEMENT OF PRINCIPLES

The EIA is intended to provide for the protection, conservation and wise management of
environment through planning and informed decision making.
To help decision-makers to protect, conserve and manage environment according to
the principles of sustainable development, thereby achieving or monitoring human well
being, a healthy environment and a sound economy.
To ensure that the industries consider the effect on the health, economy and culture of
the surrounding communities as well as its impacts on the air, land and water.
To ensure communication of information to Public.
1.6 FRAMEWORK OF ASSESSMENT

Based on the scope of work and general guidelines, study area of 10 km around the site has
been taken as the spatial frame for the impact assessment. Temporal frame of assessment has
been chosen to reflect the impacts in two distinct phases of the project namely:
Construction phase
Operation phase
1.7 SCOPE OF THE WORK

EIA study involves three basic components, viz. identification, prediction and evaluation of
impacts.
An intensive reconnaissance and preliminary collection of environmental information to
plan field study.
Field studies to collect preliminary information, particularly on the quality of the physical
environment. Experienced scientists and engineers will collect the data.
Base line data generation and characterization of air, water, soil, noise and vegetation
in the ten kilometer radius area (impact zone) over a period of Three months.
A thorough study of the process including provisions for pollution control, and
environmental management that includes prediction of impacts and relevant
mathematical modeling.
Preparation of Environmental monitoring program.

Preparation of Environmental Management plan suggesting suitable methods for

mitigating and controlling the pollution levels. Environmental monitoring plan is
suggested for monitoring the pollution loads at various facilities in the premises and to
ensure compliance with the statutory requirements.
Point wise ToR has been made and incorporated in the EIA report.
1.8 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The EIA study shall be aimed to cover the following aspects:
To study Baseline environmental conditions of the study area for air, water, soil, noise,
meteorology.
Evaluation of present environmental status through analysis of generated and collected
baseline data for post-monsoon season.
Assess the probable impact on the environmental factors due to implementation of the
project with respect to the existing scenario.
Analyze the predicted impact with respect to the regulatory environmental standards.
Develop an Environmental Management Plan and Disaster Management Plan for the
proposed project to mitigate the negative significant impacts that would arise from the
proposed project.
Obtain necessary clearance from the regulatory authorities.

1.9 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Monitoring and analysis of data was done as per CPCB /APHA /MPCB guidelines and relevant
IS codes.
PROJECT INITIATION
PRELIMINARY SCAN OF PRELIMINARY SCAN OF

EXISTING ENVIRONMENT PROPOSED PROJECT
SELECT ENVIRONMENTAL
INDICATORS
DESCRIBE ENVIRONMENTAL FIELD SURVEYS

SETTING AND
SAMPLING
IMPACT EVALUATION
(MODELLING)
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PRELIMINARY SCAN
OF EXISTING
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT PLAN
Figure 1.1: Flow Chart of Methodology of EIA

1.10 APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts &
Regulations which are formulated by the government by govt. of India to protect the
environment and development in a sustainable way.
The Water (prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess, Act, 1977
The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986
Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September 2006 and
subsequent amendments.
The Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2008.
The MSIHC (Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals) rules 1989 and
amendment in 2000
Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996
Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments
The public Liability Insurance Act, 1991
The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001 and amendment in 2010
Accordingly, the project has to comply with the following requirements for establishing the
industry.
i) Environmental Clearance as per EIA notification 2006
ii) Comply with MPCB/CPCB norms
1.11 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

This EIA report has been prepared on the basis of available on-site primary data
(survey/monitoring) and secondary/literature data. The structure of the EIA Report with
necessary tables, drawings and annexure is as follows:
Executive Summary
It gives insight of the EIA Report and chapters there in:
Chapter 1: Introduction
This chapter provides background information on need of project, need of EIA study and brief
of the project. It also covers the identification of project and project proponent, brief
description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the country and the
region.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed synthetic organic Plant, with type of
project, need for the project, location, size and magnitude of operation including associated
activities required by and for the project, proposed schedule for approval and implementation,
including technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.
Chapter 3: Baseline Environmental status

This chapter presents the existing environmental status of the study area of 10 km around the
proposed project including topography, drainage pattern, water environment, geological,
climate, transport system, land use, flora and fauna, socio-economic aspects, basic amenities
etc. Environmental assessment of the proposed project site in regard to its capability to receive
the proposed new development is also discussed in this Chapter.
Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the proposed project activities and underscores
the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It predicts the overall impact of the
proposed project on different components of the environment viz. Air, Water, Land, Noise,
Biological, and Socio-Economic.
Chapter 5: Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter describes technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures
(including measurement methodologies, frequency, location, and data analysis, reporting
schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget and procurement schedules.
Environmental Monitoring Programme is implemented during construction and operation phases

of the project. The objective of environmental monitoring Programme is to assess the adequacy
of various environmental safeguards and to compare the predicted and actual scenario during
construction and operation phases. This enables suggestion of remedial measures not foreseen
during the planning stage but arising during these phases.

Chapter 6: Risk Assessment

Risk Assessment Study is done to determine the potential risks of major disasters having damage
potential to life and property and provide a scientific basis for decision makers to be satisfied
about the safety levels of the facilities to be set up.
Chapter 7: Disaster Management Plan

The Disaster Management Plan is to be related to the identification of various hazards
addressed qualitatively and gives a broad identification of risks involved in the project
operation.
Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the physical
infrastructure, social infrastructure, Employment potential skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled other
tangible benefits.
Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter describes the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment
exercise. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed activities during construction and
operation phases and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.
There will be description of EMP cell that remains in operation during construction and operation
phase of the project. It describes responsibilities of the office bearing members of cell
responsible for protection of environment.
Chapter 10: Conclusion

This chapter describes about overall justification for implementation of the project and
explanation on various mitigation measures.
Chapter 11: Disclosure of the Consultant

This chapter describes the names of the Consultant engaged with their brief resume and nature
of Consultancy rendered.

CHAPTER 2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0 INTRODUCTION
M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt Limited is located in additional MIDC area Mahad, Raigad district
in Maharashtra State. It is engaged in the manufacturing of speciality chemicals. The
manufacturing process involves various unit operations and unit processes. The production facility
at this unit is commenced during year 2003.
Integrated facility at Mahad Plant include

Various capacities of glass lined and stainless steel reactors.
Graphite, PPFRP absorbers.
Graphite, glass lined and stainless steel condensers.
Spray Dryer
Automated process control instrumentation.
Automated packaging systems
Generators for backup in case of power failure.
Effluent treatment plant to meet environmental standard.
2.1. TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed unit is speciality chemicals manufacturing unit covered under the category of 5(f) in
schedule Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and
intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other
synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) of EIA Notification 2006. This project
falls under category A as the site is located within 5 km radius from eco-sensitives areas [as per
Directions under Section 5 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 by MoEF (F. No. 1-4/2012 - RE
(Pt.) dated 13.11.2013 and EIA notification amendment dated 25.06.2014.]
2.2. CAPITAL INVESTMENT

The expected cost of the proposed project will be around Rs. 35.82 crores.
2.3. NEED OF THE PROJECT

Aquapharm is the biggest manufacturer of Organo phosphonates in the world. Companys turn
over for the last financial year was approx 350 crores out of which approx 300 crores is from export
and balance is from domestic sale. Aquapharm is a proud recipient of Chemixil award for exports
contributing to the countrys foreign exchange earnings. As the market demand is increasing and
product volumes are rising year after year, Aquapharm has defined an ambitious growth plan for
next 10 years to revamp the manufacturing facility at Mahad with capacity enhancement of key
CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1

products, introduction of few new products and shifting of some products from their other
manufacturing site. To achieve this growth plan, Aquapharm wish to set up new plants in the
existing manufacturing facility of Mahad with all necessary infrastructures. Increased volumes
produced in the new facility shall add revenue not only to the organizations kitty; it will bring more
foreign exchange earnings for the country. This new set up will also generate employment for local
people. A comprehensive investment plan is made and basic project work is initiated that
includes the environment clearance procedure.
2.4 PROJECT JUSTIFICATION
The project site is located in additional MIDC, Mahad, Raigad. The site is well connected by roads
and ports. Locally available resources are available from nearby regions. Water requirement is
met from MIDC source and power supply from MSEDCL.
The Products like Sodium Bromide, PM 200, polymers, GLDA, PBTC which Aquapharm intends to
manufacture are used in industrial application. For example, sodium bromide is used in water
treatment facility to control algal, fungi, & bacterial slimes. Sodium bromide and PM 200 are used
as a dense fluid in oil field industries. PBTC is used in different industries as a sequestering agent
and calcium carbonate scale inhibitor.
The Project will create direct & indirect employment opportunities within the surrounding region.
Aquapharm Pvt Ltd aims to become the largest global supplier of competitive and quality. This
project will enhance Indias potential of supplying speciality chemicals /products to worldwide
leading to step-up of Indias position in global market sector and strengthening of Indian
economy. This will also enable to meet rising demands of such products in domestic market.
2.5 LOCATION OF PROJECT SITE

The unit is located at K-3/1, K-3/2, K-3/3 Additional Industrial Estate, MIDC Mahad, Dist Raigad,
State Maharashtra. The project site is located in additional Industrial Estate of MIDC. The
environmental setting around the proposed site is given in Table 2.1. The location map of project
site is shown in figure 2.1 & Google map of project site is shown as Figure 2.2.
Table 2.1: Environment Setting of the Proposed Project

Sr.
Particulars Details
No.
1 Latitude 18 06'650"N
2 Longitude 7330'865"E
3 Elevation above MSL 115 ft above Mean Sea Level
Annual Mean Maximum Temperature: 31.8 C
4 Climatic Conditions. Annual Mean Minimum Temperature: 17.7C
Annual Mean Maximum Rainfall: @ 3360 mm**
5 Present land use at the location Industrial
6 Nearest Village Birwadi ( 2.5 km)
Town: Mahad (12 km)
7 Nearest Town/City
City: Mumbai (200 km, SE)
8 Nearest Railway Station Veer Railway Station (23 km, SE)
9 Nearest Hospital MMA Hospital (4 km, SE)
10 Nearest Highway NH 17 (8 km, WSW )
11 Nearest Airport Mumbai Airport (200 km, ESE)
12 Nearest Water Body Kal River (3.0 km, ESE)
Ecologically sensitive zones within 10-
13 Nil
km area (NPKs, WLS etc)
Ecologically sensitive Areas within 5
14 Villages: Jite, Solamkond
km area
15 Historical/ Archaeological places Nil
Sandoz Pvt. Ltd., Piramal Health care, Kopran,
Adventz (Zuari Agro), Vinati Organics Ltd, Pidilite
16 List of Major Industries (within 10 km)
industries Ltd, laxmi Organics industries Ltd, Shri
Hari Export Ltd.
Critically Polluted Areas within 10 Km
17 Nil
radius
18 Seismic Zone Zone III

Figure 2.1: Location Map of Project Site

Figure: 2.2: Google Map of Project Site
2.6. LAND REQUIREMENT DETAILS
The Total land area for project is 73547 sq.mt. The area details are given in table 2.2 and the plant
Layout is given in Fig: 2.3.

Table 2.2: Details of Land Break-up of Existing Plant
A. Land Area Existing
S. No. Description Area (Sq.m)

1 Admin/QC/Canteen 525.4
2 Changing room/Toilet 83.4
3 Green Belt 10238.4
4 Total road 13591
5 Open Space 10% 15096
6 Garden 4000
7 Total plant area 21214.9
Sub Total (T1) 64749
B. Land Break-up for Proposed Expansion
1 Storage 2023
2 Utility 633
3 MCC/PCC 487
4 Plant 466
5 Approach road 4541
6 Changing Room 23
7 Workshop shed 125
8 Stores 500
Sub-Total (T2) 8798
Total after Expansion (T1 + T2) 64749 + 8798 = 73547

Figure: 2.3: Layout Plan of Proposed Project

2.7 PRODUCT DETAILS
At present the units produce 204 MT/day of Speciality Chemicals and proposed to produce 498.0
MT/day. Name of product with its Quantity is shown in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3: Product Details
Sr.
Name of Product Quantities, MT/day
No.
Existing Proposed Total
A Alkyl Phosphonates
HEDP (100% basis) 40.0 10.00 50.00
PBTC -- 14.00 14.00
Polymaleic Phosphonic acid -- 0.15 0.15
Hydroxy Phosphono Acetic acid -- 0.15 0.15

Or Alkyl Phosphonates derivatives and family -- 24.30 64.30
B Amine Phosphonates
Diethylene Triamine Penta Methylene
8.0 -- 8.00
Phosphonic Acid 100%
Ethylene Diamine Tetramethylene
0.5 -- 0.5
Phosphonic Acid
Amino Trimethylene Phosphonic Acid 3.0 7.00 10.00
Bis Hexamethylene Triamine Pentamethylene
-- 0.60 0.60
Phosphonic acid
Amino ethyl ethanol amine Trimethylene
-- 2.00 2.00
Phosphonate
Poly Amino PolyEther poly methylene
-- 1.00 1.00
Phosphonic acid
Monoethanolamino diphosphonic acid -- 1.00 1.00
Hexamethylene Diamino Phosphonic acid -- 1.00 1.00
Or Amine Phosphonates derivatives and

-- 12.60 24.10
family
C Salt of Alkyl Phosphonates
HEDP salts liquid 12.0 33.00 45.00
HEDP salts powder 7.0 10.00 17.00

Or Salts of Alkyl Propionates ,derivatives and

-- 43.00 62.00
family
D Salts of Amine Phosphonate
DETMP salts -- 100.00 100.00
ATMP salts 5.0 5.00 10.00
or Salts of Amine Phosphonate , derivatives
-- 105.00 110.00
and family
E Polymers
Poly Maleic -- 14.00 14.00
Poly Acrylic -- 14.00 14.00
F Green Products
GLDA -- 27.00 27.00
or Amino Acid salts, derivatives and family -- 27.00 27.00
G Methylene Bis-thiocyanate 1.0 0.50 1.50
H Halogen Derivatives
Phosphorus Trichloride 100% 30.0 35.00 65.00
MDB -- 3.00 3.00
or Halogen derivatives and family -- 38.00 68.00
Total of Products 106.5 278.1 384.6
Table 2.4: By-Product Details
Sr.
Bi-Products Quantities, MT/day
No.
1 Acetyl Chloride 5.00 5.00 10.00
2 Methanol 5.00 5.00
3 Sodium Chloride 8.00 8.00
4 Sodium Sulphate 7.70 7.70
5 Hydrochloric Acid 90.00 66.00 156.00
6 Sodium Bromide 1.5 7.5 9.00
Total 96.5 99.5 196.00

2.8 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

Raw materials will be sourced from Traders and distributors from India as well as from abroad.
Raw materials will be transported via roadways, waterways, (liquid in tanker, drums & solid
materials in bags). Finished Product will be transported using roadways and air ways.
Table 2.5: List of Raw Material Required for Existing & Proposed Products
Total After
S. Name of Raw Existing Proposed
Product Expansion
NO Material (MT/Day) (MT/Day)
(MT/Day)
Yellow Phosphorous 6.825 7.9625 14.79

1. Phosphorus Trichloride 100%
Chlorine 23.85 27.825 51.68
Hydroxyethylidene Acetic acid 12.93 3.23 16.16

2 diphosphonic acid (HEDP PCl3 53.8 13.5 67.3
100 %) H2O2 0.04 0.01 0.05
HEDP 4.2 11.6 15.8

3 HEDP salt liquid
NaOH lye 4.3 11.7 16.0
HEDP 7.4 7.5 14.9

4 HEDP salt powder
NaOH lye 6.9 9.9 16.8
H3PO3 6.032 0 6.032
Diethylene Triamine Penta DETA 1.44 0 1.44

5.
Phosphonic Acid 100% Formalin 6.32 0 6.32
HCl 4.000 0 4.000
H3PO3 0 23.7 23.7
DETA 0 5.6 5.6

Diethylene Triamine Penta
6 Formalin 0 25 25
Phosphonic Acid salt
HCl 0 16.600 16.600
NaOH 0 36.1 36.1

Phosphorous acid
Amino Trimethylene 2.52 5.88 8.4
Trichloride
7. Phosphoric Acid (ATMP 100
Ammonium
%) 0.504 1.176 1.68
Chloride

Total After
Product Expansion
(MT/Day)
Formalin 2.73 6.37 9.1
A-108EX (ATMP) 2.96 2.96 5.92

8. Salt of amines
NaOH 2.15 2.15 4.30
Ethylene diamine 0.078 0 0.078

Ethylene diamine
9. tetramethylene phosphonic Phosphorus acid 0.477 0 0.477
acid
Formalin 0.477 0 0.477
Bis Hexamethylene
0 0.085 0.085
triamine
Bis Hexamethylene triamine
Phosphorus acid 0 0.174 0.174
10 pentamethylene
phosphonic acid Formalin 0 0.181 0.181
HCl 0 0.100 0.100
Mono ethanol amine 0 0.123 0.123
Monoethanol amine bis Phosphorus acid 0 0.353 0.353

11
methylene phophonic acid
Formalin 0 0.380 0.380
HCl 0 0.130 0.130
Polyetheramine D-
0 0.135 0.135
230
Polyether polyamino
12
methylene phosphonic acid Phosphorus acid 0 0.195 0.195
Formalin 0 0.218 0.218
HCl 0 0.130 0.130
NaOH 0 0.335 0.335
Hexamethylene
Hexamethylene diamine 0 0.057 0.057
diamine
13 tetramethylene phosphonic
acid salt Phosphorus acid 0 0.167 0.167

Total After
Product Expansion
(MT/Day)
Formalin 0 0.17 0.17
HCl 0 0.130 0.130
KOH flakes 0 0.242 0.242
Aminoethyl ethanol
0 0.204 0.204
amine (AEEA)

Aminoethyl ethanol amine
14 trimethylene phosphonic
Formalin 0 0.520 0.520
acid (AEEA phosphonate)
HCl 0 0.4 0.4
NH4OH 0 0.820 0.820
Sodium Methoxide 0 0.112 0.112
Methyl Acrylate 0 2.352 2.352
DMP 0 2.94 2.94

15 PBTC
DMM 0 3.92 3.92
OR Maleic
0 2.764 2.764
Anhydride
Maleic anhydride 0 0.023 0.023
Polymaleic phosphonic acid

16 Phosphorus acid 0 0.0147 0.0147
(A-110 EX)
NaOH 0 0.070 0.070
Glyoxalic acid 0 0.0795 0.0795

Hydroxy phosphonoacetic
17
acid (A-118 EX)

Total After
Product Expansion
(MT/Day)
18 HCl (30 -33 %) (By product) DMW 60M3 45 M3 105 M3
Monosodium
0 7.668 7.668
glutamate (L MSG)
Monochloroacetic
19 GLDA (A-2015 EX) 0 8.91 8.91
acid
NaOH 0 18.441 18.441
DL alanine 0 2.058 2.058
20 MGDA Monochloroacetic
0 4.998 4.998
acid
NaOH 0 9.8 9.8
Cyanoacetamide 0.385 0 0.385
NaBr 1.155 0 1.155

Dibromonitrilopropionamide
21
(DBNPA) H2O2 0.686 0 0.686
H2SO4 0.500 0 0.500

Table 2.6: Storage Facility for Raw Materials.
S. Name of Raw Material Total Storage MOC Of Storage

No. Storage Capacity in Storage Tank Facility
Capacity drum/bulk in
MT MT
1 Yellow Phosphorous 1000 0.200 MS Drum Store
2 Chlorine 54 0.900 MS Tuner Shed
3 Acetic Acid 85 75.000 SS Tank SS Tank
4 Phosphorous Trichloride 125 90.000 MS Tank MS Tank
5 DETA 25 0.190 MS Drum R.M. Store
6 Formalin 50 40.000 SS Tank SS Tank
7 Ammonium Chloride 10 0.050 HDPE Bags R.M. Store
8 Hydrogen Peroxide 2 0.050 Cabouys R.M. Store
9 Sodium Hydroxide (Lye) 120 100.000 PPFRP PPFRP Tank
10 Phosphorus Acid 400 0.025 HDPE Bags R.M. Store
11 Ethylene Diamine 10 0.190 MS Drum R.M. Store
12 Potassium Hydroxide 15 0.050 HDPE Bags R.M. Store
13 Dimethyl Formate 4 0.190 MS Drum R.M. Store
14 Sodium Thiocyanate 10 1.000 IBC R.M. Store
15 Methylene Dibromide 10 0.200 M.S.PP R.M. Stores
16 Methyl Acrylate 30 0.180 MS R.M. Store
17 DMP 40 0.240 HDPE R.M. Store
18 Maleic Anhydride 20 0.025 Bags R.M. Stores
HDPE bags
19 Sodium Methoxide 1 0.025 R.M. Stores
Carbuoy
20 Hexamethylene Diamine 1 0.180 M.S. Drum R.M. Store

2.9. MANUFACTURING PROCESS

The detailed manufacturing process for various products is given below.
2.9.1. Manufacturing Process of Alkyl Phosphonates Derivatives

a) Manufacturing Process of HEDP (100% basis)
Procedure:
Phosphorus trichloride is partially hydrolyzed to phosphorus acid and partially reacted with acetic
to give acetyl chloride and phosphorus acid. Acetyl Chloride is reacted with phosphorus acid in
controlled manner to give HEDP and hydrochloric acid. Hydrochloric acid is absorbed in water to
give 32% HCl solution, which has captive consumption and commercial sale.
Reaction:
2 PCl3 + 3 CH3COOH + 3 H2O 2 H3PO3 + 3 CH3COCl + 3 HCl
MW: 137.5 60 18 82 78.5 36.5
Qty: 2x137.5 3x60 3x18 2x 82 3x78.5 3x36.5
2 H3PO3 + 3 CH3COCl 1 HEDP complex + 3 HCl

MW: 82 78.5 290 Approx. 36.5
Qty: 2x 82 3x78.5 290 Approx. 3x 36.5
1 HEDP complex + 2 H2O 1 HEDP + 2 CH3COOH
MW: 290 Approx. 18 206 60
Qty: 290 2x18 206 2x60
343.3 HEDP (60%).

Dilute HCl (15 to 19%)

Glacial Acetic
PCl3 from Amine acid plant
Acid
whenever available
1319 kg
1081 1342 kg
Reaction HCl Gas to

under Reflux Scrubber
1939 kg HCl (32%) for

commercial sales
/captive consumption
Reaction mass 859 kg
By-Product Acetyl
cool & discharge Chloride
1667 kg (60% HEDP) 995 kg
HEDP Water
1000 kg (100% basis)
Process Flow Diagram of HEDP

Basis: - 1 MT HEDP (100% basis)
b) Manufacturing Process of PBTC

Raw Material Used in Manufacturing PBTC
Sodium Methoxide
Methyl Acrylate
Dmp
Dmm
Maleic Anhydri
Procedure:
Step I DMM
1 mole Maleic Anhydride +2 moles MeOH 1 mole of DMM + 1mole of water
Ensure the reactor is clean & dry.
Charge Maleic Anhydride, and then charge Methanol in the reactor & start stirring.
Add the catalyst in the reactor & ensure the dissolution of the mass.
Add the catalyst in the reactor & ensure the dissolution of the mass.
Start heating of the reactor using the steam. After reaching of the reactor temp.35-40
degree C, stop heating & observe mild exotherm of the reactor mass. Maintain the temp
of reactor at around 70-80 degree C. Maintain the reaction under reflux. If required heat
the reaction mass to maintain the reaction temp. Analyze the reaction mass.
Digest the reaction mass at 80-90 degree C by applying heating and cooling for 2 hrs.

Start heating of reactor mass for distillation, raise temp to complete the distillation then
cool & analyze the reactor mass and fill the product
During distillation water& MeOH is separated which is used for hydrolysis.
Recycle methanol for next batch.
Step II
Charge DMM and DMP and methanol in the reactor.
Start stirrer and Cool the reaction mass to 200C.
Start addition of catalyst to the reaction mass, keeping the temperature 250C. The reaction
is exothermic & cooling is required. The addition to be completed in 2-3 hrs. Check the
reaction mass for completion of the reaction. When the reaction is complete add methyl
acrylate to the reaction mass.
Start addition of catalyst keeping temperature 250 C. Check the reaction mass for
completeness of the reaction.
When the reaction is over, hydrolyze the reaction mass with aqueous PBTC and water and
increase the temperature to 100-1200C with distillation of aqueous methanol. Dilute the
reaction mass to 50 % concentration. MeOH is recovered which is sold as a Bi-product.
Recycle methanol for next batch.
Its an addition reaction. Final product being 50 % water solution there is no Effluent
generated. There is no generation of gaseous product in the reaction.
Reaction: Step: 1
O O
DMM O CH 3
O + 2 CH 3 O H + H2 O
O C H3
C ataly st
O O
MW 98 32 144 18
QTY 98 64 144 18

Step-2:
O
O O
H O
OCH3 Catalyst
H3CO P OCH3
+ :P
OCH3 OCH3 H3CO OCH3
Methanol
OCH3
O O
MW: 144 110 32 254

QTY: 144 110 32 254
Step 3:
O
COOCH3
O
COOCH3
H3CO P COOCH3 COOCH3
H3CO P
+ + CH3OH Catalyst
H3CO
COOCH3
H3CO
COOCH3
MW : 254 86 solvent catalyst 340

QTY: 254 86 solvent catalyst 340
Step4:
COOCH3
O COOH
Water O
COOCH3
H3 CO P COOH
+ PBTC HO P + 5 CH 3OH
H 3CO
COOCH3 HO
COOH
MWt/QTY 340 Catalyst 270 (100%) 160(100%)

540 (50%) A-101 EX.

Process Flow Diagram of PBTC

PBTC Basis 1 MT of Product
SODIUM
METHANOL METHOXIDE
Maleic
Anhydride
195 kg 12 kg
219 kg
Methyl REACTOR
DMP DMM
acrylate
210 kg
172 kg
Ester
WATER
REACTOR
402 kg
Methanol
Hydrolysis
REACTOR
210 kg
PBTC
1000 kg

c) Manufacturing Process of Polymaleic Phosphonic acid (110 EX)

Procedure:
Maleic anhydride is added in water and hydrolyzed. Then it is neutralized with NaOH. Then to that
phosphorus acid is charged and neutralized to with NaOH.
The mass is distilled to 70 % solid concentration and hydrogen peroxide is added slowly for
polymerization. Reaction mass is cured for completion of process,. The mass is cooled and diluted
to 40 % solids with addition of water. It is filtered and packed.
Reaction:
Process Flow Diagram of Polymaleic Phosphonic acid (110 EX)

d) Manufacturing Process of Hydroxy Phosphono Acetic Acid (118 EX)

Procedure:
Solid phosphorous acid is dissolved in min water to make a 90 % solution. This solution is heated to
about 110 c & Glyoxilic acid (50 %) is added with a dip-pipe in about 3 hrs at this temp. If temp
drops during addition distil out some water to maintain the temp at about 110-120 c. It is cured till
complete reaction.
It is then cooled. Active content is adjusted. Filtered, if necessary and packed.
Reaction:
OHC-COOH + H3PO3 Water (solvent) HO-CH (PO3H2)-COOH
MW 74 82 156
Qty 74 82 156 (100%)

312 (50 %)
Process Flow Diagram of Hydroxy Phosphono Acetic Acid (118 EX)

2.9.2. Manufacturing Process of Amine Phosphonates Derivatives
a) Manufacturing Process of Diethylene Triamine Penta Methylene Phosphonic Acid
Raw Material Used in Manufacturing DETMP

Phosphorous Trichloride
DETA
Formalin
HCl
NaOH
Procedure:
Phosphorus trichloride is partially hydrolysed to phosphorous acid Or H3Po3 powder. To this
reaction mixture, mix DETA, HCl & formalin are added to give DETMP and hydrochloric acid. Excess
HCl is distilled and absorbed in water to give 30% HCl solution, which has captive consumption
and commercial sale.
Reaction:
5 PCl3 + 15 H2O 5 H3PO3 + 15 HCl
MW: 137.5 18 82 36.5
Qty: 5x137.5 15x18 5x 82 15x36.5
PCl3 DETA Formalin Water

(36%)
1232.5 kg 2541.5 kg
175 kg 785 kg
Reaction under reflux HCl gas to

scrubber
Reaction mass cool and 3067 kg 32% HCl for

discharge captive
consumption/
1667 kg (60%) commercial sales
DETMP acid
(1000 kg on 100%
basis)

Manufacturing Process of Diethylene Triamine Penta Methylene Phosphonic Acid with Phosphoric
acid as R.M.
Reaction:
i) 5 H3PO3 + HCl (aqueous) 5 H3PO3 solution in aqueous HCl
MW 82 36.5 82
Qty 5x 82 5x82
Water (solvent)
ii) H2N-(CH2)2NH (CH2)2 NH2 + 3 HCl H2N-(CH2)2NH (CH2)2 NH2.3 HCl
MW: 103 36.5 212.5 (Aq solution)
Qty: 103 3 x 36.5 212.5 (Aq solution)
Water solvent
iii) (H2N-(CH2)2NH-(CH2)2-NH2). 3 HCl+ 5 H3PO3 +5 HCHO
(H2O3PH2C)2N-(CH2)2N-(CH2)2-N(CH2PO3H2)2+ 5 H2O + 3 HCl
CH2PO3H2
MW : 212.5 82 30 573 18 36.5
Qty: 212.5 + 5x 82 + 5x 30 573 + 5 x 18 + 3 x 36.5
955 (60%)

H3PO3 DETA Formalin HCl (32%)

(36%)
735 kg
175 kg 785 kg 908 kg
Reaction under reflux HCl gas to

scrubber
Water 593 kg Reaction mass cool and 1529 kg 19% HCl

discharge recycled to HEDP
plant HCl absorber
system to produce
1667 kg (60%) DETMP 32% HCl for
commercial sales/
DETMP acid captive
(1000 kg on 100% basis) consumption
Input: 735 kg + 175 kg + 785 kg + 908 kg +593 kg = 3196 kg

Output:- 1529+ 1667 kg = 3196 kg.
Manufacturing Process of Diethylene Triamine Penta Methylene Phosphonic Acid with H3PO3 as
R.M.
b) Amino Trimethylene Phosphonic Acid
Raw Material Used in Manufacturing ATMP

Phosphorous Trichloride
Ammonium Chloride
Formalin
Reaction.
Water solvent
3 PCl3 + 9 H2 O 3 H3PO3 + 9 HCl
Mwt: 137.5 18 82 36.5

Qty : 3x137.5 9x18 3x 82 9x36.5
Input: 705 kg + 84 kg + 455 kg + 1689 kg = 2933 kg.

Output: 1933 kg + 1000 kg = 2933 kg.
Manufacturing Process & Material Balance Diagram of Ammonium Tri Methylene Phosphoric
Acid with PCl3
Reaction:
3 H3PO3 + Water H3PO3 aqueous solution
Water solvent
NH4Cl + 3H3PO3 + 3 HCHO N(CH2PO3H2)3 + 3 H2O + HCl
Mw: 53.5 82 30 299 18 36.5
Qty: 53. 5 3x 82 3x 30 299 3x18 36.5

Input: 420 kg + 84 kg + 455 kg + 390 kg = 1349 kg

Output: 349 kg + 1000 kg = 1349 kg.
Procedure:
Phosphorous trichlorine is partially hydrolyzed to phosphorous acid or H3Po3 powder. To this

reaction mixture, mix ammonium chloride and formalin are added to give ATMP and hydrochloric
acid. Excess HCl is distilled and absorbed in water to give 30 % HCl solution, which has captive
consumption and commercial sale
C) Bis Hexamethylene Triamine Pentamethylene Phosphonic acid BHMTPMP

Procedure:
Solid phosphorus acid is diluted with aqueous HCl. Then Bishexamethylene Triamine is
added and temperature is increased. It is reacted with formaldehyde in aqueous medium at
elevated temperature to form Bishexamethylene Triamine Penta (Methylene Phosphonic acid),
BHMTPMP. Excess aqueous HCl is distilled out. Active content and chlorides are is adjusted. The
material is filtered and packed.

Reaction:
i. 5 H3PO3 + HCl (aqueous) 5 H3PO3 solution in aqueous HCl
MW 82 36.5 82
Qty 5x 82 5x82
Water (solvent)
ii) H2N-(CH2)6NH (CH2)6 NH2 + 3 HCl H2N-(CH2)6NH (CH2)6 NH2.3 HCl
MW 215 36.5 324.5 (Aq solution)
Qty 215 3 x 36.5 324.5 (Aq solution)
Water solvent
iii) (H2N-(CH2)6NH-(CH2)6-NH2). 3 HCl+ 5 H3PO3 +5 HCHO
(H2O3PH2C)2N-(CH2) 6N-(CH2)6-N(CH2PO3H2)2+ 5 H2O + 3 HCl
CH2PO3H2
MW 324.5 82 30 685 18 36.5
Qty 324.5 5x 82
5x 30 685 5 x 18
3 x 36.5
1522(45%)

e) Amino ethyl ethanol amine Trimethylene Phosphonate

Procedure:
Solid phosphorus acid is diluted with aqueous HCl. Then aminoethyl ethanol amine is added to it
and temperature is increased. It is reacted with formaldehyde in aqueous medium at elevated
temperature to form aminoethtyl ethanolamine trimemethylene Phosphonic acid), (AEEA
phosphonate.) Excess aqueous HCl is distilled out. The product is neutralized with aqueous
ammonia solution and active content is adjusted. The material is filtered and packed.
f ) Monoethanolamino diphosphonic acid

Procedure:
Solid phosphorus acid is diluted with aqueous HCl. Then monoethanol amine is added and
temperature is increased. It is reacted with formaldehyde in aqueous medium at elevated
temperature to form Ethanol amine bismethylene phosphonic acid (EABMP). Excess formaldehyde

and chlorides are distilled out. It is then cooled. Active content is adjusted. Filtered, if necessary
and packed.
Reaction
i) HO-(CH2)2NH2 + HCl Water(solvent) HO-(CH2)2NH2). HCl
MW 61 36.5 97.5
Qty 61 36.5 97.5 (Aq solution)
Water solvent
ii) HO-(CH2)2NH2.HCl + 2H3PO3 + 2 HCHO HO-(CH2)2N(CH2PO3H2)2+ 2 H2O + HCl
MW 97.5 82 30 250
18 36.5
Qty 97.5 2x 82 2x 30 249 (100%) 2x18

36.5
. 498 (50%)

G)
Hexamethylene Diamino Phosphonic acid
Procedure:
Solid phosphorus acid is diluted with aqueous HCl. Then Hexamethylene diamine is
added and temperature is increased. It is reacted with formaldehyde in aqueous medium at
elevated temperature to form Hexamethylene Diamine Tetra (Methylene Phosphonic acid),
HDTMP. Excess formaldehyde is distilled out. It is then neutralized with potassium hydroxide to
desired pH. Active content is adjusted. The material is filtered and packed
i) 4 H3PO3 + HCl (aqueous) 4 H3PO3 solution in aqueous HCl
MW 82 36.5 82
Qty 5x 82 4x82
ii) H2N-(CH2)6NH2 + 2 HCl Water(solvent) H2N-(CH2)6NH2).2 HCl
MW 116 36.5 189

Qty 116 2x36.5 189 (Aq solution)
Water solvent
iii) H2N-(CH2)6NH2.2HCl + 4H3PO3 + 4 HCHO
(H2O3PH2C)2N(CH2)6N(CH2PO3H2)2+ 4 H2O + 2HCl
MW 189 82 30 492
18 36.5
Qty 189 4x 82 4x 30 492

4x18 2x36.5
.
iv) (H2O3PH2C)2N(CH2)6N(CH2PO3H2)2 + 6 KOH

(K2O3PH2C)2N(CH2)6N(CH2PO3HK)2 + 6 H2 O
Mwt 492 56.11 721
18
Qty 492(100%) 6x 56.11(100%) 721 (100%)

108

2.9.3. Manufacturing Process of Salt of Alkyl Phosphonates Derivatives

a) HEDP Salts Liquid
Procedure:
Phosphorus trichloride is partially hydrolyzed to phosphorus acid and partially reacted with acetic
to give acetyl chloride and phosphorus acid. Acetyl Chloride is reacted with phosphorus acid in
controlled manner to give HEDP and hydrochloric acid. Hydrochloric acid is absorbed in water to
give 32% HCl solution, which has captive consumption and commercial sale.
Reaction:
2 PCl3 + 3 CH3COOH + 3 H2O 2 H3PO3 + 3 CH3COCl + 3 HCl
MW : 137.5 60 18 82 78.5 36.5
Qty : 2x137.5 3x60 3x18 2x 82 3x78.5 3x36.5
2 H3PO3 + 3 CH3COCl 1 HEDP complex + 3 HCl

MW : 82 78.5 290 Approx. 36.5
Qty: 2x 82 3x78.5 290 Approx. 3x 36.5
1 HEDP complex + 2 H2O 1 HEDP + 2 CH3COOH
MW: 290 Approx. 18 206 60
Qty: 290 2x18 206 2x60
343.3 HEDP (60%).
Basis: - 1 MT HEDP (100% basis)
Dilute HCl (15 to 19%)

Glacial Acetic
PCl3 from Amine acid plant
Acid
whenever available
1319 kg
1081 1342 kg
Reaction HCl Gas to

under Reflux Scrubber
1939 kg HCl (32%) for

commercial sales
/captive consumption
Reaction mass 859 kg
By-Product Acetyl
cool & discharge Chloride
1667 kg (60% HEDP) 995 kg
HEDP Water
1000 kg (100% basis)
Charge given quantity of water and HEDP in reactor. Neutralize the mixture by adding caustic lye
and adjust suitable pH. This mixture will be send to dryer for drying. The resultant product is Powder
of HEDP salt which has captive consumption and commercial sale.
Input: 1081 kg + 1342 kg + 1319 kg + 859 kg = 4601 kg
Output: 1939 kg + 995 kg + 1667 kg = 4601 kg
HEDP Salts Powder

Procedure:
Water HEDP
Mixture
Neutralization Caustic Lye
Dryer Scrubber -
Moisture
Powder of HEDP salt
2.9.4. Manufacturing Process of Salts of Amine Phosphonates Derivatives

a) DETMP Salts
Procedure:
Solid phosphorus acid is dissolved in aqueous HCl. Then Diethylene Triamine is added and
temperature is increased. It is reacted with formaldehyde in aqueous medium at elevated
temperature to form Diethylene Triamine Penta (Methylene Phophosphonic acid), DETMP. Excess
aqueous HCl is distilled out. It is then neutralized with sodium hydroxide to desired pH. Active
content is adjusted. The material is filtered and Packed.
i) H2N-(CH2)2NH (CH2)2 NH2 + 3 HCl H2N-(CH2)2NH (CH2)2 NH2.3 HCl
MW 103 36.5 212.5
Qty 103 3 x 36.5 212.5 (Aq solution)
Water solvent
ii) (H2N-(CH2)2NH-(CH2)2-NH2). 3 HCl+ 5 H3PO3 +5 HCHO (H2O3PH2C)2N-(CH2)2N-(CH2)2-
N(CH2PO3H2)2+ 5 H2O + 3 HCl
CH2PO3H2
MW 212.5 82 30 573 18 36.5
Qty 212.5 5x 82 5x 30 573 5 x 18 3 x 36.5

iii) (H2O3PH2C)2N-(CH2)2N-(CH2)2-N(CH2PO3H2)2+ 7 NaOH (Na2O3PH2C)2N-(CH2)2N-(CH2)2-

N(CH2PO3NaH)2+ 7 H2O
CH2PO3H2 CH2PO3HNa
MW 573 40 727 18
Qty 573 7 x 40 727 7 x 18

1790.6 of Aquacid -1068 EX
b) ATPM Salts
Reaction:
+ CH2PO3Na2
CH2PO3H2 N-CH2PO3Na2
+ 5 NaOH + 5 H2O
N- CH2PO3HNa
CH2PO3H2
MF: C3H12NO9P3 NaOH C3H12-xNNaxO9P3

x = approx.5
Mwt 299 40 409 18
Qty 299 (100%) 5X40 (100%) 409(100%) 5X18
299 200 409 90

598 (50%) 417 (48%) 1022.5(40%)

2.9.5.
Manufacturing Process of Polymers Derivatives

a) Poly Maleic (PM 200)


B) POLYACRYLIC

2.9.6. Manufacturing Process of Green Products
a) GLDA


b) Amino acids or its derivatives.
2.9.7 Methylene Bis-thiocyanate.
2.14.

2.9.8. Manufacturing Process of Halogen Derivatives
a) Phosphorus tri chloride

b) MDB
2.10 UTILITIES & REQUIREMENTS

2.10.1. Water Requirements
Construction Phase:
The total water requirement for domestic purpose and for construction activity is about 0.45
M3/day and 1.0 M3/day respectively. The source of required water will be from MIDC, Mahad. The
waste generation from the domestic use will be disposed into septic tank.
Operation Phase:
The total water requirement during the operation phase is about 1223 M3/day and main supply
source of water is from MIDC, Mahad water supply. Details of water consumption and effluent
generation are tabulated in Table 2.7. Water Balance Chart is as shown in Figure 2.29

Table 2.7: Water Consumption and Waste water generation details
Water Requirement, KLD Waste water Generation, KLD

Sr. No. Type of Activity
E P T E P T
1. Domestic 5 5 10 4 4 8
2. Gardening 40 0 40 -- -- --
3. Industrial
a. *Process 171 168 339 - - -
Industrial Cooling &

b. 272 562 834 24 19 43
Boiler Feed
c. Floor Washing 0 0 0 7 7 14
Total Industrial 443 730 1173 31 26 57
Total (1+2+3) 488 735 1223 35 30 65

Note: E: Existing, P: Proposed, T: Total after proposed expansion.
There is no waste water generation from process, water get absorbed in product.
Technical Justification:
As the ETP capacity is 50 KLD which is equivalent to 6000 mg/l of COD. While the proposed effluent
generation to 26 KLD which approximately in total 60 KLD which is equivalent to 2000 mg/l of COD.
Hence, the increase in hydraulic load will be accommodate and treat the increased effluent due
to less organic load.

Figure 2.4: Water Balance Diagram

Figure 2.5: Schematic Diagram of ETP

EFFLUENT RECYCLE SCHEME
TREATED EFFLUENT
57 M3 / Day
CETP DISPOSAL RO UNIT

31 M3 / Day 26 M3 / Day
PERMEATE REJECT
21 M3 / Day 5 M3 / Day
COOLING TOWER MEE

MAKE UP,
25.8 M3 / Day
SOLID WASTE
200 Kg / Day

Table 2.8: Waste Water Characteristics (Outlet Parameter from ETP)
Sr. No. Parameters Unit Effluent

After Treatment
1 pH 5.5 to 9
2 Suspended Solids mg/l < 100
3 BOD mg/l < 100
4 COD mg/l < 250
5 Oil & Grease mg/l < 10
2.10.2 Power Requirements
The Source of Electricity is MSEDCL. The power demand for the existing manufacturing activity is
1300 KVA and another 700 KVA will be required for proposed expansion. Thus total power
requirement after proposed expansion is 2000 KVA.
Table 2.9: Power Requirement during Operation Phase
Total After
S. No. Source Existing Proposed
Expansion
1. MSEDCL 1300 KVA 700 KVA 2100 KVA
2. D.G Set (Stand By) 380 KVA 2 1550 3380 KVA
2.10.3 Fuel requirements & Stack details
Currently Coal is used as a fuel for coil fired Boiler and Diesel is used as a fuel for DG set. Same
practice will be carried out after proposed expansion. Details of Flue gas Stacks and Process stack
are given in Table 2.10 and 2.11.
Requirement of fuels is as below:

Table 2.10: Fuel requirement details
Stack Stack Pollution

Source of Type of Fuel name
S.No Capacity Height Diameter Control
Emission Emission & Quantity
(m) (m) Equipment
Boiler Oil PM, NOx, FO & 370 Air
1 6 TPH 40 0.75
Fire* SOx kg/hr Preheater
Boiler Oil PM, NOx, FO & 190 Air
2 3 TPH 40 0.75
Cyclone,
Boiler Coal PM, NOx, Coal &
3 12 TPH 40 1.2 Bag filter &
Fired SOx 1500 kg/hr
APH
Diesel & 80
4 D.G.Set 380 KVA NOx, SOx 7 0.15 Cooling
kg/hr
D.G.Set 2 X 1250 Diesel &
5 NOx, SOx 8 0.35 Cooling
(Proposed) KVA 525 kg/hr
FO & 50
6 Spray Drier 3 NOx, SOx 33 0.25 -
kg/hr
FO & 115
kg/hr
*Boiler oil fire, capacity 6 TPH & 3 TPH are used as stand by only.
Table 2.11: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures for Process Gas Emissions

Attached Capacity
S.No Emission Height Diameter M.O.C Control
to (m3/hr)
(mt) (mt) Equipment
Cl2 Packing &
1 Chlorine 1000 15 0.1 Vinyl Ester
Scrubber Scrubber
HCl speciality
2 HEDP -- 12 0.02 PPFRP
Scrubber chemicals
Scrubber
Spray Spray &
3 3 33 0.3 SS 316
Dryer Dryer Demister
Pad
4 Spray Spray 10 40 0.22 SS 316 Scrubber

Dryer Dryer &

Demister
Pad
PCl3
5 PCl3 100 15 0.1 PPFRP Scrubber
Scrubber
2.10.4 Manpower Requirements

Currently 40 nos. of employees are working in the existing manufacturing plant. During proposed
expansion 40 nos. employees will be required. The details are as shown in Table 2.12.
Table 2.12: Employment Details

S. No Description No. of Person
No. of Workers required During Construction phase of proposed
1 10
expansion.
No. of Employees (Skilled) required during operation phase of
2 10
proposed project
No. of Employees (Unskilled) required during operation phase) of
3 20
proposed project
2.11. Hazardous & Non-Hazardous Waste Generation & Management

Details of Hazardous Waste generation, storage and disposal facility are shown in Table 2.13.
Table 2.13: Hazardous Waste Handling and Disposal Details
Total After
S. Type of Proposed
Category UOM Existing Expansion Management
No. waste Expansion
Sludge and
Filters CHWTSDF for
1 3.3 MT/A 3.12 ----- 3.12
contaminat Incineration.
ed with oil
Sale to
Spent
2 20.2 MT/A 24.00 ---- 24.00 Authorized
Solvents
preprocessor
CHWTSDF for
Distillation
3 20.3 MT/A 24.00 326 350 Incineration /
residues
Reuse

Sale to
Plastic &
4 33.3 MT/A - 6 6 authorized
Liners
party
Discarded
Sale to
containers/
5 33.3 Nos/A 18000 - 18000 authorized
barrels
party
CHWTSDF for
6 ETP Sludge 34.3 MT/A 124 36 160
landfill
Sale to
7 MS Drum 33.3 Nos/A 18250 10950 29200 authorized
party.
Sale to
Waste oil/
5.1 MT/A 2 1 3 authorized
8 used oil
party.
Sale to
Lead Acid
9 - Nos/A 0 50 50 authorized
Batteries
party
Sale to
10 E-Waste - MT/A 0 1.0 1.0 authorized
party
Discarded
11 15.2 MT/A 1 1 2 CHWTSDF
Asbestos
Oil soaked
cotton
12 5.2 MT/A 0.5 0.5 1.0 CHWTSDF
waste &
gaskets
Sludge from
concentrate
13 36.1 MT/A 0 72 72 CHWTSDF
d Tech
(MEE)
14 Silica & Resin - MT/A 0 0.5 0.5 CHWTSDF

Table 2.14: Non-Hazardous Waste Handling and Disposal Details
Nature of solid Existing Proposed After

S. No UOM Disposal option
waste Qty Qty Expansion
20.00 Sale to authorize
1 Wooden Scrap Kg/Day 10.00 10.00
party
2 Metallic Scrap Kg/Day 50.00 100.00
party
3 Waste Cotton Kg/Day 5.00 5.00
party
Bottles & Plastic 50.00 Sale to authorize
4 Kg/Day 25.00 25.00
Bags party
5 Insulation Kg/Day 0 50.00
party
20.00 Sale to
6 Canteen Waste Kg/Day 0 20.00
vermiculture
Sale to brick
7 Boiler ash MT/Day 0 10.00 10.00 manufacturer &
land filling
2.12. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
Unit has already developed greenbelt area in 14238 Sq m within plant premises. There are shrubs
and trees developed in the greenbelt area. Suitable plant species of local varieties will be planted
with adequate spacing and density for their fast growth and survival.
Table 2.15: Green Belt Details within Premises
S. No Description Compliance
1. Total Green belt area 14238 Sq.m
2. Total No of trees planted up to 31/03/2013 1890 nos
3. Total No of trees survived so far 70 %
4. Target of trees plantation in the year 2013-14. 30%
5. Avenue Plantation / road side plantation in the year 2013-14. 50 nos

2.13 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT

Surface drainage has designed based on the maximum rainfall intensity prevalent in the area. All
the building has been provided with a plinth protection all round, sloped towards the side drain.
The side drain has been connected to the main drain on either side of the road. The main drain
connected to the storage tank is near to NaOH storage. The capacity of tank is 2280 mm X 2530
mm X 1200 mm. After received sufficient drain water in to dedicated tank, the overflow drain
water directly flow to the natural drains. The storm water collection system has designed in such a
manner so that clean storm water from garden, parking areas, roadways and lawns is used for
recharging of ground water and cooling purposes. The drain layout plan is shown in figure 2.5.
Run off from the proposed project site is calculated using rational formula:
Q= C x I X A
Q = Run-off in m3/hr
A = Catchment Area (ha)
C = Coefficient of Run-off
I = intensity of Rainfall in mm/hr
Table 2.16: Annual Runoff
Land use type Area (M2) Coefficient runoff Rainfall (m) Quantity of rain
water (M3)
Roof top area 5829.12 0.9 3.413 17905.30
Paved area 18132.00 0.6 3.413 37130.70
Green area 10238.4 0.3 3.413 10483.09
Total 34199.52 65519.09

Figure: 2.6: Layout plan of Storm water drainage

M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
pansion & Addition of Spe
ecialty Chemical Productiion Manufac
cturing
Cappacity in Existing Unit
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
CHAAPTER 3
BA
ASELINE
E ENVIR
RONME
ENTAL STATUS
S S
3.0 INTR
RODUCTION
The basseline statuss of environ
nmental quality in the vicinity of project
p site serves as the basis forr
identific
cation, pre
ediction and ation
evalua of impacts. T
This chapte
er describes existing
g
environmental basseline data of the stud
dy area ap
ppertaining to the pro
oposed project activity
y
near villlages of Ma
ahad Taluka
a of Raigad District of Maharashtra
M a.
oposed project is locatted at Plot No. K-3/1, K-3/2,

The pro K K-3/3, Additional Industrial Estate,
E MIDC
C
Mahad, Taluka-Ma
ahad-402302
2, Raigad, Maharashtrra. The coo
ordinates of the site is 18 06'650"N
N,
65"E at an altitude of 115 ft above MSL.
7330'86 M
The baseline envirronment stu

udies are conducted
c based on existing env
vironmental informatio
on
related to storage, release, treatmentt, or disposal of hazzardous sub
bstances or any othe
er
contam
minant in the
e environme
ent of the project
p area
a to determ
mine or discover the ob
bviousness of
o
the pressence or likely presenc
ce of a relea
ase or threa
atened relea
ase of any hazardous substance
s o
or
pollutan
nt. The base
eline enviro
onmental qu
uality is assessed throu
ugh field stu
udies within
n the impac
ct
zone fo
or various co
omponents of the envirronment, vizz. air, noise,, water, land
d and socio
o economiic
with spe
ecific reference to environmental aspects,
a wh
hich may ha
ave a bearin
ng on the im
mpacts of the
propose
ed project activity.
a The
e baseline environmen
e ntal quality was
w assesse
ed during winter
w seaso
on
(Decem
mber to Febrruary, 2014) in a study area
a coverin
ng 10 km rad
dial distance from the project
p site.
The main purpose & objective

e of the stud
dy area is:
ate the pre
To delinea evailing en
nvironmenta
al condition
n of projec
ct/study arrea as perr
awarded TO
OR issued by
b SEAC for EIA study.
To understa
and the projject need and
a environ
nmental cha
aracteristicss of the area
a.
To assess th
he existing environment
e tal quality
To identify environmen
e ntally signific
cant factorss or sensitive
e geograph
hical locatio
ons.
To genera
ate &/or collect the information of physical-chemic
cal propertties of the
e
environmen
nt of the project
p area
a, which includes datta indicating quality & prevailing
g
status of airr, water reso
ources, soil fertility,
f noise, flora & fa
auna, ecolo
ogical habitats etc.
To study & generate/p
prepare the
e LU/LC ma
ap, Topogra
aphic map, Cartograp
phic Map off
10 km radia
al area from
m the site.
To generate
e &/or colle
ect details re
egarding cllimatic cond
dition of pro
oject area.
CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENV

VIRONMENT 3.1
1
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.1ENVIIRONMENTA
AL SETTING OF
O STUDY AR
REA
An area
a Covering
g 10 km rad
dius from th
he propose
ed Project site
s has bee
en conside
ered for the
e
baseline
e study.
Tab
ble 3.1: Salie
ent Featuress of the Proje
ect Site
Sr.
Particularrs Detailss
No.
1 Latitude
e 18 06'650
0"N
2 Longitude 7330'865
5"E
3 Elev
vation abov
ve MSL 115 ft above Mea
an Sea Leve
el
Ann
nual Mean Maximum
M Temperature
e: 31.8 C
4 Climatic Cond
ditions. Ann
nual Mean Minimum Te
emperature
e: 17.7C
Ann
nual Mean Maximum Rainfall:
R @ 3360
3 mm
5 Present la
and use at the location
n Existing u
unit
6 Nearest Villa
age B
Birwadi ( 2.5 km, )
Tow
wn: Mahad (12km, )
7 Ne
earest Town
n/City
City: Mumbai (2
200 km, SE)
8 Nearest Railway
y Station Veer Ra
ailway Statio
on (23 km, SE)
S
9 N
Nearest Hospital MM
MA Hospital ((4 km, SE)
10 N
Nearest High
hway N
NH (8 km
m, ESE )
11 Nearest Airp
port Mumba
ai Airport ((200 km, ESE
E)
12 Ne
earest Water Body Kal River (3.0 km, ESE)
Ecologica
ally sensitive
e zones with
hin
13 o sensitive Zone
No Eco Z present within 15 km
k of radius.
10-km distance
14 Historical// Archaeolo
ogical place
es NA
15 National P
Parks/Wild Life
L Sanctua
ary NA
List of Ma
ajor Industrie
es (within 10
0 Dr. Datsons
D lab, Astec life SScience, Priv
vi organics
16
km) Iimited, Laxmi group
p of industrie
es.
17 Seismic Zo
one Zone IIII

VIRONMENT 3.2
2
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Figure 3.1: Study

S Area of
o 10 km Ra
adius

VIRONMENT 3.3
3
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
F
Figure 3.2: Google
G imag
ge showing Vicinity ma
ap of Projec
ct site

VIRONMENT 3.4
4
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01

3.2 APPROACH & METHODOLO
M OGY OF BAS
SELINE STUDY
Y
The me
ethodology for conduc
cting the baseline env
vironmentall survey hass been obttained from
m
the guid
delines prov
vided in the
e EIA Guid
dance Manu
ual for Synthetic organ
nic chemica
als Industry
issued by
b the Ministry of Enviro
onment and
d Forests (Mo
oEF). Environmental atttributes and
d frequency
y
of moniitoring is giv
ven in Table 3.2.
T
Table 3.2: En
nvironmenta
al Attributess & Frequenc
cy of Monito
oring
No. of
Sr. Frequency of Monitoring
g /
Attrribute Parame
eters Samppling
No. Datta Collectio
on
Loca
ations
Data collecte ed from IM MD,
Wind speed & direction,
and
d by installing
1 Meteorology temperrature, relative humiddity, Projec
ct Site
me
eteorologica al station for
rainfall,
urly site specific data.
hou
PM10, PM2.5,
P SO2, NOX, CO, H2S, 24 hourly sam
mples twice
e a
mbient air
Am NH3, HC, Flouride e, Pb, VOCs, weeek. CO andd O3
2 10
qua
ality Ozone, Benzene, Benzo
B pyrene, 8 hhourly samples twice a
Arsenic, Nickle. weeek.
At least one e day in a
sea
ason for daay time and
3 Noise levels Noise le
evels in dB(A
A) Leq 10
ght time on a working &
nig
nonnworking da
ay.
Physicaal, chem mical a
and
bacteriological parametters
ng
includin pH, temperatu ure,
turbidity
y, magnesiium hardne ess,
total alkalinity, chloridde,
Surfface wate
er sulphate, nitratte, fluorid
de,
4 4 Once in a season.
quaality sodium, potassium m, salinity, To
otal
nitrogen, total pho osphorus, DO,
D
BOD, COD,
C Heavy y metals, Tootal
coliform
ms,
faecal coliformms, Phyyto-
planktoon.

VIRONMENT 3.5
5

M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01

No. of
Sr. Frequency of Monitoring
g /
Attrribute Parame
eters Samppling
No. Datta Collectio
on
Loca
ations
Physicaal & chemic cal parametters
includin
ng Physica al, chemical
and ba acteriological parametters
includin
ng pH, temperatu ure,
turbidity
y, magnesiium hardne ess,
Gro
oundwater total alkalinity, chloridde, Once in a season.
5 4
qua
ality sulphate, nitratte, fluorid
de,
sodium, potassium m, salinity, To
otal
nitrogen, total pho osphorus, DO,
D
BOD, COD,
C Heavy y metals, Tootal
coliform
ms,
faecal coliforms, Phyto-planktton
ough field
Thro d visits and
Biollogical
6 Existing flora and fa
auna. Study
y Area sub
bstantiated through
envvironment
condary data sources.
sec
Physicaal, chemmical a
and
biologiccal parame eters to asssess
agriculttural and afforestattion
potential including g Particle size
s
distributtion, Te
exture & Silt
Soil
8 Density, Index, pH, Permeability, 6 Once in seaso
on
chaaracteristicss
Electrical conducttivity, Nitrittes,
Phosphates, TPH
H, Fluoriddes,
Heavy metals,
m SARR, Porosity, Bulk
B
density,, Total hydroocarbons a and
cation exchange
e c
capacity.
Lan
nd use / Land Cov ver
Lan
nd use / Land use for diffe
erent land use
u Ana
alysis using satelllite
9 y Area
Study
Lan
nd Cover Classific
cations. ima
aging and GIS
G
Tec
chnique
Socio-eeconomic characterist
c ics,
labour force characterist
c ics, Bassed on field
d survey and
cioeconomiic
Soc
10 population statisstics existing y Area
Study datta colle
ected fro
om
Env
vironment
amenitiies in the study area a
and Ce
ensus of India
a
quality of life.

VIRONMENT 3.6
6

M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.3 HYD
DRO-GEOLO
OGY OF THE STUDY
S AREA
A
Hydrogeology of th
he study are
ea falls in Ra
aigarh district. Study arrea comprisses of hilly re
egion which
h
ed by hard rock like basalt.
is forme b This hill range iss characterrized by rug
ggedness and
a uneven
n
topogra
aphy, with crestline off peaks and
d saddles forming
f the
e eastern horizon. The soils in the
e
district are
a formed
d from the Deccan
D Trap which is predominat
p ting rock fo
ormation witth small outt
crops of
o Laterite. The nearest river is Kal River
R which is main trib
butary of ma
ain river of India, Savitrri
River.
3.3.1 Se
eismicity
Study area falls in ZZone IV in se
eismic zonin
ng map of In
ndia, which is classified
d as High da
amage risk
nstitute of Se
zone (In eismologica
al Research (ISR), Govt.. of Gujarat form
http://w
www.isr.guja
arat.gov.in/SSeismic_Zon
ning_Gujara
at.shtm).
MATE OF THE
3.4 CLIM E REGION
The clim
mate of the a tropical wet & dry climate ass per Koppen Climate
e region is classified as e
classific
cation, with following fo
our main sea
asons:
Winter season
s : De
ecember to February
Summe
er / Pre-monsoon season : Ma
arch to May
y
Monsoo
on season : June to Septe
ember
Post mo
onsoon seasson ctober to No
: Oc ovember
egional Meteorology
3.4.1 Re
The long term metteorology of
o the regio
on based on
n data reco
orded at th
he nearest observatory
o y
station of
o Indian Meteorologic
cal Departm
ment (IMD) a
at Alibag is presented iin Table 3.3.
T
Table 3.3: Climatology of Alibag (2
2008)
M
Maximum Minimum Average
e Wind
M
Maximum Minim
mum
nth
Mon R
Relative Relative Rainfall speed
Te
emperature Temperrature
h
humidity Humidity (mm) Km/hr
January 31.6 13..4 79 42 -- 8.08
Febru
uary 31.6 11..2 85 49 -- 9.05
Marc
ch 33.3 18..0 78 58 -- 10.0
April 35.6 20..2 72 54 -- 11.5
Ma
ay 37.0 24..6 67 60 -- 13.1

VIRONMENT 3.7
7
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Jun
ne 36.8 23..2 69 62 25.3 24.3
July 32.6 23..6 64 57 21.9 24.4
August 31.9 23..3 67 59 13.5 19.2
Septem
mber 32.7 22..7 71 60 13.5 13.7
Octo
ober 35.2 20..8 74 48 -- 9.2
Novem
mber 36.1 18..0 78 40 -- 6.8
Decem
mber
35.2 16..4 84 48 -- 7.0
Sou
urce: Alibag
g Meteorolo
ogical statio
on
3.4.1.1 Summary
S off Regional Meteorology
M y
Annual maximum temperatur
t re is 37 C in
n the month
h of May and minimum temperatu
ure is 11.2 C
C
in the month
m of Feb
bruary. Rela
ative humidiity of this reg
gion is 85% maximum a
and 40 % miinimum.
3.5 SITE SPECIFIC MICRO

M METEO
OROLOGICA
AL DATA OFF THE STUDY AREA
Site spe
ecific climatic conditio
on refers to average weather
w co
omprising off temperatu
ure, relative
e
humiditty, wind spe
eed, rainfall, cloud co
over etc. This determiines the ba
aseline conditions and
d
probab
ble impacts on environ
nmental pa
arameters w
with respect to the Pro
oject. The site
s specific
c
climatic
c conditionss are given below in the
e Table 3.4.
able 3.4: Site

Ta e specific cllimatic cond
ditions
Relative Wind Sp
peed W
Wind
Month -- T
Temp C Rainfall
R mm
Humidity % m/ss Direction
Min 14.0 48.0 1 0 0.0
Dec-13 Max 32.7 84.0 10.9
9 3
315.5 0.0
Avera
age 21.5 63.9 2.8 2
298.1 0.0
Min 12.4 42.0 1 0 0.0
Jan-14 Max 32.2 82.0 10.7
7 315 0.0
Avera
age 20.2 62.3 4.1 3
312.1 0.0
Min 14.6 49.0 1 0 0.0
Feb-14 Max 33.1 85.0 11.1 315 0.0
Avera
age 23.7 64.3 6.8 3
303.1 0.0
aximum tem
The ma mperature is in the mon
nth of Febru
uary (33.1C
C) and minim
mum temperature is in
n
the mon
nth of January (12.4C). Maximum
m wind spee
ed recorded
d is 11.1 m/s in the winte
er season.

VIRONMENT 3.8
8
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
The pre
edominant wind
w direction in winte
er season was
w observed from North-West and
d wind rose
e
diagram
m are shown
n in figure 3.3.
3
Figurre 3.3: Wind rose diagra

am of the study area

VIRONMENT 3.9
9
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT

econnaissan
3.6.1 Re nce
The qu
uality of ambient
a airr depends upon the
e background conce
entrations of specific
c
contam
minants, the
e emission sources an
nd meteoro
ological co
onditions. The study on
o baseline
e
ambien
nt air qualitty status in
n the proje
ect area is an essential and priimary requirement forr
assessin
ng the impa
acts on air environmentt due to any
y proposed developme
ental activitty.
The basseline studie

es on air env
vironment include iden
ntification of
o specific a
air pollution parameterss
expecte
ed to have significant impacts an
nd assessing
g their existing levels in ambient air within the
e
impact zone. To assess the ba
aseline status of ambie
ent air quallity in the study area monitoring
m iss
underta
aken to ascertain the baseline
b pollutant conc
centrations in
i ambient air.
ethodology
3.6.2 Me y for Monitorring
AAQM was
w carried
d out and AAQM
A locations were monitored
m o 24 hourly average ba
on asis twice in
n
a week as per guidelines
g of CPCB and
a NAAQ
QS. The conventional and proje
ect specific
c
eters such as particulate matterr PM10 &, P
parame PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, VOCs, HC,, etc. were
e
monitorred.
ng locations were iden

Samplin ntified following IS: 518
84 (part XIV
V). Accordiingly, AAQM
M locationss
were se
elected con
nsidering ha
abitations, sensitive
s zon
nes and nature of terra
ain within 10 km radiuss
from th
he proposed
d expansio
on of projec
ct site to g
generate re
epresentativ
ve ambientt air quality
y
data. Sa
ampling loc
cations are shown
s in Fig
gure 3.4 and
d listed in Ta
able 3.5.
Table 3.5: Ambient Aiir Quality Monitoring Lo

ocation Deta
ails
(
(Monitoring period: 1 December 2013 to 28 February 2
st th
h 2014)
Distance
e (km) & Dire
ection from
m
S. No.
N Sa
ampling loc
cations ample Id
Sa
site
1 Prroject Site A1 ---
2 Ku
usgaon A2 5.79 Km, NW
3 Jite A3 2
2.66 Km, WN
NW
4 Te
emghar A4 3
3.34 Km, WN
NW
5 Khaire Tarf Birwadi A5 2.23 Km, West
6 Bh
have A6 2.87 Km, SE
S

VIRONMENT 3.10
0
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
7 A
Amshet A7 2.02 Km, EN
NE
8 D
Dahivad A8 3.13 Km, NNE
9 A
Akale A9 3.54 Km, SW
10 Pa
adavi A10 6.21 Km, NE
N
F
Figure 3.4: Map
M Showing
g Air Monito
oring Locatio
ons within 10 km

VIRONMENT 3.11
1
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.6:: Tabulated Data for PM

M10 at Samplling Locatio
ons
Locations of
A1 A2 A3
3 A4 A5 A6
6 A7 A8 A9 A10
ng
Samplin
Minimum 148 289 313
3 265 234 115 219 249 2
208 212
Maximu
um 178 335 368
8 331 289 14
43 261 270 2
280 270
Average 166 314 340
0 292 260 12
28 239 257 2
236 251
90th Perc
centile 170 332 360
0 323 277 13
38 249 267 2
255 256
95th Perc
centile 177 333 366
6 329 286 14
40 250 268 2
256 256
98th Perc
centile 178 334 368
8 331 288 14
42 256 269 2
269 264
CPCB Sttandard 100 g/m
m3
No
ote: All abov
ve values arre in g/m3
PM10
400
0
350
0
Concentrationg/m3
300
0
250
0 Minimum
200
0 Maximum
150
0 Average
100
0
98thPercen
ntile
50
0
CPCBStand
dard
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A
A7 A8 A9 A10
plingLocation
Samp ns
Figure 3.5: Graphical representa

ation of PM100 concentra
ation at diffe
erent locatio
ons
ation and Discussion:

Observa D
As show
wn in the ta
able as we
ell as in graphical reprresentation,, PM10 was found in th
he average
e
range of 128340
0 g/m3. Th
hus, the 24
4 hourly PM
M10 in the given loca
ations are exceeding
g
able limit of 100 g/m3.
applica

VIRONMENT 3.12
2
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.7: Tabulated Data for PM

M2.5 at Sampling Locatio
ons
Locations of
A1 A2 A
A3 A4 A5 A6
A A7 A8 A9 A10
ng
Samplin
Minimum 75 69 6
69 66 64 6
60 73 69 67 60
Maximu
um 81 81 8
81 88 78 6
69 83 79 84 74
Average 72 75 7
75 80 71 6
64 78 74 76 66
90th Perc
centile 77 79 8
80 87 74 6
68 82 78 81 70
95th Perc
centile 77 80 8
81 88 76 6
68 83 78 81 72
98th Perc
centile 78 81 8
81 88 77 6
69 83 79 83 73
CPCB Sttandard 60 g/m3
Note: All
A above va
alues are in g/m
3
PM2.5
90
80
Concentrationg/m3
70
60
Minimum
50
Maximum
40
Average
30
20 98thPercen
ntile
10 CPCBStand
dard
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A
A5 A6 A7
7 A8 A9 A10
SamplingLocation
Figure 3.6
6: PM2.5 conc
centration a
at different Site
S Locatio
ons
ation:
Observa
PM2.5 in
n the study area has been
b found
d to be in th
he range off 64 - 80 g//m3. Thus th
he 24 hourly
y
PM2.5 co
onc. in the study
s area is
i exceeding
g standard limit of 60 g/m
3.

VIRONMENT 3.13
3
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.8: Tabulated Data for SO

O2 at Sampliing Location
ns
Locations of
A1 A2 A
A3 A4 A5 A6
A A7 A8 A9 A10
ng
Samplin
Minimum 16 14 2
21 18 16 16 16 21 14 16
Maximu
um 22 23 2
28 24 23 2
22 24 28 23 27
Average 20 19 2
24 21 19 19 20 24 18 22
90th Perc
centile 25 22 2
27 23 22 2
22 23 27 21 24
95th Perc
centile 26 23 2
27 24 23 2
22 23 27 23 26
98th Perc
centile 27 23 2
27 24 23 2
22 23 27 23 27
CPCB Sttandard 80 g/m
m3
Note: All
A above va
alues are in g/m
3
SO
Ox
80
0
70
0
Concentrationg/m3
60
0
50
0 Minimum
m
40
0 Maximum
m
30
0 Average
20
0
98thPerccentile
10
0
CPCBStandard
0
A1 A2
2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A
A9 A10
mplingLocatio
Sam on
Figure 3..7: SO2 conc

centration at
a different Site
S Location
n
Observa
ation:
SO2 obsserved in the study area has been
n found in th e range of 18 to 24 g/m
he average m3. Thus the
e
24 hourrly SO2 found
d in the give
en locationss are found well within NAAQS limit of 80 g/m
m3.

VIRONMENT 3.14
4
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.9:: Tabulated Data for NO

Ox at Samplling Locatio
ons
ons of
Locatio
A1 A2 A3
3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
Sampliing
Minimu
um 30 38 33
3 39 32 30 31 33 32 31
Maxim
mum 40 47 40
0 47 44 40 39 40 45 40
Averag
ge 35 43 36
6 43 36 35 33 36 38 35
90th Pe
ercentile 39 45 39
9 45 39 39 34 39 43 39
95th Pe
ercentile 39 46 39
9 45 39 39 35 39 43 39
98th Pe
ercentile 40 47 39
9 46 41 40 37 39 44 39
CPCB Standard
S 80 g/m
m3
Note: All
A above va
alues are in g/m
3.
NOx
80
70
Concentrationg/m3
60
50 Minimum
40 Maximum
30 Average
20 98thPercenttile
10 CPCBStandaard
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A
A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
SamplingLoaction
Figure 3.8
8: NOx conc
centration at
a different Site
S Location
ns
ation and Discussion:

Observa D
NOx ob
bserved during the basseline monittoring was in
n the range
e of 33 to 43
3 g/m3 wh
hich is much
h
lower th
han the stan
ndard limit of
o 80 g/m3.

VIRONMENT 3.15
5
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.10
0: Tabulated
d Data for C
CO at Samplling Locatio
ons
Locations of
A
A1 A2
2 A3 A4 A5 A
A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
Samplin
ng
Minimum 0
0.25 5
0.35 0.22 0.29 0.24 0
0.23 0.23 0.23 0
0.26 0.25
Maximu
um 0
0.55 8
0.58 0.55 0.51 0.56 0
0.51 0.58 0.53 0
0.48 0.54
Average 0
0.39 5
0.45 0.40 0.41 0.38 0
0.35 0.36 0.41 0
0.39 0.40
90th Perc
centile 0
0.50 3
0.53 0.49 0.50 0.52 0
0.48 0.44 0.52 0
0.47 0.51
95th Perc
centile 0
0.52 5
0.55 0.51 0.51 0.53 0
0.49 0.48 0.53 0
0.48 0.52
98th Perc
centile 0
0.54 0.57 0.53 0.51 0.55 0
0.50 0.53 0.53 0
0.48 0.53
CPCB
2 mg/m
m 3
Standarrd
Note: All
A above va
alues are in mg/m
m 3
CO
O
2
1
1.5
Concinmg/m3
CPCBLimits
1 Minimum
Maximum
0
0.5
Average
0 98thPercenttile
A1 A2
2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A
A7 A8 A9 A10
mplingLocatio
Sam on
Figure 3.9: CO conc

centration at diffrent Site Location
ns
ation:
Observa
CO obsserved durin
ng the base
e line monittoring was in age range of 0.35 to 0.45
i the avera 0 mg/m3.
Thus the
e 8 hourly CO
C found in the given lo
ocations is found well within
w CPCB
B standard of
o 2 mg/m3.

VIRONMENT 3.16
6
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Ta
able 3.11: Ta
abulated Da
ata for Amm
monia at Sam
mpling Loca
ations
Locations of
A
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
A A10
Samppling
Minim
mum 3
3.50 3.10
0 4.9 6.30 2.80 6.0
00 5.32 6.00 6.00
6 6.00
Maxim
mum 6
6.90 5.90
0 6.9 8.70 7.80 8.7
70 8.60 9.00 9.20
9 7.80
Averrage 5
5.71 4.21
1 6.0 7.35 6.32 7.1
19 6.89 6.90 6.95
6 6.72
90th Perrcentile 6
6.47 5.20
0 6.8 8.27 7.34 8.7
70 8.07 8.43 8.70
8 7.50
95th Perrcentile 6
6.67 5.54
4 6.8 8.56 7.66 8.7
70 8.37 8.70 8.96
8 7.67
98th Perrcentile 6
6.81 5.766 6.854 8.65 7.75 8.7
70 8.51 8.86 9.11
9 7.75
CPCB
Stand dard 40
00 g/m3
Note: All
A above va alues are in g/m
3
NH3
400
350
Concing/m3
300
250 CPCBLimitss
200 Minimum
150 Maximum
100
Average
50
0 98thPercentile
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A
A7 A8 A9
9 A10
mplingLocatio
Sam on
Figure 3.10: Ammonia

A c
concentratio
on at differe
ent Site Loca
ations
ation:
Observa
NH3 obsserved during the base line moniitoring was in the averrage range of 4.21 to 7.35 g/m3.
Thus the
e 24 hourly NH3 found in the given locations are found well within CPCB stand
dard of 400
0
g/m3.

VIRONMENT 3.17
7
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.12: Tabulated Data

D for Ozo
one at Sam
mpling Locattions
Locations of
A
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
6 A7 A8 A
A9 A10
Samplin
ng
Minim
mum 5
5.60 0
6.20 5.29 2.30 2.30 3.20 3.40 4.80 2..90 3.50
Maxim
mum 9
9.50 0
8.70 7.65 9.30 9.50 10.0
00 7.40 9.60 10
0.00 10.20
0
Averrage 7
7.39 8
7.48 6.9 5.00 5.88 7.02 6.08 8.37 5..91 6.17
90th Perrcentile 8
8.40 0
8.40 7.4 7.27 8.69 8.81 7.37 9.60 8..54 7.88
95th Perrcentile 9
9.00 7
8.57 7.485 8.92 9.07 9.50 7.40 9.60 8..96 8.43
98th Perrcentile 9
9.32 8.65
5 7.581 9.25 9.32 9.82 7.40 9.60 9..58 9.42
CPC
CB
10
00 g/m3
Stand
dard
Note: All
A above va
alues are in g/m
3
Ozone
100
Concing/m3
80
60 CPCBLimits
Minimum
40
Maximum
20
Average
0 98thPercentile
A1 A
A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A
A7 A8 A9 A10
Sam
mplingLocatio
on
Figure 3.11: Ozone concentration

n at differentt Site Locatiions
ation:
Observa
Ozone observed
o d
during the base line mo
onitoring wa
as in the ave
erage range
e of 5.00 to 8.37 g/m3.
Thus 8 hourly
h Ozon
ne found in
n the given locations a
are found well
w within CPCB
C stand
dard of 100
0
g/m3.

VIRONMENT 3.18
8
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.13:
3 Ambie
ent Air Quality Monitorin
ng For VOC
Cs, HC, Lead
d, Arsenic, Nickel,
N & Ben
nzopyrene
at Va
arious Site LLocations
Locations of CPCB
A1 A
A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 7
A7 A8 A
A9 A10
ng
Samplin Standard
VOCs (P
PPB) <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10
0 <10 <10 <10 -
HC (PPM
M) <1 <
<1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <
<1 <1 -
Lead (
g/m3) <0.5 <0
0.5 <0.5 <
<0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
5 <0.5 <0
0.5 <0.5 1.0 g/m3
Arsenic
c (ng/m3) <5 <
<5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <
<5 <5 6.0 ng/m3
Nickel (ng/m
( 3) <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10
0 <10 <10 <10 20.0 ng/m3
Benzopyrene 1.0 ng/m3
<0.5 <0
0.5 <0.5 <
<0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
5 <0.5 <0
0.5 <0.5
(ng/m3)
ation:
Observa
VOCs, HC,
H Lead, A
Arsenic, Nic
ckel, & Benzzopyrene were
w monito
ored at all 10 locationss and it wass
found BDL.
B
Table 3.14: National Ambient

A Air Quality
Q Stan
ndards and Methods off Measurem
ment
National Ambie
ent Air Qualiity Standard
ds
Tim
me
S. Industrial,
P
Pollutants Weig
ghted Ecolo
ogically Methods of
M
No. Ressidential, Ruural
Average Sensitiive Area m
measuremeent
an
nd other are ea
Improved West
W and
1 S 2 (g/m3)
SO 24 hours
h 80 80
Gaeke meth
G hod.
Modified Ja
M acob &
2 N x (g/m3)
NO 24 hours
h 80 80 H
Hochheiser (Sodium
A
Arsenite).
3 P 10 (g/m3)
PM 24 hours
h 100 1
100 G
Gravimetric
4 P 2.5 (g/m3)
PM 24 hours
h 60 60 G
Gravimetric
Non Dispersive Infra

N
5 C (mg/m3)
CO 8 ho
ours 2 2
R
Red Spectro
oscopy
Ammonia
A Indophenol Blue
6 24 hours
h 400 4
400
(
(g/m3) M
Method
U Photome
UV etric
7 O
Ozone (g/m
m3) 8 ho
ours 100 1
100
C
Chemical M
Method

VIRONMENT 3.19
9
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
8 L
Lead (g/m
m3) 24 hours
h 1.0 1.0 A
AAS
9 A
Arsenic (ng
g/m3) Ann
nual 6.0 6
6.0 A
AAS
10 N
Nickel (ng/m
m3) Ann
nual 20.0 2
20.0 A
AAS
Benzene
B
11 Ann
nual 5.0 5
5.0 G Chroma
Gas atography
(
(g/m3)
B
Benzopyren e
12 Ann
nual 1.0 1.0 G Chroma
Gas atography
(
(ng/m 3)
Source:: NAAQS, CPCB notifica

ation, 2009
3.7 NOISE ENVIRON

NMENT
Noise can
c be defined as an unwanted sound. It in
nterferes witth speech a
and hearing
g. If intense
e
enough
h, it can da
amage hearing, or is otherwise irritating. Noisse can also disturb nattural wildlife
e
and ecological sysstem.
3.7.1 Reconnaissa
R ance
In order to measurre the existiing noise so
ources and to identify the background noise
e levels, the
e
ollution surv
noise po vey around the propose
ed site was carried outt.
3.7.2 Me
ethodology
y for Noise Monitoring
M
Noise sttandards ha
ave been designated
d as per the Noise Pollu
ution (Regulation & Co
ontrol) Rules,
2000 No
otified by M
Ministry of En
nvironment and Forestss, New Delh
hi, February 14, 2000. The ambientt
noise sta
andards are
e presented
d in Equivale
ent noise lev
vels (Leq). Th
he measurem
ments were
e carried outt
at each
h monitoring
g location during
d day time and night time. Noise
N survey
y was condu
ucted using
g
Sound Level
L Meter..
3.7.3 No
oise Monitoriing Location
ns
A total of 6 locatio
ons were id
dentified forr ambient n
noise monito
oring in the study area
a. The noise
e
monitorring location
ns are show
wn in Fig. 3.12 and listed
d in Table 3.15.

VIRONMENT 3.20
0
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Figu
ure 3.12: Ima
age showin
ng Noise Mo
onitoring Loc
cation within
n 10 km
Table
e 3.15: Detaiils of Noise Monitoring
M L
Locations
Distance &
S. Sampple
Samplin
ng locationss Direc
ction w.r.t Type of Are
ea
No. ID
prooject site
1 Project Site N1 --- Industria

al
2 Birwad
di Market N2
2 1.26
6 Km, SSW Commerc
cial
MMA Hosspital, MIDC

C, Silence
3 N3
3 4.75
5 Km, WSW
Mahad
4 Urdu sc
chool, Jite N4
4 2.75 Km, WNW Silence
Dr. Baba Sa
aheb ambe edkar Silence
5 N5
5 8.57
7 Km, WSW
colleg
ge, NH-17
6 MIDC, Ressidential are
ea N6
6 5.19
9 Km, WSW Residentia
al

VIRONMENT 3.21
1
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table
e 3.16: Statu
us of Noise within
w the stu
udy area
Datte of Monito
oring: 20/01//2014 & 21/01/2014
Day Time Night Time
Sr. CPCB CPCB
Location na
ame Zone Unitss
No. Result Permissible
e Result Permissible
e
Limit Limit
1 Project Site
e Industria
al dB (A
A) 76 75 60.5 70
2 Birwadi Ma
arket Commerc
cial dB(A)) 62.3 65 52.9 55
MMA Hospital, MIDC,
3 Silence
e dB(A)) 47.2 50 37.2 40
Mahad
4 Urdu schoo
ol, Jite Silence
e dB(A)) 48.5 50 37.9 40
Dr. Baba Sa
aheb
5 ambedkar college, Silence
e dB(A)) 48.0 50 39.5 40
NH-17
MIDC, resid
dential
6 Residenttial dB(A)) 53.5 55 43.5 45
area
Table
T 3.17: Applicable
A Noise Stand
dards
Limit in dB
B (A) Leq
Area Code
C Category of Area
Day Tim
me Nightt Time
A Indusstrial area 75 7
70
B Comm
mercial area
a 65 5
55
C Reside
ential area 55 4
45
D Silen
nce zone 50 4
40
Note 1 Day time is re

eckoned in between
b 6 am
m and 10 pm
m.
Note 2 Night time re
eckoned in between
b 10 pm
p and 6 am
m.
Note 3 Silence zone
e is defined as areas up to 10 mete
ers around su
uch premisess as hospitalss, education,
institutions an
nd courts. The silence zon
nes are to be
e declared by
y the Compo
onent Authorrity.
Note 4 Mixed
M categories of area
as should be declared ass one of the four above-mentioned categories
c by
y
the Compon orresponding standard shall apply.
nent Authority and the co
(SSource: The Noise
N Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)

VIRONMENT 3.22
2
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
D
DaytimeNoisein
ntheStudyarea
70
60
50
dB(A)Leq
dB (A) Leq
40
30 Resu
ult
20
10 CPCBBPermissible
Limit
0
N1 N2 N
N3 N4 N5 N6
NoiseLocation
Figure 3.13: Graphica

al Represen
ntation of Da
ay time Noisse Level in the study area
NiighttimeNoisein
ntheStudyarea
70
60
50
dB(A)Leq
( ) q
40
30 Result
20
10 CPCBPermissible
Limit
0
N1 N2 N3
3 N4 N
N5 N6
Noise
eLocation
Figure 3.14
4: Graphica
al Representtation of Nig
ght time Noiise Level in tthe study arrea
3.7.4 Ob
bservation & Discussion
n
The noisse levels va
aried in the study
s area during day time from 47.2
4 dB (A) Leq to 62.3
3 dB (A) Leq
q
and at the project site (indusstrial area) noise obserrved was 76 dB (A) Le
eq. The day
y time noise
e
level in the study area
a is highe
er than the noise
n standa
ards.

VIRONMENT 3.23
3
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
The nigh
ht time noise level in th
he study are
ea is in the range of 37..2 dB (A) Leq to 52.9 dB
B (A) Leq. In
n
industria
al site, it wa
as 60.5 dB (A
A) Leq. The night time noise was also
a within sstipulated sttandards off
CPCB.
The pro
oposed project site is in
n MIDC area
a, residentia
al areas and Silence zo
one like health centre,
schools are located nearby.
3.8 ATER ENVIRO

WA ONMENT
3.8.1 Reconnaissance Surve
ey
Reconn
naissance survey has been done
e for waterr quality monitoring in
n the Study
y Area. The
e
baseline
e water quality of ground water / surface w
water in the
e region is o
obtained by
y collecting
g
sample from village
es in the are
ea considerring the 10 kkm radius fo
or the baseliine study.
ethodology
3.8.2 Me y of Monitoriing
In orde
er to establlish the baseline wate
er quality, ground
g wa
ater and su
urface wate
er sampling
g
location
ns were se
elected bassed on availability, fo
ollowing sta
andard norrms and re
equirement.
Ground
d water sam
mples were collected from
f the identified hand pumps and bore wells
w for the
e
characterization of
o water quality. Selection of su
urface water sampling
g locationss has been
n
conside
ered as per the utilizatio
on pattern of
o the villagers for dom
mestic / drinkking purposes.
mples colle
The sam ected were
e preserved
d, stored an
nd analyze
ed as per sstandards methods
m off
Analysiss of Water and Waste
e water (APHA, 1995). The methodology for water analysis is listed
d
below in Table: 3.15.

VIRONMENT 3.24
4
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd
d.
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Fiigure 3.15: Image

I show
wing Surface
e & Ground Water Samp
pling Locatiions within 10
1 km
Table 3.1
18: Water sa
ampling loc
cations in the study are
ea
Distan
nce from sitee (km) &
S. No. Sampling locations Sam
mple Id
Direction
1. Birwadi (Well) GW 1
G 1.15 Km, SWW
2. Kharvali (Well) G 2
GW 2.0 Km, SSW
W
3. Amshet (Borewell) G 3
GW 2.13 Km, EN
NE
4. Bhorao (Well) G 4
GW 4
4.62 Km, WS
SW
5. Kal river SW 1 1.0 Km, ESE
6. Savitri riv
ver SW 2 5.8 Km, WSW
7. Chaudh
ha tale, lake
e Mahad citty SW 3 9
9.98 Km, WS
SW

VIRONMENT 3.25
5
M/s. Aquapharrm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
Environmental Imp
pact Assessment Report
RE
EPORT NO.:- GCI/V/A
ACPL/EIA/2014-15/D
DEC/R01
Table 3.19:
3 Analysis Result of Ground Water
W Samples
mpling: 23/12/20
Date of Sam 013
S.. No. Paramete

er U
Units Re
esult Permissible Limit as
a
Reference Method
Per IS 10500:1991
Sa
ample Identifica
ation GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4
1. pH --- 7.69 7.74 7.98 8.50 6.5-8.5 APHA 45

500 H+
2. Conductivity S
S/cm 257 707 265 680 - APHA 2510
2
3. Turbidity NTU 2 4 1 1 10 APHA 2130
2
4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 25 APHA 2120

2
Unobjec Unobjecti Unobjecti Unobjecti Unobjecti

U
5. Odor - APHA 2150
2
tionable onable onable onable onable
6. Total Disso
olved Solid m
mg/L 180 482 214 460 2000 APHA 25
540 C
Total Susp
pended
7. m
mg/L 3 <2 <2 10 - APHA 2540 B
Solid
8. Sulphate m
mg/L 12.6 25 4.76 132.0 400 APHA 450
00- SO42-
9. Chloride m
mg/L 29.9 89.97 15.00 79.90 1000 APHA 450
00 - Cl-
10. Total Hard
dness m
mg/L 155 340 112 172 600 APHA 2340
2
11. Calcium as
a Ca m
mg/L 29.60
0 92.18 38.00 60.90 200 APHA -35
500 Ca
12. Magnesiu
um Mg m
mg/L 18.40
0 26.73 3.3 4.39 NS APHA 3500-Mg
13. Alkalinity m
mg/L 11 12 12 10 600 APHA 2320
2
14. Copper m
mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.5 APHA 35
500-Cu
15. Zinc m
mg/L <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 15 APHA 35
500-Zn
16. Iron m
mg/L <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 1.0 APHA 35
500-Fe
17. Lead m
mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 APHA 35
500-Pb
CHAPTER 3: B
BASELINE ENVIRON
NMENT 3.26
Environmental Imp
RE
EPORT NO.:- GCI/V/A
ACPL/EIA/2014-15/D
DEC/R01
S.. No. Paramete

er U
Units Re
esult Permissible Limit as
a
Reference Method
Per IS 10500:1991
Sa
ample Identifica
ation GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4
18. Nickel m
mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - APHA 35
500-Ni
19. Cadmium
m m
mg/L <0.003
3 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 0.01 APHA 35
500-C
MPN/
M
20. Total Colifform Absen
nt Absent Absent Absent * APHA 9221 B
10
00 mL
MPN/
M
21. Faecal Co
oliform Absen
nt Absent Absent Absent * APHA 9221 E
10
00 mL
MPN/
M
22. E. Coli Absen
nt Absent Absent Absent * APHA 9221 F
10
00 mL
Calcium Hardness
H
23. m
mg/L 75 230 90 150 - APHA 35
500-Ca
as CaCO3
Magnesiu
um
24. m
mg/L 77 110 13 17 - APHA 3500-Mg
Hardness as CaCO3
25. Phenol m
mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - APHA 5530
5
26. Fluoride m
mg/L 0.029
9 0.18 0.26 1.20 1.5 APHA 54
400-F-
27. Salinity m
mg/L 50 161.95 26.99 143.90 - APHA 2520 B
28. Dissolved Oxygen m
mg/L 3.0 2.5 2.6 3.2 - APHA 45
500-O
Gas
29. Pesticidess P/A Absen
nt Absent Absent Absent Absent
Chromato
ography
CHAPTER 3: B
BASELINE ENVIRON
NMENT 3.27
Environmental Imp
RE
EPORT NO.:- GCI/V/A
ACPL/EIA/2014-15/D
DEC/R01
Table 3.20:
3 Analysis Result of Surface Water
W Samples
mpling: 23/12/20
Date of Sam 013
S.
S ermissible Limit as
Pe a
Paramete
er Units Result
N
No.
Per Reference Method
M
S
Sample Identifica
ation SW1 SW2 SW3 IS 10500:1991
1. pH --- 8.80 8.20 8.30 6.5-8.5 APHA 450
00 H+
2. Conductivity S/cm 210 350 420 - APHA 25

510
3. Turbidity NTU 11 10 16 10 APHA 21

130
4. Color Hazen 6 6 6 25 APHA 21

120
Unobjectio Unobjectio Unobjectio
5. Odor Unobjectionable - APHA 21
150
nable nable nable
6. Total Dissolved Solid mg/L 150 240 290 2000 APHA 254
40 C
7. Total Susp
pended Solid mg/L 5 6 11 - APHA 254
40 B
8. Sulphate mg/L 6 8.0 9.20 400 APHA 4500-- SO42-
9. Chloride mg/L 29.83 34 49 1000 APHA 4500

0 - Cl-
10. Total Hard

dness mg/L 132 140 159 600 APHA 23
340
11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 26.55 34.0 39.3 200 APHA -350

00 Ca
12. Magnesiu
um Mg mg/L 15.65 13.9 14.5 NS APHA 3500
0-Mg
13. Alkalinity mg/L 31 27 36 600 APHA 23

320
14. Copper mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.5 APHA 3500

0-Cu
15. Zinc mg/L <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 15 APHA 350

00-Zn
16. Iron mg/L 0.09 <0.2 <0.2 1.0 APHA 350

00-Fe
17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 APHA 3500-Pb
18. Nickel mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - APHA 350

00-Ni
19. Cadmium
m mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 0.01 APHA 350
00-C
CHAPTER 3: B
BASELINE ENVIRON
NMENT 3.28
Environmental Imp
RE
EPORT NO.:- GCI/V/A
ACPL/EIA/2014-15/D
DEC/R01
MPN/
20. Total Coliiform Absent Absent Absent * APHA 922
21 B
100 mL
MPN/
21. Faecal Coliform
C Absent Absent Absent * APHA 922
21 E
100 mL
MPN/
22. E. Coli Absent Absent Absent * APHA 922
21 F
100 mL
Calcium Hardness as
23. mg/L 70 82 96 - APHA 3500
0-Ca
CaCO3
Magnesiuum Hardness
24. mg/L 65 59 60 - APHA 3500
0-Mg
as CaCOO3
25. Phenol mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - APHA 55
530
26. Fluoride mg/L 1.8 1.3 1.20 1.5 APHA 540

00-F-
27. Salinity mg/L 54.01 57.0 86.0 - APHA 252

20 B
28. Dissolved
d Oxygen mg/L 6.4 6.9 6.0 - APHA 450
00-O
Gas
29. Pesticides P/A Absent Absent Absent Absent
Chromatog
graphy
Chemicaal Oxygen mg/l
30. 36 30 39 - APHA 52
220
Demand
Biochemiical Oxygen mg/l
31. 6 5 8 - APHA 52
210
Demand
Observa
ation: From the Table
T above, it can be observe
ed that ground water qualities in terms of vario
ous essential and
d desirable characteristics are
found within
w the limits sp
pecified by IS 10500:1991.
CHAPTER 3: B
BASELINE ENVIRON
NMENT 3.29
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.9 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.9.1 La
and use Patttern of the Study Area
The dev
velopment of project leads to ch
hange in land use patttern in the form of pe
ermanent orr
temporrary change
es in land usse pattern.
Fig
gure 3.16: La
and use/Lan
nd cover M
Map of the sttudy area (1
10 km)

VIRONMENT 3.30
0
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.9.2 La
and Use Classsification of
o the Study Area
Table 3.21 Land use classificatio
on
La
anduse A
Area (m2) Arrea (ha) Are
ea (%)
W
Water 2707675 271 0.86
Agriculture la
and 3294775 329 1.05
Fa
allow land 7
73168100 7317 23.32
2
Degraded la
and 19494650 1949 6.21
Fo
orest 8
88598975 8860 28.23
2
Degraded fo
orest 125321925 12532 39.94
3
Se
ettlements 111200 11 0.04
Ro
oad 1
1106199.7 111 0.35
Area 3
313803500 31380 100
The land
d use land cover has been
b prepa
ared for stud
dy area of 10
1 km radius comprising 31380 ha.
From the above ta
able, settlem
ment area iss least (11 ha
a) and fallo
ow land is highest (7317
7 ha). Waterr
body comprises
c o
of 329 ha agricultura
al land, de
egraded land (1949 h
ha), Forest (8860 ha),
Degrad
ded forest (1
12532 ha), Roads
R (111 ha).
h
3.9.3 So
oil characterristics
Keeping
g in view tthe study of
o physio-ch
hemical pro
operties of soil in the study area
a, sampling
g
location
ns were identified. The impact of project
p on la
and environ
nment gene
erally depen
nds on type
e
of proposed development.
ethodology
3.9.4 Me y:
Soil sam
mples were collected using auge
er from different depths and the
en mixed. The sampless
were co
ollected randomly from
m agricultural and ope
en land co
onsidering p
proximity of 10 km from
m
the proposed Proje
ect site. Sam
mples were then sent to
o environme
ental labora
atory for ana
alysis.
3.9.5 Sa
ampling Loc
cations
Soil sam
mples from 6 locations were collec
cted to asse
ess the soil quality
q preva
ailing in the study area.
Various physical an
nd chemica
al paramete
ers were ana
alyzed. Soil monitoring
m locations are tabulated
d
in Table
e 3.22 and sh
hown in Fig. 3.17.

VIRONMENT 3.31
1
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Table 3.22: Dettails of Soil S

Sampling Lo
ocations
Distance & Direction w.r.t

w projectt
S. No. Samplin
ng location
ns Sample id
d
site
1 Projectt Site S1 --
2 Birwadii S2 1.15 Km, SW
W
3 Kalij S3 0.06 Km, NN
NE
4 Kharva
ali S4 2.0 Km, WSW
W
5 Amshet S5 2.13 Km, EN
NE
6 Bhorao
o S6 4.62 Km, WSSW
FFigure 3.17: Map

M showin
ng Soil samp
pling locatio
ons within 10 km

VIRONMENT 3.32
2
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Ta
able 3.23: Analysis
A resu
ult of soil sam
mples
S. P
Project Birw
wadi Kalijj Kharvali Amshet Bhorao
Parametters Units
No Site
1. pH --- 7.5 7
7.7 7.89
9 7.6 7.8 7.3
2. Conduc
ctivity S/cm 620 640 428 490 520 448
3. Organic
c Carbon % 0.74 0..74 0.70
0 0.81 0.36 0.80
4. Organic
c Matter % 1.00 0..91 1.29
9 1.44 0.90 1.45
5. Phospho
orus as P mg/Kg BDL BDL BDLL BDL BDL BDL
Total Kje
eldahl %
6.
Nitrogen
n 0.05 0..07 0.10
0 0.09 0.12 0.13
7. Sodium as Na mg/Kg 52 6
65 90 85 50 80
8. Potassium as P mg/Kg 99 9
97 109 98 95 94
Calcium
m %
9.
Hardnesss 15.07 16
6.05 16.39
9 15.88 14.45 16.10
Magnesium %
10
0.
Hardnesss 2.80 2..19 2.38
8 2.12 2.62 3.01
11
1. Chloride
e as Cl % 1.21 1..38 1.19
9 1.16 1.18 1.10
12
2. Copper as Cu % 0
0.012 0..02 0.012
2 0.008 0.008 0.006
13
3. Zinc as Zn
Z % BDL BDL BDLL BDL BDL BDL
14
4. Iron as Fe % 0
0.017 0.0
019 0.012
2 0.012 0.013 0.013
15
5. Lead as Pb % 0
0.006 0.0
007 0.008
8 0.011 0.008 0.009
16
6. Nickel as Ni % 0
0.008 0.0
009 0.009
9 0.007 0.003 0.005
17
7. Cadmium as Cd % BDL BDL BDLL BDL BDL BDL
NOTE
E: BDL = Belo
ow Detecta
able Limit.
3.9.6 Ob
bservation o
on Soil Quallity:
Soil is slig
ghtly basic in natures as
a pH is betw
ween 7.3 to
o 7.89 soil is suitable
s for plantation.

VIRONMENT 3.33
3
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.10 BIO
OLOGICAL ENVIRONME
E ENT
Ecological survey is
i aimed to assess the existing florra and faun
na compon
nents in the study area.
ering the ric
Conside ch bio-diverrsity of organisms and their role in productivity
y and their importance
i e
in huma
an livelihood
d, it is vital to project and safegua
ard this dyna
amic ecosysstem.
3.10.1 Floral Compositions

The floral composition of the study area is mostly tro
opical deciiduous type
e. The variou
us terrestrial
plants available
a in
n the study
y area are reported in
n Table 3.2
24. Heavy ra
ainfall, mod
derate and
d
humid climatic
c con
ndition favo
ors the richness of flora in study are
ea.
Table 3.24: List

L of Flora in the study area
Scientific name
n Common
C name Fa
amily
Mangifera
a indica Amba A
Anacardiace
eae
Annona sq
quamosa L. Sittaphal A
Annonaceae
e
Polyalthia longifolia Ashok A
Annonaceae
e
Alstonia sc
cholaris Sa
aptaparni A
Apocynacea
ae
Nerium ind
dicum Ka
aner A
Apocynacea
ae
Cocos nuc
cifera Coconut
C A
Arecaceae
Tridax proc
cumbens Dagadipala A
Asteraceae
Jacaranda mimosefo
olia Neel Gulmoh
hor Biignoniacea
ae
Bombax c
ceiba Sh
halmali Bombacace
eae
Cassia fistu
ula Ba
ahava C
Caesalpiniac
ceae
Cassia jav
vanica Cassia
C C
Caesalpiniac
ceae
Cassia siam
mea Cassia
C C
Caesalpiniac
ceae
Cassia tora
a Ta
akla C
Caesalpiniac
ceae
Delonix regia Gulmohar
G C
Caesalpiniac
ceae
Tamarindu
us indica Chinch
C C
Caesalpiniac
ceae
Casuarina
a equisetifoliia Su
uru C
Casuarinace
eae
Cyperus sp
pp. Motha
M C
Cyperaceae
e
Dalbergia sisso Sh
hisham Fa
abaceae
Pongamia
a pinnata Ka
aranj Fa
abaceae
Lawsonia inermis Mehndi
M Ly
ythraceae
Melia azed
darach Ba
akan neem M
Meliaceae
Albizia leb
bbeck Ka
ala shirish M
Mimosaceae
e

VIRONMENT 3.34
4
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Ficus glom
merata Um
mbar M
Moraceae
Ficus religiiosa Piimpal M
Moraceae
Ficus beng
ghalensis Vad M
Moraceae
Eugenia ja
ambolana Ja
ambhul M
Myrtaceae
Bouganvilllea spectab
bilis Bo
oganvel N
Nyctaginace
eae
Andropog
gan contortus Su
urwal Poaceae
Andropog
gon martinii Ro
ohis Poaceae
Mimusops elengi Ba
akul Sa
apotaceae
e
Ailanthus excelsa
e Ru
ukhdo Siimaroubace
eae
Typha ang
gustata Pa
ankanis Ty
yphaceae
Emblica officinalis Amla Eu
uphorbiace
eae
Syzygium cumini
c Ja
amun M
Myrtaceae
3.10.2 Fauna Comp position

The variious animal species in the
t study arrea are reported.
(A) Ma
ammals:
The stu as of poor in mammalian diversitty. The list of
udy area wa o mammaliian species along with
h
their sch
hedule in which
w they are
a placed according
a tto Wildlife Act
A 1972 is given in table no. 3.25.
Tab
ble 3.25: List of Mammals in the stud
dy area
Schedu
ule
Comm
mon Name S
Scientific Na
ame
Catego
ory
Jacka
al C
Canis aureuss II
Stripe
ed Hyena H
Hyanea hya
aena
Jungle cat F
Felis chous II
Stripe
ed squirrel F
Funambulus spp. IV
Indian Grey Mon
ngoose H
Herpestes ed
dwardii II
Common hare Lepus nigrico
ollis IV
Rhesu
us macaque M
Macaca mu
ulata II
Bonnet monkey M
Macaca rad
diata II
Field Mouse M boodug
Mus ga V
House
e mouse M musculu
Mus us V
Common languo
or P
Presbytis enttellus II
Malabar Giant Squirrel
S R
Ratufa indica

VIRONMENT 3.35
5
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Schedu
ule
Comm
mon Name S
Scientific Na
ame
Catego
ory
Indian flying fox P
Pteropus gig
ganteus V
House
e rat R
Rattus rattuss V
Bat R
Rousettus sp
pp. V
House
e Shrew S
Suncus murin
nus V
(B) Fish
h:
Savitri River
R origina
ate from Mahabalesh
M war and flows throug
gh Raigad d
district and
d eventually
y
meets Arabian
A sea
a. Its major tributary
t is Kal
K River. Sa
avitri River and
a tributaries have go
ood diversity
y
of fishess, which is given
g in table no. 3.26
able 3.26: Fishes in the study area (Savitri Rive

Ta er and its trib
butaries)
Scie
entific name
e Comm
mon name Family
No
otopterus notopterus Kanduli Notop
pteridae
An
nguilla beng
galensis Indian long
gfin eel Anguillidae
Te
enualosa ilish
ha Hilsa Shad Clupe
eidae
Catla catla Katla Cyprinidae
Ciirrhinus cirrh
hosus Mirga Cyprinidae
Ciirrhinus mrig
gala Ray finned
d fish Cyprinidae
Crrossocheiluss latius Kala bata Cyprinidae
Ele
eotris fusca Dusky Slee
eper Eleotrridae
Ctenopharyn
ngodon idellla Hullu Cyprinidae
Cy
yprinus carp
pio Soneri massha Cyprinidae
De
evario aequ
uipinnatus Balooki Cyprinidae
De
evario frase
eri Gayroonje
ee Cyprinidae
Essomus danriica Dendu Cyprinidae
Garra gotyla stenorhync
chus Shingacha
a mallaya Cyprinidae
Garra mullya
a Mullya Cyprinidae
La
abeo calba
asu Kanas Cyprinidae
La
abeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae
La
aubuca laub
buca Dendula Cyprinidae
Pu
untius sarana subnasutus Darai Cyprinidae

VIRONMENT 3.36
6
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Pu
untius sopho
ore Khavli Cyprinidae
Pu
untius ticto Kaoli Cyprinidae
Ra
asbora daniconius Dandai Cyprinidae
Indoreonecte
es evezardi Chikli Nema
acheilidae
Le
epidocepha
alichthys the
ermalis Mura Cobittidae
Mystus bleeke
eri Singhala Bagrid
dae
Arrius sona Shingala Arius
He
exanematic
chthys sago
or Sona-teng
gra Ariida
ae
Gambusia afffinis Gambusia
a Poeciliidae
Lu
utjanus johni Chavri-tam
mb Lutjan
nidae
Otolithoides biauritus
b Koth Sciae
enidae
Sc
catophaguss argus Vadda Scato
ophagidae
Ettroplus maculatus Thikree Cichliidae
Bo
oleophthalm
mus dussumieri Nivti Gobiiidae
Glossogobiuss giuris Kharbi Gobiiidae
Ch
hanna punc
ctata Maral Chan
nnidae
Ch
hanna gac
chua Dhok Chan
nnidae
La
ates calcariffer Fitadar Latida
ae
Ne
emachilichtthys rueppe
elli Chikl Nema
acheilidae
Mystus bleeke
eri Katirna Bagrid
dae
(C) Avifauna:
A
Durin
ng the field survey and with the he
elp of seconndary data various bird
d species we
ere
reco
orded in the study regio
on is given in
n table no.3
3.27.
Table 3.27: Avifauna in
n the study area
a
Comm
mon name Sciientific Nam
me N Status
IUCN
Black-sshouldered Kite Ela
anus caerule
eus Leasst concerne
ed
Brahminy Kite Haliastur Induss Leasst concerne
ed
Black Kite
K Milvus migranss Leasst concerne
ed
Shikra Ac
ccipiter bad
dius Leasst concerne
ed
Bonellis Eagle Hie
eraaetus fassciatus Leasst concerne
ed
Booted
d Eagle Hie
eraaetus pe
ennatus Leasst concerne
ed
Rufouss-bellied Eag
gle Hie
eraaetus kie
enerii Leasst concerne
ed
Steppe
e Eagle Aq
quila nipalen
nsis Leasst concerne
ed

VIRONMENT 3.37
7
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Eurasia
an Hobby Fallco subbute
eo Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Kestrel Fallco tinnuncu
ulus Leasst concerne
ed
Painted Francolin Fra
ancolinus pic
ctus Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Quail Co
oturnix coturrnix Leasst concerne
ed
Rain Quail
Q Co
oturnix corom
mandelica Leasst concerne
ed
Jungle
e Bush Quail Perrdicula asia
atica Leasst concerne
ed
Rock Bush
B Quail Perrdicula argo
oondah Leasst concerne
ed
Painted Bush Qua
ail Perrdicula eryth
hrorhyncha
a
Red Sp
purfowl Ga
alloperdix sp
padicea Leasst concerne
ed
Painted Spurfowl Ga
alloperdix lunulata Leasst concerne
ed
Red Ju
unglefowl Ga
allus gallus Leasst concerne
ed
Grey Junglefowl Ga
allus sonnera
atii Leasst concerne
ed
Indian Peafowl Pav
vo cristatus Leasst concerne
ed
White-breasted Waterhen
W Am
maurornis ph
hoenicurus Leasst concerne
ed
Waterc
cock Ga
allicrex cinerrea Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Moorhe
en Ga
allinula chlorropus Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Coot Fuliica atra Leasst concerne
ed
Black-w
winged Stilt Him
mantopus hiimantopus Leasst concerne
ed
Yellow
w-wattled La
apwing Va
anellus mala
abaricus Leasst concerne
ed
Little Ringed Plove
er Ch
haradrius du
ubius Leasst concerne
ed
Kentish
h Plover Ch
haradrius ale
exandrines Leasst concerne
ed
Pompa
adour Gree
en Pigeon Treron pompa
adora Leasst concerne
ed
Yellow
w-footed Gre
een Pigeon Treron phoenic
coptera Leasst concerne
ed
Rock Pigeon
P Co
olumba livia Leasst concerne
ed
Spotte
ed Dove Stre
eptopelia chinensis
c Leasst concerne
ed
Alexan
ndrine Parak
keet Psitttacula eup
patria Leasst concerne
ed
Plum-h
headed Parrakeet Psitttacula cya
anocephala
a Leasst concerne
ed
Indian Cuckoo Cu
uculus micro
opterus Leasst concerne
ed
Eurasia
an Cuckoo Cu
uculus canorus
Lesser Cuckoo Cu
uculus polioc
cephalus Leasst concerne
ed
Asian Koel
K Eud
dynamys sc
colopacea Leasst concerne
ed
Greate
er Coucal Ce
entropus sine
ensis Leasst concerne
ed
Barn Owl
O Tyto alba Leasst concerne
ed
Brown Fish Owl Kettupa zeylon
nensis Leasst concerne
ed

VIRONMENT 3.38
8
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Jungle
e Owlet Gla
aucidium ra
adiatum Leasst concerne
ed
Brown Hawk Owl Nin
nox scutulatta Leasst concerne
ed
Indian Nightjar Ca
aprimulgus asiaticus
a Leasst concerne
ed
Indian Swiftlet Co
ollocalia unic
color Leasst concerne
ed
Brown--backed Ne
eedletail Hiru
undapus gig
ganteus Leasst concerne
ed
Asian Palm
P Swift Cy
ypsiurus bala
asiensis Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Kingfisher Alc
cedo atthis Leasst concerne
ed
White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrn
nensis Leasst concerne
ed
Green Bee-eater Me
erops orienta
alis Leasst concerne
ed
Indian Roller Co
oracias beng
ghalensis Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Hoopoe
e Upupa epops
Brown--headed Ba
arbet Me
egalaima ze
eylanica Leasst concerne
ed
White-cheeked Ba
arbet Me
egalaima virridis Leasst concerne
ed
Crimso
on-fronted B
Barbet Me
egalaima ru
ubricapilla Leasst concerne
ed
Coppe
ersmith Barb
bet Me
egalaima ha
aemacephala Leasst concerne
ed
Rufouss Woodpeck
ker Ce
eleus brachy
yurus Leasst concerne
ed
Rufouss-tailed Larkk Am
mmomanes phoenicuru
us Leasst concerne
ed
Sykesss Lark Ga
alerida deva
a
Malab
bar Lark Ga
alerida mala
abarica Leasst concerne
ed
Wire-ta
ailed Swallo
ow Hiru
undo smithii
Streak--throated Sw
wallow Hiru
undo fluvico
ola Leasst concerne
ed
Red-ru
umped Swallow Hiru
undo dauric
ca Leasst concerne
ed
Bay-ba
acked Shrike
e Lan
nius vittatus Leasst concerne
ed
Rufouss-tailed Shrik
ke Lan
nius isabellin
nus Leasst concerne
ed
Black-n
naped Orio
ole Oriiolus chinen
nsis Leasst concerne
ed
Black Drongo
D Dic
crurus macro
ocercus Leasst concerne
ed
Ashy Drongo
D Dic
crurus leuco
ophaeus Leasst concerne
ed
Bronze
ed Drongo Dic
crurus aeneus Leasst concerne
ed
Greate
er Racket-ta
ailed Drongo Dic
crurus parad
diseus Leasst concerne
ed
Ashy Woodswallow
W w Arttamus fuscu
us Leasst concerne
ed
Stu
urnus malab
baricus
Chestn
nut-tailed Sttarling ma
alabaricus Leasst concerne
ed
Brahminy Starling Stu
urnus pagod
darum Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Myna Ac
cridotheres ttristis Leasst concerne
ed

VIRONMENT 3.39
9
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Bank Myna
M Ac
cridotheres g
ginginianus Leasst concerne
ed
Jungle
e Myna Ac
cridotheres ffuscus Leasst concerne
ed
House Crow Co
orvus splend
dens Leasst concerne
ed
Large-billed Crow
w Co
orvus macro
orhynchos Leasst concerne
ed
Bar-win
nged Flycattcher-shrike
e Hemipus picattus Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Woodsh
hrike Tep
phrodornis p
pondicerian
nus Leasst concerne
ed
Large Cuckooshrike Co
oracina mac
cei Leasst concerne
ed
Black-w
winged Cuc
ckooshrike Co
oracina mela
aschistos Leasst concerne
ed
Black-h
headed Cu
uckooshrike Co
oracina mela
anoptera Leasst concerne
ed
Scarlett Minivet Perricrocotus fllammeus Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Iora Aegithina tiph
hia Leasst concerne
ed
Red-w
whiskered Bu
ulbul Pyc
cnonotus jo
ocosus Leasst concerne
ed
Red-ve
ented Bulbu
ul Pyc
cnonotus ca
afer Leasst concerne
ed
Puff-throated Bab
bbler Pelllorneum rufficeps Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Babblerr Turrdoides cau
udatus Leasst concerne
ed
Rufouss Babbler Turrdoides subrrufus Leasst concerne
ed/Endemic
c
Jungle
e Babbler Turrdoides stria
atus Leasst concerne
ed
Grey-h
headed Canary Flycatc
cher Cu
ulicicapa ce
eylonensis Leasst concerne
ed
White-browed Fan
ntail Rhiipidura aure
eola Leasst concerne
ed
Rhiipidura albic
collis
White-throated Fa
antail alb
bogularis Leasst concerne
ed
Grey-b
breasted Prinia Prin
nia hodgson
nii Leasst concerne
ed
Rufouss-fronted Prinia Prin
nia buchanani Leasst concerne
ed
Plain Prinia
P Prin
nia inornata
a Leasst concerne
ed
Ashy Prinia Prin
nia socialis Leasst concerne
ed
Jungle
e Prinia Prin
nia sylvatica
a Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Tailorbirrd Ortthotomus su
utorius Leasst concerne
ed
Thick-b
billed Warbler Ac
crocephaluss aedon Leasst concerne
ed
Paddy
yfield Warble
er Ac
crocephaluss Agricola Leasst concerne
ed
Orphean Warblerr Sylv
via hortensiss
Humes Lesser Wh
hitethroat Sylv
via althaea
a
Tytlerss Leaf Warbler Phy
ylloscopus ttytleri Leasst concerne
ed
Dusky Warbler Phy
ylloscopus ffuscatus Leasst concerne
ed
Large-billed Leaf Warbler
W Phy
ylloscopus m
magnirostris Leasst concerne
ed

VIRONMENT 3.40
0
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Westerrn Crowned
d Warbler Phy
ylloscopus o
occipitalis Leasst concerne
ed
Indian Blue Robin Lusscinia brunn
nea Leasst concerne
ed
Orienta
al Magpie R
Robin Co
opsychus saularis Leasst concerne
ed
White-rumped Sha
ama Co
opsychus ma
alabaricus Leasst concerne
ed
Pied Bu
ushchat Saxxicola capra
ata Leasst concerne
ed
Blue Ro
ock-thrush Mo
onticola solittaries Leasst concerne
ed
Malab
bar Whistling
g Thrush My
yophonus ho
orsfieldii Leasst concerne
ed
Orange-headed Thrush
T Zoo
othera citrin
ne Leasst concerne
ed
Tickells Thrush Turrdus unicolo
or
Eurasia
an Blackbird
d Turrdus merula nigropileuss Leasst concerne
ed
Great Tit Parrus major
Chestn
nut-bellied N
Nuthatch Sittta castanea
a Leasst concerne
ed
Velvet-fronted Nu
uthatch Sittta frontalis Leasst concerne
ed
Tree Pipit Anthus trivialis Leasst concerne
ed
Forest Wagtail De
endronanthu
us indicus Leasst concerne
ed
Citrine Wagtail Mo
otacilla citre
eola Leasst concerne
ed
Grey Wagtail
W Mo
otacilla cine
erea Leasst concerne
ed
White-browed Wa
agtail Mo
otacilla mad
deraspatensis Leasst concerne
ed
Thick-b
billed Flowerpecker Dic
caeum agile
e Leasst concerne
ed
Pale-b
billed Flowerrpecker Dic
caeum eryth
hrorynchos Leasst concerne
ed
Plain Flowerpecke
er Dic
caeum conc
color Leasst concerne
ed
Purple--rumped Su
unbird Nectarinia zey
ylonica Leasst concerne
ed
Leasst concerne
ed /
Crimso
on-backed Sunbird
S Nectarinia min
nima Ende
emic
Orienta
al White-eye
e Zossterops palp
pebrosus Leasst concerne
ed
House Sparrow Passser domestticus Leasst concerne
ed
Chestn
nut-shouldered Petronia
a Pettronia xanth
hocollis Leasst concerne
ed
Baya Weaver
W Plo
oceus philipp
pinus Leasst concerne
ed
Comm
mon Rosefinc
ch Ca
arpodacus erythrinus
e Leasst concerne
ed
House Bunting Em
mberiza striollata Leasst concerne
ed
Creste
ed Bunting Me
elophus lath
hami Leasst concerne
ed
(D) Rep
ptiles:
Due to close proxim
mity with We
estern Ghatts, rivers and
d agricultura
al area the region has various
n fauna is giiven in table
reptilian e no. 3.28

VIRONMENT 3.41
1
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Tab
ble 3.28: Rep
ptilian fauna
a in the stud
dy area
Common Name Scie

entific Name
e Schedule C
Category
Chec
ckered Keelback Xern
nochrophis piscator II
Cobrra Naja
a naja II
Rockk Gecko Hem

midactylus maculatus
m V
Gard
den lizard Callotes versico
olor V
Giant Gecko Hem

midactylus giganticus
g V
Krait Bun
ngarus coeru
uleus IV
V
Monitor lizard Varranus bengh

halensis I
Rat snake Ptya

as mucosus II
Russe
ell's viper Vipe
era russeli II
Wall lizard Hem

midactylus brooki
b V
Wolf snake Olig

godon venu
ustus IV
V
Saw-scaled vipe
er Ech
his carinatus IV
V
Pond
d Tortoise Geo
omyda trijug
ga IV
V
phibians
(E) Amp
Amphib
bians are probably the
e best indic
cators of en
nvironmenta
al health off all vertebrates being
g
extreme
ely sensitive
e to temperature and humidity
y (Daniels, 1991). The common amphibian
n
speciess reported from the site are Hoplobatrac
H chus tigerin
nus, Duttap
phrynus me
elanostictus,,
Euphlyc
ctus cyanop
phlyctus, Fejjervarya syh
hadrensis.
(F) Aquatic insects and mollusscs

The aqu
uatic insectts and mollluscs were studied from
m Savitri riv
ver and and
d its main tributary
t Kal
river. In the mollusscs, vivipariidae, lymna
aedae and
d thiaroidae
e were foun
nd dominant. Aquatic
c
insects and mollusc
cs are highlly sensitive to
t water qu
uality. The sttudy indicattes that cerrtain groupss
atic macro
of aqua o-invertebra
ates are hig
ghly specific
c for their microhabittats, as sub
bstrate type
e
influenc
ces the distrribution of most
m of the forms
f of aq
quatic insects and mollu
uscs. The distribution off
various forms of aq
quatic mac
cro-invertebrates is high
hly diverse at
a various lo
ocalities. The presence
e
of chiro
onomid larva
ae in most of
o the localiities.

VIRONMENT 3.42
2
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.11 SO
OCIO-ECONO
OMIC PROFILE OF STUD
DY AREA (As per Censuss India 2011)
3.11.1 Reconnaissa
R ance
Reconn
naissance h
has been done to asse
ess socio-ec
conomic status in the study area
a. The study
y
area is rural
r howev
ver basic am
menities were observed
d.
3.11.2 Methodolog
M gy
Detailed onomic data were co

d socio-eco ollected witthin 10 km radius
r he existing Project site.
of th
Prelimin
nary informa
ation was co
ollected during field inv
vestigation followed by
y secondary
y data from
m
the cen
nsus of India
a 2011.
3.11.3 Socioecono
S mic Assessm
ment
Socio economic status of the population is the indicator of the change in tthe life style
e due to the
e
pmental ac
develop ctivities takin
ng place in the region.. The village
es which ap
ppears within the 10 km
m
radius frrom the cen
ntre of the proposed
p Project site a
are considerred for socio
oeconomic
c study.
3.11.4 Demography
D y
The stud
dy there is 25
2 villages in
n the study area. The demographi
d ic pattern o
of all the setttlements ass
per 2011 census iss given in Ta
able 3.29. As
A per the Census 201
11, the average family
y size in the
e
study area is 5 perssons per fam
mily.
Table 3.2
29: Demogra
aphic detaiils
T
Total N of
No. Sex Ratio
R
S.No. Village
e Male Fem
male
Pop
pulation Hou
usehold (females/m
males)*1000
1 Mandle e 799 361 4

438 223 1213
3.29
2 Tetgha ar 367 176 1
191 93 1085
5.22
3 Kachale 472 240 2
232 104 966
6.66
4 Kinjaloli Bk 912 441 4
471 178 1068
8.02
Ghurupac cha
5 441 211 2
230 106 1090
0.04
Kond
6 Kinjaloli Kh 575 297 2
278 139 936
6.02
7 Bhalekar kond
k 327 150 1
177 76 1180
0.00
8 Gondala 1689 826 8
863 372 1044
4.79
9 Ladvali 1508 748 7
760 313 1016
6.04
10 Walan K Kh 600 274 3
326 158 1189
9.78
11 Adrai 235 110 1
125 68 1136
6.36
12 Waki bbk 1109 520 5
589 314 1132
2.69

VIRONMENT 3.43
3
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
TTotal No. of
N Sex Ratio
R
S.No. Village
e Male Fem
male
Pop
pulation Hou
usehold (females/m
males)*1000
13 Zolicha Ko ond 289 136 1

153 83 1125
5.00
14 Solamko ond 273 131 1
142 62 1083
3.96
15 Dahivad 780 382 3
398 191 1041
1.88
16 Padav vi 751 344 4
407 197 1183
3.13
17 Warand dh 2547 1251 1296 600 1035
5.97
18 Mazerri 314 161 1
153 75 950
0.31
19 Barasgaon 875 425 4
450 198 1058
8.82
20 Gavad di 182 88 94 44 1068
8.18
21 Amshe et 504 257 2
247 113 961.08
22 Dhaman ne 1297 648 6
649 264 1001
1.54
23 Jite 1310 658 6
652 268 990
0.88
24 Sheltolli 595 305 2
290 132 950
0.81
25 Kalij 2410 1287 1123 605 872
2.57
26 Bhave e 1870 946 9
924 429 976
6.74
27 Taliye 673 321 3
352 173 1096
6.57
28 Kiye 577 272 3
305 155 1121
1.32
29 Pimpalwa adi 608 299 3
309 167 1033
3.44
30 Rupava ali 812 406 4
406 195 1000
0.00
31 Mohott 550 274 2
276 117 1007
7.29
32 Katiwad de 328 162 1
166 75 1024
4.69
33 Khariva ali 2782 1443 1339 676 927
7.92
Khair Taarf
34 405 213 1
192 93 901.40
birwad di
35 Borgao on 433 218 2
215 84 986
6.23
36 Mahad d 2430 1267 1163 542 917
7.91
Kamble tarft
37 1718 864 8
854 341 988
8.42
Mahad d
Chochinde
38 699 344 3
355 147 1031
1.97
Kond
39 Chochinde 1366 683 6
683 289 1000
0.00
40 Birwadi (C CT) 8829 4692 4
4137 2
2149 881.71
Source:: Census of India 2011
3.11.5 Sex
S Ratio
Sex ratio
o is numberr of femaless per 1000 males.
m In the
e study area
a the sex ratio is 981.56
6. As per the
e
Census 2011 the male popu
ulation is 50
0.46% while
e female population
p is 49.53% of
o the total
populattion.

VIRONMENT 3.44
4
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.11.6 Literacy
The ove
erall percen
ntage of literate in the
e area is 72
2.9 %. Total literate po
opulation is 33016. The
e
literacy rate of fem
male is only
y 32.91 % while
w literacy
y rate in male is 40.06 % of the total literate
e
populattion. Among
gst the tota
al population
n 27.02 % arre illiterate.
Table
e 3.30: Litera
acy Rate
Male
e Female
Sr. No
o. Village
Lite
erates % Literacy Litera
ates % Literacy
1 Mandle 2
292 36.5 266
6 33.2
2 Tetghar 1
164 44.6 165
5 44.9
3 Kachale 1
199 42.1 168
8 35.5
4 K
Kinjaloli Bk 3
371 40.6 362
2 39.6
5 Ghuru
upacha Kon
nd 1
166 37.6 118
8 26.7
6 K
Kinjaloli Kh 2
237 41.2 185
5 32.1
7 Bha
alekar kond
d 1
117 35.7 101
1 30.8
8 G
Gondala 6
613 36.2 505
5 29.8
9 Ladvali 6
606 40.1 570
0 37.7
10 W
Walan Kh 2
217 36.1 209
9 34.8
11 Adrai 77 32.7 57
7 24.2
12 Waki bk 2
297 26.7 245
5 22.0
13 Zolicha Kond 1
113 39.1 91 31.4
14 Solamond 1
102 37.3 104
4 38.0
15 Dahivad 2
258 33.0 182
2 23.3
16 Padavi 2
276 36.7 266
6 35.4
17 W
Warandh 1016 39.8 896
6 35.1
18 Mazeri 1
144 45.8 100
0 31.8
19 Barasgaon 3
342 39.0 278
8 31.7
20 Gavadi 73 40.1 66 36.2
21 Amshet 2
219 43.4 165
5 32.7
22 D
Dhamane 5
541 41.7 422
2 32.5
23 Jite 5
551 42.0 450
0 34.3
24 Sheltoli 2
265 44.5 206
6 34.6
25 Kalij 9
968 40.1 779
9 32.3
26 Bhave 7
710 37.9 538
8 28.7

VIRONMENT 3.45
5
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
27 Taliye 2
215 31.9 182
2 27.0
28 Kiye 1
194 33.6 132
2 22.8
29 Pimpalwadi 2
207 34.0 125
5 20.5
30 R
Rupavali 3
300 36.9 204
4 25.1
31 Mohat 2
230 41.8 187
7 34.0
32 K
Katiwade 1
133 40.5 107
7 32.6
33 Kharivali 1161 41.7 989
9 35.5
34 Khair Tarf birwad
di 1
172 42.4 152
2 37.5
35 Borgaon 1
166 38.3 150
0 34.6
36 Mahad 1005 41.3 782
2 32.1
37 Kamb
ble tarf Mahad 7
712 41.4 617
7 35.9
38 Chochinde Kon
nd 2
257 36.7 201
1 28.7
39 C
Chochinde 5
576 42.1 465
5 34.0
40 Birrwadi (CT) 3
3862 43.7 3105 35.1
3.11.7 Social
S Structture
In the study
s area about 4.67% of the po
opulation b
belongs to the
t schedu
ule caste an
nd 4.43% to
o
schedule tribes. The
e populatio
on social stru
ucture is giv
ven in Table 3.31.
Table 3.31: Social Structure
Total SC ST
S.No. Village % SC % ST
Populattion Pop
pulation Population
1 Maandle 799 45 5.63 8 1.0
2 Tettghar 367 0 0 1 0.2
3 Kac chale 472 0 0 0 0
4 Kinja
aloli Bk 912 12 1.31 20 2.19
5 Ghurupaacha Kond 441 1 0.22 0 0
6 Kinja
aloli Kh 575 126 21.9 15 2.6
7 Bhalekkar kond 327 0 0 0 0
8 Gon ndala 16899 124 7.34 148 8.7
9 Lad dvali 15088 157 10.41 3 0.19
10 Walan Kh 600 15 2.5 86 14.3
11 Ad drai 235 12 5.1 28 11.9
12 Waaki bk 11099 102 9.19 299 26.96
13 Zolich
ha Kond 289 0 0 1 0.34
14 Solamond 273 8 2.9 0 0
15 Dah hivad 780 5 0.64 276 35.3

VIRONMENT 3.46
6
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Total SC ST
S.No. Village % SC % ST
Populattion Pop
pulation Population
16 Paadavi 751 15 1.99 14 1.86
17 Warrandh 25477 17 0.66 227 8.91
18 Maazeri 314 0 0 0 0
19 Bara asgaon 875 41 4.68 0 0
20 Gaavadi 182 0 0 0 0
21 Ammshet 504 22 4.36 0 0
22 Dha amane 12977 0 0 0 0
23 J
Jite 13100 30 2.29 4 0.30
24 Sheeltoli 595 104 17.4 147 24.7
25 K
Kalij 24100 155 6.43 226 9.37
26 Bh
have 18700 42 2.24 90 4.81
27 Ta
aliye 673 19 2.82 0 0
28 K
Kiye 577 43 7.45 3 0.51
29 Pimp palwadi 608 55 9.04 0 0
30 Ruppavali 812 139 17.11 80 9.8
31 Mo ohat 550 4 0.72 0 0
32 Katiwwade 328 0 0 0 0
33 Khaarivali 27822 292 10.4 13 0.46
34 Khair Ta
arf birwadi 405 95 23.4 0 0
35 Borggaon 433 0 0 8 1.84
36 Maahad 24300 65 2.67 116 4.77
37 Kamble ttarf Mahad 17188 80 4.65 72 4.19
38 Chochin nde Kond 699 0 0 0 0
39 Choc chinde 13666 18 1.31 27 1.97
40 Birwaadi (CT) 88299 273 3.09 96 1.08
Total 45241 2
2116 4.67 2008 4.43
3.11.8 Occupation
O al Pattern
The Occ
cupational profile has been classified based on the India
a census 20
011 classifica
ation.

VIRONMENT 3.47
7
Environmental Imp
RE
EPORT NO.:- GCI/V/A
ACPL/EIA/2014-15/D
DEC/R01
Table 3.32: Oc
ccupational patttern of the Villages in the Study area
a
Agri-cultural Workers in household
h Other Tottal Main Marginal Non
S.No. Village Cultivators
Labourers indusstries workers
w work
kers workerss workers workers
1 Mandle 186 33 9 42 27
78 270 8 521
2 Tetghar 118 17 0 48 18
86 183 3 181
3 Kachale 77 4 0 62 15
52 143 9 320
4 Kinjaloli Bk 341 150 5 25 53
37 521 16 375
Ghurupacha
5
Kond 1 0 0 63 24
49 64 185 192
6 Kinjaloli Kh 90 0 0 41 27
72 131 141 303
7 Bhalekar kond d 66 5 0 55 12
28 126 2 199
8 Gondala 184 112 32
2 248 88
86 576 310 803
9 Ladvali 143 73 12
2 311 59
98 539 59 910
10 Walan Kh 201 11 3 20 26
62 235 27 338
11 Adrai 66 13 6 19 112 104 8 123
12 Waki bk 207 55 38
8 130 53
32 430 102 577
13 Zolicha Kond 33 3 1 30 14
49 67 82 140
14 Solamond 34 7 4 45 922 90 2 181
15 Dahivad 6 1 5 60 29
95 72 223 485
16 Padavi 379 2 1 31 413 413 0 338
17 Warandh 275 150 98
8 292 93
35 815 120 1612
18 Mazeri 164 3 0 41 211 208 3 103
19 Barasgaon 229 129 3 97 49
93 458 35 382
20 Gavadi 27 2 1 22 577 52 5 125
21 Amshet 22 3 3 120 15
59 148 11 345
22 Dhamane 402 4 11
1 237 68
88 654 34 609
23 Jite 97 23 12
2 198 44
43 330 113 867
24 Sheltoli 28 7 3 176 217 214 3 378
25 Kalij 16 4 7 638 82
27 665 162 1583
26 Bhave 292 237 3 387 96
65 919 46 905
27 Taliye 315 7 10
0 21 43
34 353 81 239
28 Kiye 389 7 1 7 411 404 7 166
29 Pimpalwadi 60 257 0 16 34
44 333 11 264
30 Rupavali 343 10 1 17 48
89 371 118 323
31 Mohat 107 64 0 48 29
94 219 75 256
32 Katiwade 86 15 4 74 20
07 179 28 121
CHAPTER 3: B
BASELINE ENVIRON
NMENT 3.48
Environmental Imp
RE
EPORT NO.:- GCI/V/A
ACPL/EIA/2014-15/D
DEC/R01
33 Kharivali 60 18 50
0 689 90
03 817 86 1879
Khair Tarf
34
birwadi 29 49 2 94 18
85 174 11 220
35 Borgaon 44 14 3 58 25
59 119 140 174
36 Mahad 185 24 10
0 456 93
39 675 264 1491
Kamble tarf
37
Mahad 129 30 19
9 422 68
89 600 89 1029
Chochinde
38
Kond 80 7 16
6 111 2770 214 56 429
39 Chochinde 46 18 8 262 5554 334 220 812
40 Birwadi (CT) 131 54 27
7 2847 32775 3059 216 5554
Source: Census of India 2011
CHAPTER 3: B
BASELINE ENVIRON
NMENT 3.49
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Figure 3.18: Occupational Pattern in the study area
Fig
gure 3.19: Demographi
D ic distributio
on in the stu
udy area

VIRONMENT 3.50
0
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Fiigure 3.20: Total population vs. social profile in

i the study
y area
Figure 3.21
1: Total pop
pulation vs. literacy in the
t study arrea

VIRONMENT 3.51
1
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.11.9 In
nfrastructure
e Availabilitty
The datta regarding
g the public
c utilities witth regards to
o educational facilitiess, health, tra
ansport and
d
commu
unication, w
water supply and elec
ctricity are collected from
f the se
econdary so
ources. The
e
details are
a given b
below.
School
Hea
alth Centre
Roa
ads
Shops for Medicines, Book
ks and provisional itemss
Postt Office
Bus Stand
3.12 TRAFFIC SURV

VEY
3.12.1 Reconnais
R sance
The trafffic survey, tto ascertain c density in the study area
n the traffic a was co
onducted on
o the road
d
near the
e project sitte. The com
mposition of Traffic inclu
udes Two Wheelers,
W Thrree Wheelers (Goods &
Passeng
ger Autos, Four
F Wheeler (Passeng
ger Cars) and Four Wh
heeler Heav
vy Vehicless like Trucks,
Lorries Busses
B etc.
3.12.2 Traffic
T survey of the Study
S Area
Data was
w collecte
ed by physically countting the num
mber of vehicles plying
g in both directions
d off
MIDC In
nternal Road
d and Mum
mbai- Goa National
N Hig
ghway-17. The hourly counts were carried outt
for the different ty
ype/catego
ory of vehic
cles. The va
ariation in the traffic flow at the given road
d
along with
w the num
mber of vehicles during peak hou
ur & lean hour is prese
ented in the
e Table 3.34
4
and 3.3
36. While its graphical representat
r tion is done in Figure 3.2
23 & 3.24.

VIRONMENT 3.52
2
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
Location: 1 Double
e Lane Roa
ad: NH17 Mumbai-
M G
Goa
Tab
ble 3.33: Traffic Surve
ey conductted on Dou
uble Lane Road:
R NH1
17 Mumbai- Goa
No. of
No.of
During peak
p During Leaan vehicless
S. %Duuring veh
hicles in g
%During
V
Vehicle Type
e Hrs (No
o. of Hrs (No. of in PCU
No. Lean
n Hrs PCU
U During Lean Hrss
vehicless/hr) vehicles/hr) During
pe
eak Hrs
Lean Hrss
Two
1 574
4 33
3.82 4
430.5 438 40.86 328.5
Wheelers
Three
2 143
3 8..43 171.6 144 13.43 288.0
Wheelers
3 C
Cars/Sumos
s 698
8 41.13 698 260 24.25 260.0
Buses/Mini
4 95 5..60 209 81 7.56 178.2
Buses
5 Trrucks/Lorriess 121 7..13 2
266.2 96 8.96 211.2
O
Other Heavy y
6 66 3..89 264 53 4.94 212.0
vehicles
Slow moving g
7 0 0..00 0 0 0.00 0.0
vehicles
Tota
al 1697
7 10
00 2
2039.3 1072 100 1477.9
Lean Hrss: Before 8 hrss (morning), 1 to 5 hrs afte

ernoon & afte
er 9 hrs (even
ning).
Peak Hrss: After 8 hrs & 5 to 9 hrs in
n the evening
g.
PCU: Passsenger Car Units
U
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
DuringpeakHrs(No.of
100
vehicles/hr)
0
DuringLeanHrs(No.of
vehicles/hr)
Figure 3.22: Graph

G of Ve
ehicular co
oncentratio
on at Peak
k hour & Le
ean hour fo
or NH17
M
Mumbai- G
Goa

VIRONMENT 3.53
3
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
3.12.3 Existing
E Tra
affic Scena
ario and Lev
vel of Serv
vices
The road from NH-17 Mumbai-- Goa is 8 meter
m wide w
with double
e lane witho
out divider. All
A types of
vehicless move on the
t road.
Capacity of road a
as per IRC = 20
000 PCUs/h
hr
olume during
Total vo g peak hou
urs = 16
697
existing volume/ca
apacity ratio
o =1697/2000 =0..84
the leve
el of service
e is D that is Poor
Total Vo
olume durin
ng Lean Hou
urs =10
072
Existing Volume/Ca
apacity ratio =10
072/2000 (=0
0.53)
The leve
el of service
e is C that is Good.
Table 3.34:
3 Level of Service
e
S. No
o. Existiing Volume/Capacity Ratio
R Level of Services
1 0.0 to
o 0.2 A (E
Excellent)
2 0.2 to
o 0.4 B (V
Very Good)
3 0.4 to
o 0.6 C (G
Good)
4 0.6 to
o 0.8 D (FFair)
5 0.8 to
o 1.0 E (Po
oor)
on:2 MIDC
Locatio C Internal road
r
Ta
able 3.35: TTraffic Surv
vey conduc
cted on Sin
ngle Lane Road:
R MID
DC Internal road
Noo.of No. of
During pe
eak uring Lean
Du
S. Vehicle %During vehic
cles in %During vehicles in
n
Hrs (No. of H (No. of
Hrs
No. Type Lean Hrs PCU During
D Lean Hrs PCU During
g
vehicles//hr) ve
ehicles/hr)
peak Hrs Lean Hrs
Two
1 96 50.2
26 7
72 36 18.85 27
Wheelers
Three
2 39 20.4
42 7
78 12 6.28 24
Wheelers
3 Cars 31 16.2
23 3
31 36 18.85 36
4 Buses 7 3.6
66 15
5.4 9 4.71 19.8
Trucks /
5 14 7.3
33 30
0.8 6 3.14 13.2
Lorries
O
Other Heavyy
6. 4 2.0
09 1
16 3 1.57 12
vehicles
Slow moving
7 0 0.0
00 0 0 0.00 0
vehicles

VIRONMENT 3.54
4
Exp
cturing
Re
eport No.: GC
CI/V/ACPL/EIA
A/2014-15/DEC
C/R01
T
Total 191 100..00 24
43.2 102 53.40 132
120
100
80
60
40
20 DuringpeakHrs(No.of
vehicles/hr)
0
DuringLeanHrs(No.of
vehicles/hr)
Figure 3.23: G
Graph of Ve
ehicular co
oncentratioon at Peak
k hour & Lean hour for MIDC
Internal ro
oad
3.12.4 Existing
E Tra
affic Scena
ario and Lev
vel of Serv
vices
The roa
ad from MIDDC Internal road is 4 meter
m wide with Single lane witho
out divider. All types off
vehicless move on the
t road.
Capacity of road a
as per IRC = 10
000 PCUs/h
hr
olume during
Total vo g peak hou
urs = 19
91
existing volume/ca
apacity ratio
o =191/1000 =0.19
the leve
el of service
e is A that is excellent
Total Vo
olume durin
ng Lean Hou
urs =10
02
Existing Volume/Ca
apacity ratio =10
02/1000 (=0.10)
The leve
el of service
e is A that is Excellent.
Results:
The abo
ove traffic survey
s for NH-17
N Mumbai- Goa (D
Double lane
e road of 8 meter wid
de) mention
n
the LOSS (Level of Service) ass D which
h is poor du
uring peak hour. How
wever, traffic
c survey forr
MIDC In
nternal road
d (Single lan
ne road of 8 meter wid
de) mention
n the LOS (Level of Serv
vice) as A
which iss Excellent during
d peak hour. Sinc
ce there will be very insignificant p
permanent increase in
n
the traffic after the
e Constructiion of the project.
p The condition of
o the road even after the projectt
aged to be very good..
is envisa

VIRONMENT 3.55
5

CHAPTER 4
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.0 INTRODUCTION
This Chapter identifies and predicts the potential impacts on environmental components due to
the construction and operation of the proposed expansion project. It details all the potential
impacts on biophysical and socio-economic components of the local environment due to the
proposed activities and sub-activities.
Prediction of environmental impacts is the most important component of an EIA study. Several
qualitative and quantitative techniques and methodologies are used to conduct analysis of the
potential impact likely to build up as a result of the proposed development activities on physic-
chemical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed
over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive at the ultimate (post-
project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of the impacts helps to identify the
gaps and implement Environmental Management Plan during and after the execution of the
developmental activity to minimize the deterioration of environmental quality.
The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:
During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term.
During operation phase which would have long term effects.
The environmental impacts in this section have, as such, been discussed separately for the
construction phase and the operation phase of the proposed project. The impacts of the
proposed project on the environment have been considered based on the information
provided by the proponents and data collected at the site. Primary impacts are those, which
are attributed directly by the project while secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly
induced and typically include the associated investments and changed pattern of social and
economic activities by the proposed action.
4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Identification of significant impacts for the proposed project is a prominent step in the process of
environmental impact assessment. This provides a way forward to other elements of EIA study such
as quantification and evaluation of site specific impacts exclusively from proposed project.
Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.1

Although, varieties of concerns/issues are identified while describing existing (baseline)

environmental status, it is necessary to identify the likely critical impacts on various components of
environment due to proposed project.
For construction and operation phases of the proposed project the Network Method is adopted
to identify potential impacts, which involves understanding of cause-condition-effects relationships
between an activity and the consequences/ impacts on environmental and socio-economic
parameters for identification of significant impacts and has been found to be the most appealing
tool.
The idea was to account for the proposed project activities and identify the corresponding
impacts, which would initially occur. The next was to select each primary impact and identify the
relevant secondary and tertiary impacts which are induced as a result. This process was repeated
until all possible impacts were identified. The greatest advantage of this type of approach is that it
allows identifying the impacts by selecting and tracing out the events and consequences as they
are expected to occur.
The impact networks have been delineated for construction and operation phases of proposed
project. The identified impacts for various sources of pollution with respect to wastewater, the
flue gas/process emission, hazardous/solid waste and noise generation along with their
qualitative and quantitative analysis as well as measures taken to control them are discussed
herein with details.
4.2 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

The Aquapharma Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has occupied land from MIDC. The total plot area is 73547
sq.mt. The area identified for the project has no forest and no settlements over it. The existing
land use pattern is non agricultural land and comes in a series under industrial development. The
proposed project site is already built up infrastructure and industrial set up. Company is
proposing to expand manufacturing of Speciality Chemicals for rearranging some facilities to
accommodate the main plant equipment and placing auxiliary facilities.
4.2.1 During Construction Phase

The impact during construction will be localized and short term with permanent changes in
profile of the project site as compared to the current conditions. Impact will be primarily related
to the civil works and less intensive impact is expected during erection of the equipment and

trial operation. Erection activities would not have any major impact on the land environment.
Except for change in land use all other environment impacts will be temporary in nature.
Mitigation Measures:
As a part of afforestation drive, already 1890 nos. of sapling trees has been planted; while 567
nos. of sapling trees were propose to plantation. Further plantation and thick green belt
development will mitigate soil erosion and enhance the visual aesthetics of the area.
4.2.2 During Operation Phase

During operation phase, impacts on land occur mainly due to the contamination of land by
spill/leak of hazardous chemicals & waste as well as by disposal of wastes & wastewater. The
impacts on land are envisaged only due to spill/leak of chemicals which in turns comes contact
with the soil. The proponent has made provision of impervious lining in the storage & production
area. The bulk storage tanks are provided with the dyke walls adequate to prevent runoff of spill
or leaked chemicals causing contamination of soil. Thus the chance of soil contamination is
found lesser provided the condition of lining is maintained to be impervious to prevent soil
contamination. Besides, it is also noticed that the proponent shall maintain a good spill or leak
control actions plan to make out such incidents.
All the used oil will be sent to authorized recycler.
All the chemicals will be stored safely and shall have proper bund wall for the maximum
volume of chemicals stored.
It can be concluded that no adverse impact on land environment is envisaged due to
the proposed project.
4.3 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

The main source of emission during the construction phase is the movement of equipment and
vehicles at site. Equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in
minimal increase in the levels of SO2, NOX, and PM and fugitive emissions. The impact is
reversible, minimal and temporary in nature. The construction activities at site will be restricted to
civil and structural fabrication. The main sources of air Pollution are:
Fugitive dust emissions from digging, filling, material handling, transportation and use of
construction machinery etc.

Increase in traffic volume resulting in additional vehicular emissions from vehicles bringing
construction material and labour onsite.
Emissions from operation of DG sets for construction purpose in case of power supply
failure.
Most of the gaseous emissions would be in the form of carbon dioxide (CO2), although smaller
quantities of other gasses, such as oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and sulphur dioxide (SO2) would also
be generated. Adequate mitigation measures will be planned to minimize adverse impacts. The
impacts are of short term and reversible.
Water sprinkling will be regularly carried in order to arrest the fugitive dust to the maximum extent
possible. All construction equipment will be maintained properly. Only PUC certified vehicles of
contractor will be deployed at site. The existing green belt will reduce fugitive emissions in the
environment.

Long term Impact on air quality are anticipated due to the operational activities. Air
environment is likely to be affected due to emissions from combustion of fuels used in
Construction machineries, vehicles, and DG Sets. Point and non point source of VOCs will be
there which may cause serious threat to the air quality it can result in many secondary impacts
like occupation & social health, corrosion of metallic structures of area etc.
DG sets will be operated as power back-up only.
Stack of adequate height as per CPCB will be erected.
Periodical monitoring will be carried out.
To control the fugitive emission proponent practices regular maintenance of plant and
similar measures will be practiced for proposed project.
In existing operations, the source of process emission is manufacturing process of
speciality chemicals are scrubbed by scrubber, Demister Pad etc. Same practice will be
followed after proposed expansion.

4.3.2.1Air Modeling
The air quality impacts have been predicted for the proposed plant assuming baseline air
quality. Site-specific meteorological parameters have been recorded by continuous monitoring.
Short term 24 hourly GLC's incremental values were estimated using the site-specific
meteorological conditions.
Model and Methodology for Computation

ISCST-3 model version 98356, which is a Gaussian-Plume atmospheric dispersion algorithm for
estimating concentration of pollutant, has been used to predict the Ground Level
Concentrations (GLCs) of PM, SO2 and NOx due to proposed plant activity. The GLCs were
predicted on 24 hourly average bases keeping in view the prescribed national ambient air
quality standards (NAAQS). GLCs of individual pollutant are predicted at 20000 m X 20000 m
Cartesian Square Grid Receptors in the impact zone covering 10 km radial distance.
Data used for Modeling

The hourly meteorological data along with emission rate for individual pollutants used for
prediction of air quality impacts as given in chapter 2 has been taken into consideration.

RESULTS
A. Ground level conc. for PM10
The predicted concentrations of PM10 for the study period are shown below.
Predicted GLC Receptor

Sr. No. Distance Direction
(g/m3) XR YR
1 4.69 342 -939.7 1000 SSE
2 4.41 -984.8 -173.6 1000 W
3 4.37 -342 939.7 1000 NNW
4 4.13 -642.8 766 1000 NW
5 3.61 -1000 0 1000 W
6 3.45 -939.7 -342 1000 WSW
7 3.31 -342 -939.7 1000 SSW
8 3.21 500 -866 1000 SSE
9 3.13 -766 -642.8 1000 SW
10 3.1 1000 -1732.1 2000 SSE
11 3.03 -173.6 984.8 1000 N
12 2.92 -984.8 173.6 1000 W
13 2.88 -642.8 -766 1000 SW
14 2.87 -500 866 1000 NNW
15 2.63 866 500 1000 ENE
16 2.44 -500 -866 1000 SSW
17 2.39 1285.6 -1532.1 2000 SE
18 2.38 866 -500 1000 ESE
19 2.24 -766 642.8 1000 NW
20 2.24 939.7 342 1000 ENE
21 2.15 -939.7 342 1000 WNW
22 2.09 0 -1000 1000 E
23 1.96 -173.6 -984.8 1000 S
24 1.96 -866 500 1000 WNW
25 1.89 684 -1879.4 2000 SSE

The incremental value due to proposed project is 4.69 g/m3 and the maximum PM10
concentration in the study area will be 344.69 g/m3.

B. Ground level conc. for SO2

The predicted concentrations of SO2 for the study period are shown below.

(g/m3) XR YR
1 1.3 -984.8 -173.6 1000 W
2 1.13 -342 939.7 1000 NNW
3 1.0 -939.7 -342 1000 WSW
4 0.95 -1000 0 1000 W
5 0.89 -642.8 -765 1000 SW
6 0.85 -500 866 1000 NNW
7 0.83 -642.8 766 1000 NW
8 0.78 -173.6 984.8 1000 N
9 0.78 866 500 1000 ENE
10 0.75 -866 -500 1000 WSW
11 0.73 342 -939.7 1000 SSE
12 0.73 0 -1000 1000 E
13 0.72 939.7 342 1000 ENE
14 0.66 -342 -939.7 1000 SSW
15 0.64 -766 -642.8 1000 SW
16 0.63 500 -865 1000 SSE
17 0.61 -984.8 173.6 1000 W
18 0.6 766 642.8 1000 NE
19 0.59 866 -500 1000 ESE
20 0.556 -500 -866 1000 SSW
21 0.55 -173.6 -984.8 1000 S
22 0.52 1000 -1732.1 2000 SSE
23 0.51 -866 500 1000 WNW
24 0.5 1258.6 -1532.1 2000 SE
25 0.5 0 1000 1000 W

The incremental value due to proposed project is 1.3 g/m3 and the maximum SO2

C. Ground level conc. for NOx

The predicted concentrations of NOx for the study period are shown below.

(g/m3) XR YR
1 3.77 -1000 0 1000 W
2 3.73 -766 542.8 1000 NW
3 3.64 -954.8 173.6 1000 W
4 3.23 -62.8 766 1000 NW
5 3.02 -500 366 1000 NNW
6 2.9 -984.8 -173.6 1000 W
7 2.47 -866 500 1000 WNW
8 2.47 766 542.8 1000 NE
9 2.44 -866 -500 1000 WSW
10 2.4 1879.4 584 2000 ENE
11 2.28 -939.7 -342 1000 WSW
12 2.25 866 500 1000 ENE
13 2.16 -766 -642.8 1000 SW
14 2.14 173.6 984.8 1000 N
15 2.13 0 1000 1000 W
16 2.09 2819.1 1026.1 3000 ENE
17 2.03 342 -939.7 1000 SSE
18 1.98 766 -542.8 1000 SE
19 1.82 -642.8 -766 1000 SW
20 1.77 -173.6 -984.8 1000 S
21 1.75 642.8 756 1000 SE
22 1.74 -1265.6 1532.1 2000 SW
23 1.73 1532.1 -1285.6 2000 SE
24 1.72 1285.6 -1532.1 2000 SE
25 1.7 -342 939.7 1000 NNW

The incremental value due to proposed project is 3.77 g/m3 and the maximum NOx

4.4 IMPACT ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The project site is likely to have increase noise level up to 75-85 dB(A) due to the constructional
activity, the movement of heavy motor vehicles, loading and unloading, fabrication and
handling of equipments and materials, construction equipments like dozer, scrapers, concrete
mixer, crane, generators pumps and compressor, rock drills, Pneumatic tools, vibrators, etc.
Vibration will be developed in addition to noise. The nature of impact is short term and
reversible.
During Construction Phase, potential noise emissions will be mainly from:
Diesel Generators: 75 dB (A)
Vehicular Noise: 85 dB(A) (at the edge from the centerline of the road)
Mitigation Measure:
To minimize the impact, construction schedules would be optimized to day time working and the
night activities will be scaled down. Noise and vibration impacts at construction sites will be
minimized by:
Locating Generators as far as possible away from the working area.
Fitting mufflers to vehicles and construction equipments. Adequate personal protective
equipment like ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided to the plant workers to reduce
the effect of noise.
Diesel Generator sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures.
Project site periphery will be shielded.
Noise generating machinery exceeding noise standards will not be used.
Green belt has been and will be developed around the periphery of project site.
D.G sets will be selected meeting the CPCB guidelines for emission & noise generation
with acoustic enclosures.
Overall, the impact of generated noise on the environment during construction period is likely to
be insignificant, reversible and localized in nature and mainly confined to the day hours.


The main sources of noise and vibration during operations will be various major and large pumps,
air compressor, ventilation fans and miscellaneous equipments. Expected intermittent noise of 85
dB (A) due to vehicular movement during morning and evening hours is expected.
Table 4.1: The sources of noise include the following:
Noise level at 1
S. No Noise Generating Machines
meter distance
1. Diesel Generators < 85 dB (A)
2. Heat Recovery Steam Generator & Auxiliaries < 85 dB (A)
3. Air Cooled Condenser & Auxiliaries < 85 dB (A)
4. Boiler Feed Pumps < 85 dB (A)
5. Condensate Pumps < 85 dB (A)
6. Compressors < 85 dB (A)
7. Vacuum Pumps < 85 dB (A)
8. Vehicular Noise 85 dB (A)
Adopting modern building design and the use of sound absorbing materials will minimize noise
and vibration. Rubber pads or any other noise absorbing materials will be provided around noise
generating sources like pumps and blowers etc. Workers will be provided with PPEs like ear plugs,
ear mufflers etc. Anti vibrating pads will also be provided. Periodic maintenance of machinery
should be undertaken to reduce the noise impact.
4.5 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Approximately 1.45 m3/day of freshwater will be sourced from MIDC water supply out of which
0.45 m3/day will be used for domestic purpose and 1 m3/day will be used for construction
activities. Waste water generated from workers is likely to 0.36 m3/day.

Generated sewage will be disposed off through septic tank and soak pit. Construction activity
will be stopped during rainy season to check soil erosion & contamination of nearby water
bodies. Solid waste will be disposed off through authorize vendors. The potential negative
impact is considered minor and has no long-term impact. Alkaline wash water containing
excessive amounts of cement will be made settle down and neutralized before discharge. The
overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to the proposed expansion
project would be short term duration and insignificant. Hence no negative impact is envisaged
in water environment.

The water requirement for the proposed plant will be met from MIDC water Supply. There will be
no drawl of ground water. Hence, no impact on ground water is envisaged. Effluents that are
likely to cause water contamination will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) followed by
R.O and MEE will be provided in the premises.
Effluent (57 m3/day) shall be treated in effluent treatment plant (ETP). The treated wastewater
will be used for process. The maximum quantity of effluent will be recycle (26 m3/day) and rest of
the treated effluent sent to CETP (31 m3/day) for further treatment.
4.6 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The existing land use MIDC land comes in a series under industrial development. The debris will
be used in site filling and leveling. The zoning of the land is Industrial area as of now as per the
Regional Plan. There will be no change in the existing land use pattern by proposed project.
Construction activities like excavation would result into permanent loss of topsoil of the
construction area. The excavated soil would be used within the premises for filling, leveling etc.
and excavated rocks would be used of construction of boundary wall and internal roads. The
premises do not contain any sort of rocks or old building and hence no debris expected.
Potential risk of contamination of soil can be due to handling of lube oil, diesel and paints/
solvents onsite.

The impacts envisaged will be mitigated with suitable measures:
To prevent contamination of soil, lube oil and diesel will be stored separately on
impervious surface provided with sheds. Paints and related solvents will be stored in a
well ventilated room provided at a location away from other construction and
flammable materials.
The excavated soil would be used within the premises for filling, leveling etc. and
excavated rocks would be used of construction of boundary wall and internal roads.
Greenbelt development will be undertaken for soil erosion control.
Take care that any how there would be no spillage in the stored material.
Regular checking of the container condition about the leakage and spillage of the
stored material.

During operation phase there will be handling of certain chemicals as the plant to produce
desired product. Spillage or leakage in any form may destroy the quality of soil around the plant.
Every precaution will be taken to prevent spillage. Solid wastes will be segregated and handed
over to authorized vendor. Thus no impact is envisaged on soil environment. Non biodegradable
MSW and hazardous waste will be handed over to MPCB authorized vendor.
The impacts envisaged will be mitigated with suitable measures:
To prevent contamination of soil, lube oil and diesel will be stored separately on
impervious surface provided with sheds. Paints and related solvents will be stored in a
well ventilated room provided at a location away from other construction and
flammable materials.

4.7 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The initial construction work at the project site involves expansion of plant buildings to house
equipments, machinery and auxiliaries. This activity will slight increase in noise level and dusting.
Since the project plot boundary is having erected wall and has infrastructure, there will be very
little or no damage on flora & fauna.
Development of Green belt all around the project will be started along with the construction
activities to control the dust and noise pollution due to construction activities within plant
boundary. Therefore, no impact on the biological environment is envisaged.

During Operation Phase, in the process of manufacturing there will be result in air & water
pollutants and increment in noise level which may have negative impact on Biological
environment.
Impact on Flora:
Analysis of abiotic factors reveals that ambient air and fresh water quality will remain practically
unaffected. Thus, indirect adverse impact on flora is ruled out. The floristic component of the
study area does not include any rare or endangered species.
Also the reconnaissance survey suggested no ecologically precarious habitats / vegetation
types around the sites. Thus, impact on rare and endangered species of flora is also ruled out.
Impact on Fauna:
The quality of ambient air and fresh water system will remain practically unaffected. Thus indirect
impact on fauna, due to these abiotic factors is ruled out. The proposed activities do not
envisage destruction of habitat and feeding or breeding area of faunal species. As the project
site is in the MIDC area. Further, there will be development of green belt in the project site to
provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds, small animals and insects. No rare or
endangered species of fauna are reported to exist in the area. Thus, no impacts are envisaged
due to normal operations.
Thus, the environmental impact evaluation when carried out for construction phase as well as
operation phase showed low score indicating negligible impact of the proposed site on the flora
and fauna and on other terrestrial ecology.

4.8 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The positive impacts of the proposed plant would begin to be felt with the start up of the
operational activities.
There will be more employment generation as a result in expansion of the project.
The migration for employment is likely to reduce due to better economic opportunities.
There will be socio-economic development.
Increase in employment due to large flow of financial and material resources through
increased business, trade commerce and service sector.
Negative impacts like increment in noise, air pollution, water pollution will be checked by
implementing effective pollution control measures.
Impact on health, if any, will be primarily due to emissions of PM, NOX and SO2, and noise
generation. Adequate air and noise pollution control measures will be provided to conform to
regulatory standards. For that minor impact we provide the adequate personal protective
equipments for the workers and the medicals facility within regulatory checkup facility.
4.9 IMPACTS ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

During the Construction phase impacts on human health cause due to the machines used on
construction purpose, equipments like dozer, scrapers, concrete mixer, crane, generators,
pumps and compressor, rock drills, Pneumatic tools, vibrators, etc. Vibration will be developed in
addition to noise. Vehicle used for carrying the Construction materials. The nature of impact is
short term and reversible.
Mitigations Measures:
Adequate personal protective equipment like ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided
to the plant workers to reduce the effect of noise.
Provide helmet, hand gloves, nose mask, safety shoes etc must be provided to the
workers.
Safety belts provided for the workers those were working on the height.
D.G sets must be away as far as possible from the working area.
First aid medical facility must be provided to the worker.


During the operation Phase impacts on the human cause due to the exposure of chemicals in
the air, handling, loading and unloading of chemicals, Boiler, Pump, Cooling tower etc. The
nature of the impact must be long term and may be irreversible.
Mitigations Measures:
Adequate personal protective equipment like ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided
to the plant workers to reduce the effect of noise.
Provide helmet, hand gloves, nose mask, safety shoes etc must be provided to the
workers.
Safety belts provided for the workers those were working on the height.
First aid medical facility must be provided to the worker.
4.10 IMPACTS ON SOLID WASTE

In construction phase, Small quantity of Solid wastes generated from the temporary camp-sites
and other wastes like plastics, paper, cardboard etc. shall be properly collected, segregated
and disposed-off suitably as per norms. Construction debris shall be generated during
construction phase, which shall be used for leveling of low-lying areas or base course
preparation of approach roads.

During operation phase, solid waste generated shall be around 20 kg/day, which shall be
segregated as organic and inorganic and handed over authorized vendor for disposal.
4.11 IMPACTS ON HAZARDOUS WASTE

4.11.1 Hazardous waste and their Mitigation Measures
There are Hazardous as well Non hazardous Solid waste generated from the process. Empty
drums and bags is handover to authorized vender for further recycle. Domestic Sludge and
sludge generated from ETP will be handed to authorized agency for further disposal.

Table 4.2: Hazardous Waste Management
S. Type of Proposed Total After

Category UOM Existing Management
No. waste Expansion Expansion
Sludge and
Filters CHWTSDF for
1 3.3 MT/A 3.12 --- 3.12
ed with oil
Sale to
Spent
2 20.2 MT/A 24.00 --- 24.00 Authorized
Solvents
preprocessor
CHWTSDF for
Distillation
residues
Reuse
Sale to
Plastic &
4 33.3 MT/A --- 6 6 authorized
Liners
party
Discarded Sale to
5 containers/ 33.3 Nos/A 18000 --- 18000 authorized
barrels party
CHWTSDF for
6 ETP Sludge 34.3 MT/A 124 36 160
landfill
Sale to
7 MS Drum 33.3 Nos/A 18250 10950 29200 authorized
party.
Sale to
Waste oil/
8 used oil
party.
Sale to
Lead Acid
9 --- Nos/A 0 50 50 authorized
Batteries
party
Sale to
10 E-Waste --- MT/A 0 1.0 1.0 authorized
party
Discarded
11 15.2 MT/A 1 1 2 CHWTSDF
Asbestos
Oil soaked
cotton
12 5.2 MT/A 0.5 0.5 1.0 CHWTSDF
waste &
gaskets
Sludge from
concentrat
13 36.1 MT/A 0 72 72 CHWTSDF
ed Tech
(MEE)
Silica &
14 --- MT/A 0 0.5 0.5 CHWTSDF
Resin

Table 4.3: Non-Hazardous waste Management
Proposed
S. No Nature of solid waste Existing Qty UOM Disposal option
Qty
Sale to authorize
1 Wooden Scrap 10.00 10.00 Kg/Day
party
Sale to authorize
2 Metallic Scrap 50.00 100.00 Kg/Day
party
Sale to authorize
3 Waste Cotton 5.00 5.00 Kg/Day
party
Sale to authorize
4 Bottles & Plastic Bags 25.00 25.00 Kg/Day
party
Sale to authorize
5 Insulation 0 50.00 Kg/Day
party
Sale to
6 Canteen Waste 0 20.00 Kg/Day
vermiculture
Sale to brick
7 Boiler ash 0 10.00 MT/Day manufacturer &
land filling
4.12 ACTION PLAN FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the
surrounding areas.
Total factory area
Green belt covered area
Future plan, if any
As per action plan, 1890 nos trees have been already planted and another 567 sapling will be
planted in and around project site.
4.13 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

The interaction between project activities and its impact on environmental parameters is
described in Table 4.4.

Table 4.4 : POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX
Physical Biological Non Biological Components (NBP)

Resource
Socio
Use
Health economic
S. Project (Water
Air Surface Ground Soil Soil Flora & (Individual/ (Population,
No. activities Noise supply
Quality Water Water Stability Quality Fauna Community , Community
and use,
Occupational) Infrastructure,
visual
Employment)
features)
A. Construction Phase
Site
excavation
ST, -ve, ST, -ve,
1 and _ _ ST, -ve ST, -ve _ _ _
RE RE
foundation
work
Material
storage,
2 ST, -ve _ _ _ _ ST, -ve _ _ ST, -ve ST, -ve
transportation
and handling
Movement of
3 ST, -ve _ _ _ _ ST, -ve _ _ _ _
vehicles


Resource
Socio
Use
Health economic
S. Project (Water
and use,
visual
Employment)
features)
Sewage
4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ST, -ve _
generation
Solid waste
5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
generation
Construction
6 ST, -ve _ _ _ _ ST, -ve ST, -ve _ _ +ve
activities
Operation of
7 ST, -ve _ _ _ _ ST, -ve _ _ _ _
DG set
B. Operation Phase
Production RE, ST, -- RE, -
1 _ _ _ _ _ _ IR, LT, -ve _
activities -ve ve, LT
Operation of
2 -ve, ST _ _ _ _ -ve _ _ -ve _
DG set


Resource
Socio
Use
Health economic
S. Project (Water
and use,
visual
Employment)
features)
Material
storage,
3 ST, -ve _ _ _ _ ST, -ve .. .. ST, -ve ST, +ve
transportation
and handling
Movement of
4 ST, -ve _ _ _ _ ST, -ve _ _ -ve _
vehicles
Effluent
5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -ve _ _
generation
Ground
6 water _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
withdrawal
Green belt
7 +ve +ve +ve +ve _ +ve +ve _ +ve +ve
Development

ST Short Term
LT Long Term
RE Reversible
IR Irreversible
+ve Potential Positive Impacts
-ve Potential Negative Impacts (require mitigation measures)
IMPACT STATEMENT
The impact on socio-economic status of the project would be predominantly positive, if the
proper implementations of the measures suggested in the EMP are made.
OVERALL IMPACT:
The overall impact of the proposed power plant project is beneficial as the impact on the air,
noise, water, land and biological environments are not very significant and the socioeconomic
benefits are predominantly positive.
CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.24

M Aquaph
M/s. harm Chemic
cals Pvt. Ltd.
Expansion
n & Addition of
o Specialty Chemical
C Pro
oduction
Manufacturingg Capacity in Existing Unit
Rep
port No.: GCI//V/ACPL/EIA/22014-15/DEC/R
R01
CHAPTTER 5
E
ENVIRO
ONMEN
NTAL MONITO
M ORING PROGRAM
5.0 INTRODUCTION
Environme
ental monittoring descrribes the processes an
nd activitiess that need
d to take place
p to
characterize and mo
onitor the qu
uality of the
e environment. Environm
mental monitoring is use
ed in the
preparatio
on of enviro
onmental im essments, ass well as in many circu
mpact asse umstances in
i which
human activities
a ca o harmful effects on the natura
arry a risk of al environm
ment. All mo
onitoring
ammes have reasons and
strategies and progra a justificattions which are often de
esigned to establish
e
the curren
nt status of an
a environm evelopment and/or
ment and Prrediction of the impactt of future de
alteration
n in the operation and design
d of exxisting installlations. Environmental Monitoring Network
is operation phase of
o the proje
ect for mon
nitoring of various
v environmental parameterss like air,
water, no
oise, soil etc.
Since M/s. Aquapha

arm Chemicals Pvt. Lttd. is the existing
e unit and alrea
ady has de
eveloped
Environme
ental Monitoring Progra
am for existting. Usually e present study, an
y, as in the case of the
impact asssessment sttudy is carrie
ed out overr a short perriod of time and the da
ata cannot bring
b out
all variatio
ons induced an activities. Environme
d by natural or by huma ental Monito
oring Program
m will be
modified as per requirement afte
er the propo
osed expan
nsion.
5.1 OBJEC
CTIVES OF EN
NVIRONMEN
NTAL MANA
AGEMENT PLLAN
To comply with
w the sta
atutory requirements of monitoring
g for complia
ance with
conditions of
o EC, NOC
C and CC&A
A.
To comply with
w the pro
ovision of Fa
actory Act & MSIHC Rules
To verify the
e results of the
t impact assessmentt study in pa
articular with
h regards to
o new
development.
Identificatio
on of any sig
gnificant ad
dverse transsformation in environmental condition to
onal mitigation measures; if & as required
plan additio
To check or assess the efficiency of
o the contrrolling meassures.
To ensure th
hat new pa
arameters, other
o than th
hose identiffied in the im
mpact assesssment
study, do not become
e critical thro
ough the co
ommissionin
ng of new project.
To establish
h a data base for future
e Impact Asssessment Sttudies for ne
ew project.
CHAPTER
R 5: ENVIRON
NMENTAL MO
ONITORING PR
ROGRAM 5.1
M Aquaph
M/s. harm Chemic
cals Pvt. Ltd.
Expansion
n & Addition of
C Pro
oduction
Rep
R01
5.2 IMPLEM
MENTATION SCHEDULE OF
O MONITORING MEASURES
Monitoring e done as periodically to
g should be t understan
nd the envirronmental c
condition off the site.
The mitiga
ation measu
ures suggestted in the Chapter-4
C sh
hould be imp
plemented so as to red
duce the
impact on
n environme
ent due to the
t operatio
ons of the proposed pro
oject. In ord
der to facilita
ate easy
implemen
ntation, mitigation mea
asures are phased
p as per
p the priorrity impleme
entation. The
e priority
of the imp
plementatio
on schedule is given in Table
T 5.1.
Table 5.1: Implementtation Polluttion Control Measures

S. No Required Measures
M Stage Remarks
1 Air polluttion contro
ol During operation
o sttage Wet scrubbers in boile
er stack.
measures
2 Ground Wate
er During constructiion and As per IS 10500 Standard
Criteria and
a Drinking
g Operation stage. Quarterly monitor qu
uality of
Water parrameter. water.
3 Waste Wate
er Construction and operation Treated a
at ETP and Dispose
Treatmentt phase of
o the projec
ct to CETP.
3 Greenbeltt During construction
c n stage & Plantation will be don
ne along
developm
ment operatio
on stage. the bound
dary and specified
n in master plan.
sites shown
4 Solid waste disposal Construction and operation Solid waste
e to be segregated
phase of
o the projec
ct and ha
anded ov
ver to
authorized
d vendor.
5 Hazardous waste
e Construction and operation Handed o
over to au
uthorized
disposal phase of
o the projec
ct vendor
5.3 ENV
VIRONMENTA
AL MONITOR
RING
Environm
mental Mon
nitoring sho
ould be carrried out durring constru
uction and o
operation phase
p of
the projject.
Monitorring and Rep

porting Proc
cedure
Regularr monitoring of impo
ortant and crucial en
nvironmenta
al parametters is of im
mmense
importa
ance to asssess the sta operational phase.
atus of environment during consttruction & o
With th
he knowled
dge of basseline cond
ditions, the monitoring
g program can serve
e as an
indicato
or for any deterioratio
d on in enviro
onmental co
onditions due to operrational pha
ase and
suitable
e mitigatory d be taken in time to safeguard the
y steps could t nment. Monitoring is
environ
CHAPTER
R 5: ENVIRON
NMENTAL MO
ONITORING PR
ROGRAM 5.2
M Aquaph
M/s. harm Chemic
cals Pvt. Ltd.
Expansion
n & Addition of
C Pro
oduction
Rep
R01
as impo
ortant as tha
at of contro
ol of pollutio
on since the
e efficiency
y of control measures can
c only
be dete
ermined by monitoring. The propo
osed monito
oring progra
am is given b
below:
Air Pollu
ution and Meteorologic
M cal Aspects
Both am
mbient air quality
q and stack emissions will be
e monitored
d. The ambient air qua
ality with
respectt to NOx, SO
O2, Suspend
ded particu
ulate matterr (PM10 and
d PM2.5) will be monitorred in at
least 5-6
6 location in
n and around the project site thro
ough a repu
uted environmental lab
boratory
recognized by Mo
oEF/NABL. Monitoring
M w be carrried out for a period of 24 hourrs, every
will
month during
d consstruction phase and qu
uarterly in op
peration ph
hase.
Similarly
y, all the stacks in the
e proposed unit will be monitore
ed once in three mon
nths with
O2, Suspended particula
respectt to NOx, SO ate matter (SPM) and Carbon
C Mo
onoxide (CO
O) level.
Watter and Wasste Water Qu

uality
The wa
astewater emanating frrom the diffferent steam
m of industry
y will be mo
onitored onc
ce in a
month for
f physic-c
chemical ch
haracteristic
cs. Ground water
w monittoring locattions will be
identifie
ed and periodically che
eck the Phy
ysical, chem
mical as well as biologic
cal parame
eter as
per drin
nking water standard ISS10:500.
Noise
e Levels
Monitorring of the
e noise lev
vel is essen
ntial to asssess the efffectivenesss of Environmental
Management Plan
n implemen
nted to reduce noise levels.
l A go
ood quality sound leve
el meter
and no ure meter may be procured for the same
oise exposu e. Audiome
etric tests shall
s be
conduc dically for the employee
cted period es working close to the
e high noise
e sources. Th
he noise
hines and equipments will be mon
levels due to mach nitored regu
ularly.
5.3.1 Mo
onitoring Eq
quipment an
nd Consuma
ables
A well--equipped laboratory with consumable ite

ems will be
e provided for monito
oring of
importa
ant environmental pa
arameters. Alternatively
A y, monitorin
ng can be
e outsource
ed from
MoEF re
ecognized la
aboratory.
CHAPTER
R 5: ENVIRON
NMENTAL MO
ONITORING PR
ROGRAM 5.3
M Aquaph
M/s. harm Chemic
cals Pvt. Ltd.
Expansion
n & Addition of
C Pro
oduction
Rep
R01
Table 5.2:
5 Environm
mental Mon
nitoring Plan
n
A. Durin
ng Operatio
onal Phase
Compo
onent Parameters Location Frequ
uency Duratio
on
M
Minimum 6
loca
ations with one
o
Ambient Air M10, PM2.5, SO2,
PM on upwind side
e,
Qua
arterly 24 hrss
Qua
ality NOx, two on downwiind
and one on late
eral
side.
ch stack fo
Eac or As per the
Point So
ource Pa
articulates, SO
S 2,
flu
ue gas and arterly
Qua GPCB/CP
PCB
emissions NOx,
proc
cess emissio
ons guidelin
nes
L
Leq day, Le
eq 4 hour reading with
24
In an
nd around the
t
Noise level ght, L10, L50, L90
nig Qua
arterly a frequency
y of 10
w
work zone
dB(A) m
minutes eve
ery hour
One sample
s
Physico-chem
mical A relevant
At
Soil Qu
uality from
m two ample every
Sa y season
c
characterist
tic locations
loca
ations
At locations of
o
Survival rate of co
ompensatorry For 3 years after
Ecolo
ogy Ann
nually
plantation
n antation and
pla operation starts
la
andscaping
All relevant gular
Reg
Hea
alth very 15 dayss
Ev A
As per requirrement
parameterrs chec
ck ups
On
nce
D
Depending o
on S
Solid waste
Solid waste
w during
g each One time sa
ample
ty
ype of wasttes disp
posal locatio
on
sea
ason
Groun
nd &
At least at three
Drink
king Ass per IS 10:5
500 Adjoining villag
ge Qua
arterly
location
ns.
watter
CHAPTER
R 5: ENVIRON
NMENTAL MO
ONITORING PR
ROGRAM 5.4
M Aquaph
M/s. harm Chemic
cals Pvt. Ltd.
Expansion
n & Addition of
C Pro
oduction
Rep
R01
5.4 COS
ST PROVISIO
ON FOR ENVIRONMENTA
AL MEASURE
ES
For env
vironment protection
p and management an
nd pollution
n control a
and treatme
ent and
monitorring system etary provission would be made and provision for
ms, approprriate budge
recurrin
ng expenditture for env
vironment manageme
m ent of the project wo
ould be ma
ade. The
details of budget allocation during con
nstruction phase
p and operation
o phase are given in
p
Table 5..3.
5.4.1 Co
ost Estimate
es
An effe
ective Enviro
onmental Monitoring
M Plan (EMP) iss proposed during the construction phase
and op
perational phase of the
e project to conserve th ment at site. The detailss of EMP
he environm
are as under.
u
Ta
able 5.3: Bud
dget Alloca
ation for Environmental Manageme
ent
Recurring
g Cost Per
Sr. al Cost
Capita
Pollu
ution Contro
ol Measuress Annum
No. (Rs. Lakhs)
L
(Rs. Lakhs)
L
Op
peration Pha
ase
orm water manageme
Sto m ent (construction and
1 0
0.5 3
operatiion)
2 Po
ollution Conttrol system 5
50 20
00
Environment Monitoring
M
2
3 (Mo
onitoring ch
harges for air, water, wa
aste water, --
-
soil, DG stack, noise etc.)
4 Solid
d Waste Ma
anagementt 1
1.5 1.5
O
Occupational Health
includes costt of medical checkup, PPE & first
5 0
0.3 2
aid d facility, safe drinking
d kit cost of PPE, first aid
ation measures)
water pllant & sanita
Gre
een Belt dev
velopment
0
0.5 1.0
6 (includess cost of lab
bours, plantation
mana
agement, la
andscaping
g)
7 O
Others (CSR Activity) -
---- 9.0
9
TOTA
AL 54
4.8 216.5
CHAPTER
R 5: ENVIRON
NMENTAL MO
ONITORING PR
ROGRAM 5.5
Expansion & Addition of Specialty Chemical Production
Manufacturing Capacity in Existing Unit
CHAPTER 6
QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT
6.0 INTRODUCTION
QRA study for, M/s. Aquapharm Pvt. Ltd. has been carried out based on data provided by
them. The study has been carried out in accordance with the International codes of
practices using PHAST (Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool) 6.53 software. The latest
version of the renowned PHAST Risk software package of DNV is used for carrying out the
risk analysis.
The full terms of potential hazardous scenarios and consequence events associated with
the installation and operation was considered in the analysis. Based on the operations to
be carried at the plant, the Risk Analysis, affected distances and the damage of property
and population from the identified scenarios considering the Maximum Credible Loss
Scenario (MCLS) & Worst case scenario. Maximum credible loss scenarios have been
worked based on the inbuilt safety systems and protection measures to be provided for
the operation of the facility & the Worst case scenario i.e. 100% catastrophic rupture have
been worked out based on failure of the inbuilt safety system.
We have assumed Maximum credible loss scenario (MCLS) i.e. Nozzle failure and Worst
case Scenario i.e. catastrophic rupture as per the guidelines suggested by DNV UK.
Similarly, maximum inventory at the time of failure is assumed.
6.1 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY
The main objective QRA (Quantitative Risk Analysis) is to determine the potential risks of
major disasters having damage potential to life and property and provide a scientific
basis for decision makers to be satisfied about the safety levels of the facilities to be set
up. This is achieved by the following:
Identification of hazards that could be realized from process plant.

Identify the potential failure scenarios that could occur within the facility.
To Asses, the potential risks associated with identified hazards to which the plant
and its personal and community outside may be subjected. Consequences
analysis of various hazards is carried out to determine the vulnerable zones for
each probable accident scenario.
CHAPTER 6: QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 6.1

Evaluate the process hazards emanating from the identified potential accident
scenarios.
Analyze the damage effects to the surroundings due to such accidents.
Conclusion and Recommendation to mitigate measures to reduce the hazard /
risks.
To provide guidelines for the preparation of On-site response plan.
6.2 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
Following flammable chemicals or solvents stored, used and handled in the premises.
Flammable Flash Point Approx

S. No Hazards
solvents/Material (C) Quantity (KL)
Flammable (Pool fire, Jet fire,
1 Acetic Acid 39 38
flash fire, Max Concentration)
2 Amines - 6 100
flash fire, Max Concentration )
3 Ammonia -- 15
flash fire, overpressure )
6.3 USE OF QRA RESULTS
The techniques used for risk prediction within the QRA have inherent uncertainties
associated with them due to the necessary simplifications required. In addition, QRA
incorporates a certain amount of subjective engineering judgment and the results are
subject to levels of uncertainty. For this reason, the results should not be used as the sole
basis for decision making and should not drive deviations from sound engineering
practice. The results should be used as a tool to aid engineering judgment and, if used in
this way, can provide valuable information during the decision making process.
The QRA results are dependent on the assumptions made in the calculations, which are
clearly documented throughout the following sections of this report. Conservative
assumptions have been used, which helps to remove the requirement for detailed analysis
of the uncertainty. The results show the significant contributions to the overall risk and
indicate where worthwhile gains may be achieved if further enhancement of safety is
deemed necessary.

6.4 SOFTWARE USED
PHAST 6.53 (latest version) has been used for consequence analysis include discharge and
dispersion calculations.
6.5 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS
The consequences of released toxic or flammable material are largely dependent on the
prevailing weather conditions. For the assessment of major scenarios involving release of
toxic or flammable materials, the most important meteorological parameters are those
that affect the atmospheric dispersion of the escaping material. The crucial variables are
wind direction, wind speed, atmospheric stability and temperature. Rainfall does not have
any direct bearing on the results of the risk analysis; however, it can have beneficial
effects by absorption / washout of released materials. Actual behavior of any release
would largely depend on prevailing weather condition at the time of release. For the
present study we use the metrological data of the Savli Village.
6.6 ATMOSPHERIC PARAMETERS
The Climatological data which have been used for the study is summarized below:
Table 6.1: Climatological data
S. No. Parameter Max Min. Annual Average
1. Ambient Temperature (C) 42 22 33

2. Relative Humidity (%) 50 27 38.5
The average value of the atmospheric parameters is assumed for the study.
6.6.1 Wind Speed and Wind Direction
The wind speed and wind direction data which have been used for the study is
summarized below:
Wind Speed : 1.5 m/s & 5 m/s
Atmospheric Stability : D and F
Wind Direction : _____

6.6.2 Weather Category
One of the most important characteristics of atmosphere is its stability. Stability of

atmosphere is its tendency to resist vertical motion or to suppress existing turbulence. This
tendency directly influences the ability of atmosphere to disperse pollutants emitted into it
from the facilities. In most dispersion scenarios, the relevant atmospheric layer is that
nearest to the ground, varying in thickness from a few meters to a few thousand meters.
Turbulence induced by buoyancy forces in the atmosphere is closely related to the
vertical temperature gradient.
Temperature normally decreases with increasing height in the atmosphere. The rate at
which the temperature of air decreases with height is called Environmental Lapse Rate
(ELR). It will vary from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere is said to be
stable, neutral or unstable according to ELR is less than, equal to or greater than Dry
Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which is a constant value of 0.98C/100 meters.
Pas-quill stability parameter, based on Pas-quill Gifford categorization, is such a

meteorological parameter, which describes the stability of atmosphere, i.e., the degree of
convective turbulence. Pas-quill has defined six stability classes ranging from `A'
(extremely unstable) to `F' (moderately stable). Wind speeds, intensity of solar radiation
(daytime insulation) and nighttime sky cover have been identified as prime factors
defining these stability categories.
When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid
dispersion of pollutants will occur. Under these conditions, pollutant concentrations in air
will be moderate or low and the material will be dispersed rapidly. When the atmosphere
is stable and wind speed is low, dispersion of material will be limited and pollutant
concentration in air will be high. In general, worst dispersion conditions (i.e. contributing to
greater hazard distances) occur during low wind speed and very stable weather
conditions.
6.7 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
Consequences of loss of containment can lead to hazardous situation in any industry

handling potentially hazardous materials. Following factors govern the severity of
consequence of the loss of containment.

Intrinsic properties; flammability, instability and toxicity.

Dispersive energy; pressure, temperature and state of matter.
Quantity present
Environmental factors; topography and weather.
Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software

using models validated over a number of applications. Consequence modeling is carried
out by PHAST (version 6.53) of DNV Software, UK.
PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of
types of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for
sharp-edged profiles, which become more diffuse downwind.
PHAST contains data for a large number of chemicals and allows definition of mixtures of
any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The calculations by PHAST involve
following steps for each modeled failure case:
Run discharge calculations based on physical conditions and leak size.

Model first stage of release (for each weather category).
Determine vapor release rate by flashing of liquid and pool evaporation rate.
Dispersion modeling taking into account weather conditions.
In case of flammable release, calculate size of effect zone for fire and explosion.
The hazardous materials considered in this study are mostly flammable liquids.
Flow chart for consequence analysis is shown in the form of event tree for release
of flammable liquid.
6.8 HAZARDS OF MATERIALS
Definitions
The release of flammable gas or liquid can lead to different types of fire or explosion
scenarios. These depend on the material released, mechanism of release, temperature
and pressure of the material and the point of ignition. Types of flammable effects are as
follows.

a. Pool fire
The released flammable material which is a liquid stored below its normal boiling point, will
collect in a pool. The geometry of the pool will be dictated by the surroundings. If the
liquid is stored under pressure above its normal boiling point, then a fraction of the liquid
will flash into vapor and the remaining portion will form a pool in the vicinity of the release
point. Once sustained combustion is achieved, liquid fires quickly reach steady state
burning. The heat release rate is a function of the liquid surface area exposed to air. An
unconfined spill will tend to have thin fuel depth (typically less than 5 mm) which will result
in slower burning rates. A confined spill is limited by the boundaries (e.g. dyked area) and
the depth of the resulting pool is greater than that for an unconfined spill.
b. Flash fire:
It occurs when a vapor cloud of flammable material burns. The cloud is typically ignited
on the edge and burns towards the release point. The duration of flash fire is very short
(seconds), but it may continue as jet fire if the release continues. The overpressures
generated by the combustion are not considered significant in terms of damage
potential to persons, equipment or structures. The major hazard from flash fire is direct
flame impingement. Typically, the burn zone is defined as the area the vapor cloud
covers out to half of the LFL. This definition provides a conservative estimate, allowing for
fluctuations in modeling. Even where the concentration may be above the UFL, turbulent
induced combustion mixes the material with air and results in flash fire.
c. Jet Fire:
Jet flames are characterized as high-pressure release of gas from limited openings (e.g.
due to small leak in a vessel or broken drain valve). Boiling liquid expanding vapor
explosion (BLEVE) or fireball: A fireball is an intense spherical fire resulting from a sudden
release of pressurized liquid or gas that is immediately ignited. The best known cause of a
fireball is a boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion (BLEVE). Fireball duration is typically 5
20 seconds.

d. Vapor cloud explosion
When a large quantity of flammable vapor or gas is released, mixes with air to produce
sufficient mass in the flammable range and is ignited, the result is a vapor cloud explosion
(VCE). Without sufficient air mixing, a diffusion-controlled fireball may result without
significant overpressures developing. The speed of flame propagation must accelerate
as the vapor cloud burns. Without this acceleration, only a flash fire will result.
6.8.1 HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH TOXIC MATERIALS
It is necessary to specify suitable concentration of the toxic substance under study to form
the end-point for consequence calculations. The considerations for specifying the end-
points for the hazardous material involved in the failure scenario are described in the
following paragraphs. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) has issued
Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPG) for many chemicals.
ERPG-1 is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that

nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than
mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odour.

nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or
developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms, which could impair an
individual's ability to take protective action.

nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or
developing life-threatening health effects.
Toxic limit values as Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) concentrations are
issued by US National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). An IDLH level
represents the maximum airborne concentration of a substance to which a healthy male
worker can be exposed as long as 30 minutes and still be able to escape without loss of
life or irreversible organ system damage. IDLH values also take into consideration acute
toxic reactions such as severe eye irritation, which could prevent escape. IDLH values are
used in selection of breathing apparatus.

TLV: Threshold Limit Value is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a
weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs for 5 days in a week).
STEL: A Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is defined by ACGIH as the concentration to which
workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from:
Irritation
chronic or irreversible tissue damage
Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidental injury, impair
self-rescue or materially reduce work efficiency.
It is permitted Short Time Exposure Limit usually for a 15-minute exposure.

IDLH: IDLH is an acronym for Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health. This refers to a
concentration, formally specified by a regulatory value, and defined as the maximum
exposure concentration of a given chemical in the workplace from which one could
escape within 30 minutes without any escape-impairing symptoms or any irreversible
health effects. This value is normally referred to in respirator selection.
LCLo: Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo) value is the lowest concentration of a material in
air reported to have caused the death of animals or humans. The exposure may be acute
or chronic. This is also called the lowest concentration causing death, lowest detected
lethal concentration, and lethal concentration low.
LDLo: LDLo is closely related to the LC50 value which is the concentration which kills half of
the test animals under controlled conditions. This value applies to vapors, dusts, mists and
gases. Solids and liquids use the closely related LDLo value for routes other than inhalation
TCLo: Toxic Concentration Low quantity at which a water-soluble, liquid, or gaseous

substance produces harmful effects in specified test specie over a certain exposure
period.
6.8.2 Damage Criteria
Damage estimates due to thermal radiations and overpressure have been arrived at by
taking in to consideration the published literature on the subject. The consequences can
then be visualized by the superimposing the damage effects zones on the proposed plan
site and identifying the elements within the project site as well as in the neighboring
environment, which might be adversely affected, should one or more hazards materialize
in real life.
6.8.3 Thermal Damage
The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and
exposure time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probability of death and different
degrees of burn. The following tables give the effect of various levels of heat flux.

6.8.3.1 Damage Due to Radiation Intensity
Table 6.2: Damage Due to Radiation Intensity
RADIATION
DAMAGE TO EQUIPEMENT DAMAGE TO PEOPLE
KW/m2
1.2 Solar heat at noon.
1.6 *** Minimum level of pain threshold.
2.0 PVC insulated cables damaged Minimum level of pain threshold.
Causes pain if duration is longer
4.0 ***
than 20 sec. But blistering is unlikely.
Pain threshold reached after 8 sec.

6.4 ***
Second degree burns after 20 sec.
Minimum energy to ignite wood

1% lethality in one minute.
12.5 with a flame; Melts plastic
First degree burns in 10 sec.
tubing.
16.0 *** Severe burns after 5 sec.
Minimum energy to ignite wood
100% lethality in 1 minute.
25.0 at identifying long exposure
Significant injury in 10 sec.
without a flame.
100% lethality in 1 minute.
37.5 Severe damage to plant 50% lethality in 20 sec.
1% lethality in 10 sec.

6.8.3.2 Fatal radiation exposure levels
Table 6.3: Fetal radiation Exposure Level
FATALITY
RADIATION LEVEL
1% 50% 99%
kW/m2
EXPOSURE IN SECONDS
4.0 150 370 930
12.5 30 80 200
37.5 8 20 50
6.8.4 Overpressure Damage:
Table 6.4: Overpressure Damage Criteria
OVER PRESSURE MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO

DAMAGE TO PEOPLE
(mbar) EQUIPMENTS
1% death from lung damage
>50% eardrum damage
300 Heavy damage to plant & structure
>50% serious wounds from
flying objects
>1% eardrum damage
100 Repairable damage >1% serious wounds from flying
objects
30 Major glass damage Slight injury from flying glass
10 10% glass damage ***

6.8.4.1 Over pressure damage: (In Details)
Table 6.5: Over pressure Damage
OVER PRESSURE MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENTS

Bar KPa
0.0014 0.14 Annoying noise (137 dB if of low frequency 1015 Hz).
0.0021 0.21 Occasional breaking of large glass windows already under strain.
0.0028 0.28 Loud noise (143 dB), sonic boom, glass failure.
0.0069 0.69 Breakage of small windows under strain.
0.0103 1.03 Typical pressure for glass breakage.
0.0207 2.07 Safe distance" (probability 0.95 of no serious damage below this
value); projectile limit; some damage to house ceilings; 10% window
glass broken.
0.0276 2.76 Limited minor structural damage.
0.03- 3.4-6.9 Large and small windows usually shattered; occasional .damage to
0.069 window frames.
0.048 4.8 Minor damage to house structures.
0.069 6.9 Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable.
0.069- 6.9- Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminum panels,
0.138 13.8 fastenings fail, followed by buckling; wood panels (standard
housing)fastenings fail, panels blown in.
0.09 9.0 Steel frame of clad building slightly distorted.
0.138 13.8 Partial collapse of walls and roofs of houses.
0.138- 13.8- Concrete or cinder block walls, not reinforced, shattered.
0.207 20.7
0.158 15.8 Lower limit of serious structural damage.
0.172 17.2 50% destruction of brickwork of houses.
0.207 20.7 Heavy machines (3000 lb) in industrial building suffered little damage;
steel frame building distorted and pulled away from foundations.
0.207- 20.7- Frameless, self-framing steel panel building demolished; rupture of oil
0.276 27.6 storage tanks.
0.276 27.6 Cladding of light industrial buildings ruptured.
0.345 34.5 Wooden utility poles snapped; tall hydraulic press (40,000 lb) in
building slightly damaged.
0.345- 34.5- Nearly complete destruction of houses.

0.482 48.2
0.482 48.2 Loaded, lighter weight (British) train wagons overturned.

0.482- 48.2- Brick panels, 812 in. thick, not reinforced, fail by shearing or flexure.
0.551 55.1
0.62 62.0 Loaded train boxcars completely demolished.
0.689 68.9 Probable total destruction of buildings; heavy machine tools (7,000 lb)
moved and badly damaged, very heavy machine tools (12,000 lb)
survive.
0.689 68.9 Probable total destruction of buildings; heavy machine tools (7,000 lb)
moved and badly damaged, very heavy machine tools (12,000 lb)
survive.
20.68 2068 Limit of crater lip.
6.9 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
6.9.1 Introduction
The consequence analysis is carried out to determine the extent of spread (dispersion) by
accidental release which may lead to jet fire, pool fire, tank fire resulting into generating
heat radiation, overpressures, explosions etc.
In order to form an opinion on potentially serious hazardous situations and their

consequences, consequence analysis of potential failure scenarios is conducted. It is
qualitative analysis of hazards due to various failure scenarios. In consequence analysis,
each failure case is considered in isolation and damage effects predicted, without taking
into the account of the secondary events or failures it may cause, leading to a major
disastrous situation. The results of consequence analysis are useful in developing disaster
management plan and in developing a sense of awareness among operating and
maintenance personnel. It also gives the operating personnel and population living in its
vicinity, an understanding of the hazard they are posed to.

6.9.2 Event Outcomes
Upon release of flammable / toxic gas & liquids, the hazards could lead to various events
which are governed by the type of release, release phase, ignition etc. PHAST has an in-
built event tree for determining the outcomes which are based on two types of releases
namely continuous and instantaneous. Leaks are considered to be continuous releases
whereas, ruptures are considered to be instantaneous releases. These types of releases
are further classified into those which have a potential for rain-out and those which do
not. Whether the release would leak to a rain-out or not depends upon droplet modeling
which is the main cause of formation of pools. Fig 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 presents the event
trees utilized by PHAST to generate the event outcomes.
Figure 6.1: Event Tree for continuous release without rain-out (from PHAST)

Figure 6.2: Event Tree for Instantaneous release without rain-out (from PHAST)
Figure 6.3: Event Tree for continuous release with rain-out (from PHAST)

Figure 6.4: Event Tree for Instantaneous release with rain-out (from PHAST)
6.9.3 Modes of Failure
There are various potential causes and sources of leakage. This may be by way of failures
of equipment or piping, due to pump seal failure, instrument tubing giving way, failure of
the pipes, failure of process vessels etc. Following Table represents general mechanism for
loss of containment for Piping and fitting, instruments, and human error.

(A). Piping and Fitting
Table 6.6: Piping and Fitting
Ref. LOSS OF EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE BASIC CAUSE REMARKS

No. CONTAINMENT
A.1 Flange/Gasket Leaks - Incorrect gasket installed, e.g. Possible flame
incorrect material, incorrect size impingement and
(thickness and diameter). localized heating of
- Incorrect installation, e.g. flange adjacent equipment.
faces not cleaned, flanged face
damaged, incorrectly tightened
bolts, incorrect bolts used.
- Flange replacement without
gasket.
A.2 Pipe Overstress - Inappropriate use of design Pipe stresses would most
Causing Fracture codes. likely cause a flange
- Error in stress analysis calculations. leak, unless there
- Lack of inspection during pipe existed a combination
erection, e.g. excessive cold pull. of errors, e.g. installation
- Pipe testing incorrectly carried of rogue materials and
out. unsuitable pipe support,
- Incorrect setting of spring hangers or error in stress
and pipe supports and sliding shoes calculation plus failure
not free to move. to pressure test.
- Pipe not hydro tested because of
bore size (or considered not critical)
and no secondary test procedures
carried out.
- Omission to test because systems
not clearly identified, or error in
documentation.
- Extreme temperature differential
in pipe work not catered for in design,
i.e. cold and hot streams
A.3 Over pressurization a) Inadequate Pressure Relief Careful attention


No. CONTAINMENT
of Pipe work - Relief valve simmering and required for handling
Causing Fracture hydrating, icing. hydrocarbons with
- Incorrect setting of RV pressure. free water.
- Incorrectly sized RV.
- Wrongly installed RV, e.g. due to
transferred tag No. : or installation of
incorrect spring material.
- Abuse of locking system and all
RVs isolated from system Rigorous adherence to
- Excessive back pressure caused procedures is essential.
by blockage of relief sub-headers
with sludge, ice/hydrate, etc.
- High pressure breakthrough into

low pressure systems, which have Relief capacity should
inadequate relief capacity. always be adequate or
- Blockage of RVs with debris/fines, high integrity trip system
e.g. mol sieve dust, or breakage of installed.
screens/package/demister. Potential problem
around mol sieve
b) Excessive Surge Pressure / vessels, absorbers,
Hammer columns and RVs.
- Too rapid isolation or blockage of
liquid full lines, i.e., operator closing Consider needs to
isolation valve. handle liquid slugs from
feed line when pigging
- Rapid blockage of liquid lines, recommended.
e.g. NRV failure. Particular care required
- Lines not or inadequately at pig traps and at inlet
designed for two phase/slug flow. PCVs/bypass.
- Too rapid opening of valves and
letdown of liquid under high No remote
differential pressure. depressurizing system
- Rapid vaporization of cold liquid available; requires
in contact with hot fluid. (Rapid review.


No. CONTAINMENT
phase transition). Potential for
catastrophic rupture of
c) Rupture Under Fire Conditions equipment,
- Direct fire impingement without fragmentation and
any cooling (internal or external) or fireball effects.
failure to effectively depressure
equipment.
A-4 Failure of piping due - Failure due to acoustic fatigue Vulnerable areas are
to fatigue or arising from:- piping downstream of
vibration. E.g. failure to recognize problem PCVs and RVs operating
exists in particular areas, failure to at very high pressures.
take adequate precautions Particularly susceptible
(selection of incorrect valve at design is small bore pipe work
stage or during maintenance, associated with
inadequate line support). Improper pressure letdown and
testing/inspection when in service, two phase flow systems
failure to report abnormally high noise and compressors/
levels (during normal and upset pumps.
conditions).
- Failure due to mechanical
vibration arising from: Regeneration gas pipe
e.g. failure to recognize problem, work and connections
inadequate support, failure to report to mol sieve vessels
and minor excessive vibrations (under merit particular
all plant conditions), maintenance attention.
error, (failure to correctly align
rotating equipment and test for
vibration prior to reinstatement?
- Failure due to pressure or thermal

cycling.
A.5 Failure of Pipe due - Hydrogen Only stainless steel
to Stress Corrosion of embrittlement/blistering. (Hydrogen equipment.
Embrittlement induced cracking).


No. CONTAINMENT
A.8 Failure of piping Due - Incorrect materials selection, e.g. Strict system for
to installation of at design stage, from supplier or site supervision, inspection
Wrong Materials stores. and verification of
- Incorrect material installed, e.g. materials required
improper supervision and during all modifications.
identification of materials after
withdrawal from stores.
A.9 Failure of Piping Due - Rogue material used in A number of systems
to low Temperature construction, wrong material have been identified as
Brittle fracture specified, or uncertainties in bring vulnerable,
material specification. particularly where
- Error in calculating minimum lower condensate at high
design temperatures. pressure may be
- Systems not designed for low depressurized.
temperature, (e.g. on emergency
depressuring) and immediate
repressurising.
A.10 Failure of Piping (or - Impact from equipment being Historically, failure of HP
nozzles) Due to moved during maintenance. process piping due to
External Forces or - Impact of heavy lifting gear, e.g. mechanical impact is
Impact. cranes. confined mainly to small
- Impact from site transport, e.g. bore piping.
construction traffic, fire tender. Strict control over site
- Impact on reinforced nozzle construction will of
causing fractures elsewhere, e.g. course be necessary.
valve, pump casing vessel. Any incident of impact
on pipe work during
construction must be
reported and damage
investigated.

(B) Human Error

Table 6.7: Human Error

No. CONTAINMENT
Loss of containment through human error has been assumed implicitly in the storage area
however examples or some typical operating and maintenance errors are included below:-
B.1 Operational Error - Failure or inability to close
instrument or sample valves.
- Failure or inability to close drain
and vent valves.
- Leaving safety trips/systems out of
commission after testing or
inspecting.
- Intentionally defeating trip
systems for reasons of production.
B.2 Error in De- - Inadvertent or unauthorized
commissioning opening of a pressurized system, e.g.
filters, vessels.
- Improver depressurizing and
purging of a system prior to isolation
or spading.
- Failure to effectively isolate all
process (and utility) and electrical
connections.
B.3 Error in Maintenance - Failure to maintain effective
isolation.
- Failure to report damage to
equipment during repair or
modification.
- Maintenance activities extended
to systems, which are `live.
- Improper supervision of contract
maintenance staff, improper
maintenance.
B.4 Error in Re- - Failure to close vents/drains,
commissioning replace plugs.


No. CONTAINMENT
- Improper or lack or purging of
equipment e.g. sphere receiver
furnaces.
B.5 Supervision Error - Design error for modifications.
- Lack of supervision and control
e.g. Authorization of permits isolation.
- Failure to regularly test/inspect
e.g. trip/alarm system, safety
equipment.
Allure to regularly monitor e.g. noise
vibration, corrosion, stream
composition
6.9.4 Selected Failure Cases
Earlier, it was the practice to select a particular item in a unit as failure scenario, e.g.
rupture of reactor outlet pipe. Such selection is normally subjective on following
parameters:
Properties of material namely Toxic or Flammable.

The likely severity of consequence in the event of accidental release based on
inventory, operated pressure & operated temperature.
The probability of failure of various equipments such as valves, flanges, pipe,
pressure vessels etc. used in the plant.
Size of Release: For accidental releases identified for consequence analysis is 50mm
leakage. The scenarios are considered to be confined to those equipment failures which
involve the leakage of flammable or toxic products, of which the frequency of
occurrence and the severity of the consequences have been taken into consideration
and which may have a low probability of early detection.
Taking this factor into consideration, a list of selected failure cases was prepared based
on process knowledge, inventory, engineering judgment, and experience, past incidents
associated with such facilities and considering the general mechanisms for loss of
containment. Cases have been identified for the consequence analysis.

Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software

using models validated over a number of applications. Consequence modeling is carried
out by PHAST (version 6.53) of DNV Software, UK.
PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of
types of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for
sharp-edged profiles, which become more diffuse downwind.
PHAST contains data for a large number of chemicals and allows definition of mixtures of
any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The calculations by PHAST involve
following steps for each modeled failure case:
6.9.4.1 Effect of Release
When hazardous material is released to atmosphere due to any reason, a vapor cloud is
formed. Direct cloud formation occurs when a gaseous or flashing liquid escapes to the
atmosphere. Release of hydrocarbons and toxic compounds to atmosphere may usually
lead to the following:
(a) Dispersion of hydrocarbon vapor with wind till it reaches its lower flammability limit (LFL)
or finds a source of ignition before reaching LFL, which will result in a flash fire or explosion.
(b) Spillage of liquid hydrocarbons will result in a pool of liquid, which will evaporate taking
heat from the surface, forming a flammable atmosphere above it. Ignition of this pool will
result in pool fire causing thermal radiation hazards.
(c) Lighter hydrocarbon vapor (e.g. Natural Gas) or Hydrogen disperses rapidly in the
downwind direction, being lighter than air. But comparatively heavier hydrocarbon vapor
cloud like that of LPG, Propylene or Ammonia will travel downwind along the ground. If it
encounters an ignition source before it is dispersed below the LFL, explosion of an
unconfined vapor cloud will generate blast waves of different intensities.
(d) A fireball or BLEVE (Boiling Liquid expanding Vapor Explosion) occurs when a vessel
containing a highly volatile liquid (e.g. LPG, Propylene etc) fails and the released large
mass of vapor cloud gets ignited immediately. It has damage potential due to high

intensity of radiation and generation of the overpressure waves, causing large-scale

damage to nearby equipment and structures.
(e) Catastrophic failure of tanks/ pressurized vessels, rotary equipment and valves etc.
can result in equipment fragments flying and hitting other equipment of the plant.
(f) Release of toxic compounds results in the toxic vapour cloud traveling over long
distances, affecting a large area, before it gets sufficiently diluted to harmless
concentration in the atmosphere.
(g) The material is in two phases inside the containment - liquid & vapor. Depending on
the location of the leak liquid or vapor will be released from the containment. If vapor is
released a vapor cloud will form by the mixing of the vapor and air. The size of the vapor
cloud will depend on the rate of release, wind speed; wind direction & atmospheric
stability will determine the dispersion and movement of the vapor cloud.
(h) If liquid is released there will be some flashing as the boiling point of liquid is below the
ambient temperature. The vapor formed by immediate flashing will behave as vapors
release. The liquid will fall on the ground forming a pool. There will be vaporization from
the pool due to the heat gained from the atmosphere & ground. There will be dispersion
and movement of vapor cloud formed by evaporation of liquid.
The behavior of material released by loss of containment depends on the following

factors:
(1) Physical properties of the material.

(2) Conditions of material in containment (pressure and temperature).
(3) Phase of material released (liquid or gas).
(4) Inventory of material released.
(5) Weather parameters (temperature, humidity, wind speed, atmospheric stability).
(6) Material with boiling point below ambient condition.
Statistical reports of consequence analysis are summarized below in Table 7. Similarly

pictorial presentations of consequence results are shown below the tabular report.

Table 6.8: Consequence results for Acetic Acid failure
S. No 1
Leakage of Acetic Acid.
Scenario description 1.5 m/s F 5 m/s D
Weather data
Damage Distances (m)
UFL 1.672 0.734051
Flash Fire LFL 1.95837 1.67103
LFL Fraction 2.56393 2.51443
4 29.9103 30.2126
Jet Fire (kW/m2) 12.5 5.19589 5.27517
37.5 Not Reached Not Reached
4 87.0314 87.726
Pool fire (kW/m2) 12.5 55.7739 56.227
37.5 39.4851 39.787
Table 6.9: Consequence results for Ammonia failure
S. No 2
Leakage of Ammonia
Scenario description 1.5 m/s D 5 m /s F
Weather data
UFL 6.97011 7.20521
LFL Fraction 53.7567 33.6682
4 54.4412 47.5428
Jet Fire (kW/m2) 12.5 43.132 39.079
0.02068 93.5569 49.6578
Overpressure (bar) 0.1379 61.278 35.089
0.2068 58.7256 33.9364
4 153.706 151.375
Pool fire (kW/m2) 12.5 102.95 108.109
37.5 67.1992 65.0112
Intensity Radii for Pool Fire- Acetic Acid Leak

GRAPH
MAP
Intensity Radii f or Pool Fire

Audit No: 223
Material: DICHLOROMETHANE
Model: 50 mm leak.
Study Folder: New PhastMicro
Weather: 5 D
Radiation Level
Ellipse @ 4 kW/m2
Ellipse @ 12.5 kW/m2
Models
Aqua pharm Exhibit-2_Plant Layout

Flash Fire- Acetic Acid Leak

GRAPH
MAP
Flash Fire
Audit No: 223
Model: 50 mm leak.
Weather: 5 D
Concentration
79500 ppm
159000 ppm
Models

Maximum Concentration- Acetic Acid Rupture
GRAPH
MAP
Max Concentration
Audit No: 223
Averaging Time: Flammable(18.75 s)
Height: 0 m
Model: 50 mm leak.
Weather: 5 D
Models

Jet Fire- Acetic Acid Rupture
GRAPH
MAP
Intensity Radii f or Jet Fire

Audit No: 223
Model: 50 mm leak.
Weather: 5 D
Radiation Level
Ef f ect Zone @ 4 kW/m2
Ef f ect Zone @ 12.5 kW/m2
Ef f ect Zone @ 37.5 kW/m2
Models

1.5 m/s D Pool Fire
GRAPH
MAP
Cloud Footprint
Audit No: 400
Height: 0 m
Model: 50 mm leak..
Study Folder: 50 mm leak 1.5 f dichloro ethane
Weather: 1.5 f
Concentration at Time: 1680 s
79500 ppm
159000 ppm
191000 ppm

Flash Fire
GRAPH
MAP
Flash Fire
Audit No: 400
Material: DICHLOROMETHA NE
Model: 50 mm leak..
Weather: 1.5 f
Concentration
79500 ppm
159000 ppm
Models
A qua pharm Exhibit-2_Plant Layout

Jet Fire
Graph
Map

Audit No: 400
Model: 50 mm leak..
Weather: 1.5 f
Radiation Level
Ef fect Zone @ 4 kW/m2
Ef fect Zone @ 12.5 kW/m2
Models

Maximum Concentration
Graph
Map
Max Concentration
Audit No: 400
Height: 0 m
Model: 50 mm leak..
Weather: 1.5 f
Concentration
79500 ppm
159000 ppm
191000 ppm
Models

Table 6.10: Consequence Results for Amine 50 mm leak
S. No 2
Leakage of Amine
Scenario description 1.5 m/s D 5 m /s F
Weather data
UFL 6.97011 7.20521
LFL Fraction 53.7567 33.6682
4 54.4412 47.5428
Jet Fire (kW/m2) 12.5 43.132 39.079
0.02068 93.5569 49.6578
Overpressure (bar) 0.1379 61.278 35.089
0.2068 58.7256 33.9364
4 153.706 151.375
Pool fire (kW/m2) 12.5 102.95 108.109
37.5 67.1992 65.0112
FLASH FIRE

MAP
Cloud Footprint
Audit No: 432
Averaging Time: Toxic(600 s)
Height: 0 m
Material: METHANOL
Model: 50 mm leak 5 d methanol
Weather: 5 d
36500 ppm
73000 ppm
Models
Jet Fire

Graph
MAP
Cloud Footprint
Audit No: 516
Height: 0m
A udit No: 432
Material:
Material: AMMONIA
METHANOL
Study Folder:
Study Folder: New
New PhastMicro
PhastMicro
Weather: 5 d
Weather: 5 D 50 mm leak
Radiation Level
Models
Aqua
Efpharm Exhibit-2_Plant
f ect Zone @ 12.5 kW/m2 Layout
Models
Maximum Consentration

GRAPH
MAP
Max Concentration
Audit No: 432
Height: 0 m
Material: METHANOL
Weather: 5 d
Concentration
36500 ppm
73000 ppm
Models
Ammonia leakage

GRAPH
MAP
Cloud Footprint
Audit No: 516
Height: 0 m
Material: AMMONIA
Model: 50 mm leak
Models
JET FIRE
GRAPH

MAP

Audit No: 516
Material: AMMONIA
Model: 50 mm leak
Radiation Level
Models

MAXIMUM CONSENTRATION
GRAPH
MAP
Max Concentration
Audit No: 516
Height: 0 m
Material: AMMONIA
Model: 50 mm leak
Models

1.5 F m/s D
GRAPH
MAP
Cloud Footprint
Audit No: 230
Height: 0 m
Material: METHANOL
Model: 50 mm leak 1.5 f
Weather: 1.5 f
36500 ppm
73000 ppm
360000 ppm
Models
1.5 F Jet Fire

GRAPH
MAP

Audit No: 230
Material: METHANOL
Model: 50 mm leak 1.5 f
Weather: 1.5 f
Radiation Level
Eff ect Zone @ 4 kW/m2
Eff ect Zone @ 12.5 kW/m2
Models

Flash Fire
GRAPH
MAP
Flash Fire
Audit No: 372
Material: AMMONIA
Model: 50 mm leak
Study Folder: ammonia 1.5 result
Weather: 1.5 d
Concentration
80000 ppm
160000 ppm
Models

6.10 MITIGATION MEASURES
Measures and recommendations for the proposed Tank Farm area are as follows:-
Offsite precaution measures are to be prepared.

Adherence of international engineering standards in the Design, Construction and
testing of the storage tanks, equipments and other hardware.
All tanks to be provided with automatic sprinkler system interlinked with fusible
bulbs, the sprinkler system to confirm to TAC design guidelines.
All storage tanks to have level indicators, flame arrestors, breather valves and
foam injection system wherever required.
The pumps used for transferring the solvents shall be not in the main dyke but in a
separate dyke.
All pumps used to have mechanical seal to prevent leakages and fugitive
emission.
Spillages and leaks from the storage tanks can be collected and transferred out
and treated for safe disposal.
Storage areas shall be free from accumulation of materials.
All electrical and instrumentation equipment used in the tank farm area to be
rated for the solvent present as per ATEX standards.
There should be good communication system available near tank farm area to
the control room, and it should be flameproof.
The tank farm should be protected with upwind and downwind foam monitors, the
spacing of the same is to be as per TAC standards.
A good layout should provide for adequate fire fighting access, means of escape
in case of fire and also segregation of facilities so that adjacent facilities are not
endangered during a fire.
Routine Inspection of Flame arrestor and breathing valve should be done.
At every tank farm its license number, storage capacity & name of the chemicals
should be displayed at the entrance.
Flameproof Motors for unloading near flammable storage tank should be provided
with double earthing.
All electric fittings used in the tank farm should be flame proof type.
Condition of N2 blanketing should be checked regularly, if provided.
Fire protection system shall be provided on each tank, a fixed foam pouring
arrangement to tackle any duke spillages should also be considered. The foam
blanket prevents surface evaporation form liquid pool.

Develop detailed maintenance/contractor procedures requiring physical

identification of tank vents during walk-through and other devices which havent
cover during maintenance activities.
Emergency cupboards containing self contained breathing apparatus, fires suits
and chemicals masks and suits to be kept near the tank farm areas.
Outside shaded or detached storage areas are preferred for Methanol. A
detached storage area is either an outside shaded area or a separate building
containing no incompatible materials and located away from all other structures.
In the case of detached storage the building construction should be fire resistant
and provisions made for potential fire-fighting activities. The fire-fighting installation
should include provision for an adequate supply of water. Fire extinguishers and
hydrants should be distributed around the area. Fire-fighting water run-off should
be prevented from polluting water sources.
A telephone should be provided which is freely available and readily accessible
for the reporting of accidents or emergency situations. The emergency telephone
numbers should include the fire department, ambulance service, emergency
response team, hospital and police.
Emergency respirator equipment cabinets should be installed not more than 30
meters or ten seconds walking distance from any location in the storage area.
Non-freeze safety showers and eyewash fountains shall be provided, clearly
marked, well lit and with unobstructed access. They should be installed close to
the bromine storage area and not more than 30 meters or ten seconds walking
distance from any location in the storage area. Provide alternative sources of
water supply.
Proper ventilation system to be provided for methanol storage tank.
Lead detector system should be installed.

6.11 REFERENCES
Quantitative Risk Assessment-M.J Borysiewiez, M.A. Borysiewiez, L.Garanty, A.

Kozubal.
Guide to Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules
(MSIHC), 1989 issued by the ministry of environment and forests, (MoEF) Govt.of
India as amended up to date.
World Bank Technical papers relating to Techniques for assessing Industrial
Hazards.
Major Hazard Control by ILO.
Risk Management Program guidelines by EPA (US).
World Bank Technical Paper no. 55 Technica ltd. For assessing hazards A
Manual.
PHAST v 6.53-Software.
Overall plot plan.

6.12 APPENDIX: ASSUMPTIONS AND RULE SETS
TOPIC: Process Material Characterization

APPLICABILITY: Consequence Analysis
DATA / RULE SET: ASSUMPTIONS:
The flow, densities, temperatures and
pressured of the streams are taken directly
from Heat & Mass Balances supplied for the
Project.
Multi-component process streams have It is assumed that the simplification of multi-
been simplified for release consequences component process streams will not affect
purposes. This is achieved by modeling them the results. The most representative stream
as a single stream based on review of molar is considered based on the stream that has
fraction stream compositions and taking the a potential to cause maximum harm, the
most representative stream. effect is likely to be more conservative.
LIKELY EFFECT ON
RESULT:
The simplification of multi-component process streams is likely to affect the consequence
analysis results such as dispersion, radiation and explosion. The results are likely to be more
conservative thus exaggerating the risk slightly.
REFERENCE:
Heat and Material Balance
REVISION RECORD
REVISION NO. DATE: DESCRIPTION: CHECKED: APPROVED:
0 Draft for Client
review
TOPIC: Leak Sizes
Leak sizes are defined in terms of diameters Although real holes in process equipment
of nominally circular holes. are unlikely to be circular, the release rate
depends on the hole area and is largely
independent of the hole shape.
LIKELY EFFECT ON
RESULT:
The hole sizes will affect the release rate, dispersion, jet fire, pool fire and other

consequence analysis results.

REFERENCE:
CMPT DNV Technica
REVISION RECORD
0 Draft for Client
review
TOPIC: Release, Isolation

For releases, the quantities available for This approach is conservative for low
release are taken as the total isolatable pressure systems because loss of
inventory within each section of plant. This containment events may occur at
assumes that a release occurs at the lowest elevations above the lowest point hence
point of each section. limiting the quantity of liquid available for
release.
Considering the lowest point of release also
covers release of gas.
Operating inventory is considered to be
10% below the Level Safety High (LSH) level
of the equipment.
For cases where isolation fails, adjacent Isolation is assumed to be provided by ESD
section inventories are added to the valves of any other valves connected to
release. This will therefore increase the ESD system.
quantity of material released and duration
of release.
Isolation is assumed to automatically take The total isolation time is assumed to be a
place after confirmed fire detection (by function of detection time, response time
hydrogen detector detectors / manual). and shutdown time (isolation time =
detection time + response time + shutdown
time).
The isolation time is assumed to be 5 min,
considering the time required for ignition
(delayed ignition time considered for
conservative results), response time

(automatic / manual whichever is greater)

and ESD valve shutdown time.
LIKELY EFFECT ON
RESULT:
The above assumptions are likely to affect the release rate, dispersion, jet fire, pool fire
and other consequence analysis results.
REFERENCE:
CMPT DNV Technica
API 521
REVISION RECORD
0 Draft for Client
review
6.13 CONCLUSION
The latest version of the renowned PHAST Risk software package of DNV is used for
carrying out the risk analysis.
Following are some of these references adopted for the study:
Guide to Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules

(MSIHC), 1989 issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Govt. of
India as amended up to date.
World Bank Technical papers relating to Techniques for assessing Industrial
Hazards.
Major Hazard Control by ILO.
Risk Management Program guidelines by EPA (US).
The scenario (Catastrophic rupture) is based on large-scale release of material stored in

the tank and the use of worst stability class, though this may not always happen. We have
assumed catastrophic rupture for all the tanks as per the guidelines suggested by DNV
UK. Similarly, maximum inventory in the tank at the time of failure is assumed.

CHAPTER 7
DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.0 OBJECTIVE
The objective of the plan is to down steps to handle emergency situation that may arise due to
leakage/spillage, explosion and fire of the various chemicals, fuels in the plant and any adverse
effect on employees and public at large is minimized and normalcy is restored within shortest
possible time.
This Disaster Management Plan is prepared to meet such grave emergency which can occur
due to big fire in the plant missile hit due to air raid, heavy leakage of flammable liquid or gas or
explosion (internal or external cause) in any plant.
Emergency Response Plan (action plan) has been drawn to fix responsibility & actions to be
taken by various groups to meet & contain the emergency within shortest possible time & with
minimum loss to men, materials, machines & property. It is responsibility of all individuals in their
respective areas to ensure success of this plan. This plan will be circulated for benefit / training of
all individuals working in M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Plot no K-3/1,2,3 MIDC Mahad ,
District Raigadh.
The major functions & objectives to formulate the plan are:
(I.) To mobilize the available / trained manpower and handle the emergency from:
On-site (within factory)

Off-site (through outside agencies).
(II.) To ascertain urgently likely area of influence and take actions for warnings, control of
disaster with minimum damage to men, material, machines and evacuation of employees /
public, identify the persons affected / dead, arrange first aid / medical help to the victims.
(III.) Inform relatives of the casualties provide authoritative information to News Media & others;
preserve relevant records & equipments needed as evidence in any subsequent inquiry.
CHAPTER 7: DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7. 1

(IV.) Appraise District Administration / Civil authorities etc. order to ensure prompt relief for
execution of Emergency Response Plan.
This document sets out the emergency plans for all levels of accident ranging from a local
incident within the site boundary to a situation that requires outside support. The objectives of
the emergency plan are:
To protect lives of working personnel and nearby population.

To contain the hazards and to control their spread.
To minimize the impact on the environment.
To minimize the loss to plant and production.
7.1 DEFINITION AND SCOPE
A major emergency is defined as one, which may affect one or several sections of the plant and
possibly extend beyond the factory boundaries. It may cause serious injuries, loss of life or
extensive damage to property. The potential hazards may be due to following:
Spillage / Leakage of solvents.

Leakage or Toxic Release of Gas.
Fire or explosion in the plant or storage area.
The Disaster Management Plan has been prepared in order to provide proper guidance to plant
operating personnel to confidently handle any accidental leakage / spillage of the solvents or
fire / explosion / bursting of vessel or any natural calamity or sabotage. With this objective
comprehensive information has been assembled in the following pares on the solvents, fuel oil
and chemicals used (Hazardous) about its properties, fire hazards, safety appliances, safety
measures incorporated in the plant, emergency procedures and finally regarding the
constitution & responsibility of Emergency Rescue Team (Emergency Response & Management
Team / Task Force).

7.2 METHODOLOGY
A major emergency occurring at a plant is one that may cause serious injuries, loss of life,
extensive damage to property or environment or serious disruption inside or outside the plants.
This may demand the rescue and relief measures on a war footing to handle it effectively and
quickly. Within the high-risk technology industries, the need for well-planned measures should be
self-evident.
No matter how well a process is controlled and safeguarded by instruments and process safety
procedures, it is inevitable that there is a residual risk, which is capable of causing a variety of
emergencies.
The Factories Act, 1948 as amended in the year 1987 under section 41B requires that every
occupier shall draw up a Disaster Management Plan and detailed disaster control measures for
his plant and make them know to the employees and to the general public living in the vicinity
of the plant. According to GFR, it is statutory for the industries to submit Disaster Management
Plan with relevant details.
Its objective is to reduce the severity of loss following particular hazardous incidents. At the same
time, must be clearly understood that it is not a substitute for maintaining good standards for
working consistence with the requirements of safety and health inside the plants.
7.3 INTRODUCTION
The Disaster Management Plan describes the Organization & procedures for dealing with
potential accidents arising from the operations of M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Plot no
K-3/1,2,3, Additional MIDC Mahad, District Raigadh.
Experience of accidents that have occurred in various other chemicals manufacturing plants
was considered in the preparation of this Plan especially storing & handling the hazardous
chemicals identical to this plant. This plan will need periodic review & modification following
emergency exercise, or include any new information relating to changes to the facilities. List of
Final Products were given in Chapters in 2.
The workforce inside the plant will be exposed to various systems, pipelines & vessels and process
equipments which, if not properly operated & maintained could cause serious accidents

affecting life & properties in the vicinity of accident site. In addition to these, the inventory and
transportation of the chemicals may create chance of accidents. This Plan is needed to respond
to a variety of emergencies / disasters:
I) Disasters due to emergency on account of:
Fire
Bursting or Explosion
Oil spillage
Spillage or leakage of toxic materials
Electrocution.
II) Disaster due to natural calamities such as:
Flood
Earth quake
Storm / cyclone
Cloud burst / lightening
III) Disaster due to external factors such as:
Food poisoning / water poisoning

Sabotage
Civil Riots or War
Terrorism, air raid, etc.
The action plan responding to an emergency situation depends very much on the level of the
emergency which, itself is defined by the consequences arising from the types of hazard
identified. The organization & duties of the Emergency Team & the action plans for each of the
disaster levels is included in this document.
The plant will be provided with various safety & disaster control facilities to prevent & control any
disastrous occurrences. Measures for preventing & controlling disaster are outlined in following
sections. It also includes information on the plant facilities & its location.

This Disaster Management Plan describes the organization and procedures for dealing with
potential accidents arising from the operations.
This plan will need periodic review in case of modification following emergency exercises, or to
include any new information relating to changes to the plant facilities.
7.4 DETAILS ABOUT SITE:
M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. Plot No K-3/1,K-3/2,K-3/3, Additional MIDC Mahad District
Raigadh .Maharashtra.
7.5 PLANT LAYOUT AND DETAILS (Refer Annexure-1)
STORAGE AREA
Major storage tanks will be above ground, located safe distance away from the plant and the
storage tanks will be under strict safety conditions. The storage tanks include Methanol,
Ammonia (Liquid), Acetic acid and Amines.
UTILITY
The Utility block encloses Air Compressor, Boiler and DG Set for Emergency Backup set etc.
ETP
The ETP consisting of Equalization Tank & all rest primary and secondary treatment units will be
installed.
7.6 EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION
This chapter is devised to suggest the organization for emergency preparedness. Key personnel
to combat emergency are nominated with specific responsibilities according to set procedures
and making best use of the resources available and to avoid confusion. Such key personnel

include Chief Emergency Controller, Site controller, other key personnel such as First Aiders, Fire
fighting staff, support staff and communication staff, advisory staff.
All such key personnel (Annexure 2) shall be available in all the office timings and shall be
called during emergency in holidays.
ROLE OF KEY PERSONNEL
7.6.1 Chief Emergency Controller
He has overall responsibility for direction operation and calling outside help for emergency
control center. As he is required to take decisions by collaboration between all processes heads,
the factory manager (Leader- Conversion Processes) of the Aquapharm chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
shall act as the Chief Emergency Controller.
The duties and responsibilities of Chief Emergency Controller are as follow. Being aware of the
emergency immediately he will go to the emergency control room. (Security cabin)
I. Over all in-charge of the situation and takes responsibility for overall control.
II. Decide whether a major emergency exist and on declaration of a major emergency in
consultation with the Site Controller. Ensure that the outside emergency services and
mutual help are called, the off-site plan gets activated and if necessary, nearby factories
and population are informed. Inform about the situation to other manufacturing
locations.
III. Ensure that the key personnel are called in.
IV. Exercise direct operational control of those parts of the works outside the affected area.
Continually review and assess possible developments to determine the most probable
course of events.
V. If necessary, direct for evacuation of neighboring population.

VI. Ensure that casualties are receiving adequate attention. Arrange for hospitalization of
victims and additional help if required. Ensure that the relatives are communicated.
VII. Inform and liaise with the Chief Officers of the Fire and Police Services, District Emergency
Authority and with the Factory Inspectorate and experts on health and safety. Provide
advice on possible effects on areas outside the factory.
VIII. In the case of prolonged emergencies involving risk to outside areas by wind blown
materials, contact the local Meteorological Office to receive early notification of
impending changes in weather conditions.
IX. Review the authorized statements prepared for the news media.
X. Direct for the preservation of evidence.
XI. Control rehabilitation of affected areas and victims on cessation of the emergency. Do
not restart the research activities unless it is ensured safe to start and cleared by the
authorities.
7.6.2 SITE CONTROLLER
A. His primary duty is to take charge at the site of the incident. In the initial stages he will take
decisions involving the operation of the other plants or to stop or continue any process and take
decisions to control the incident.
Site- SHE representative may be appointed as Site Controller for all the 24 hours of working and
holidays. Shift supervisor will be appointed as Alternative (Deputy) Site Controller and would take
the charge in the absence of the Site controller. In case the emergency occurs at more than
one place the alternative site controller would take charge as Site Controller in their respective
places/ areas to prevent the danger of a disaster.
He will proceed to the scene immediately on being aware of the emergency and its
location.

Assess the scale of emergency and decide whether a major emergency exists or is likely.
On his decision, he will activate the on-site plan and if necessary the off-site emergency
plan.
B. Assume the duties of the Chief Emergency Controller till his arrival. For this purpose he will
depute his alternative (deputy) Site controller at the site of scene and he will go to the control
center.
Direct and evacuation of all personal likely to be affected by the emergency.
Ensure that the outside emergency services, including mutual aid, have been called in if
necessary.
Ensure that key personnel have been called in.
C. Direct all processes/ functions within the affected areas with the following priorities.
Secure the safety of personnel.

Minimize damage to property and the environment.
D. Direct rescue and fire fighting operations until the arrival of the outside Fire Brigade, when he
will relinquish control to the Head of the Fire Brigade.
E. Search for casualties.
F. Evacuate non-essential workers to the assembly points.
G. Set up a communications point and establish telephone / messenger contact as appropriate

with the emergency control center.
H. Give advice and information as requested to the Head of Safety & Fire and other emergency
services.
I. Brief the main Incident Controller and keep informed of developments.
J. Preserve evidences that will be necessary for subsequent inquiry into the cause of the
emergency and concluding preventive measures.

7.6.3 TEAM A (FIRE FIGHTING STAFF PLANT OPERATOR)
These task forces known as Fire fighting staffs will be trained to handle various fire fighting
equipments during emergency situations. They shall report to the Site controller for fire
extinguishing related task.
First Aid team shall rush to the incident spot and get the feedback from the Site
controller.
The team determines the origin and causes of fires. They collect evidence, interview
witnesses and decide the plan.
Select correct fire extinguisher for fire fighting.
Fighting fire/ gas leak and spill control till fire brigade takes the charge.
To help to the fire brigade and mutual aid terms if it is so required.
7.6.4 TEAM B (SUPPORT TEAM MAINTENANCE OPERATOR)
This task force known as Support team will help the personal during emergency situations. The
roles and responsibilities of the team are:
Direct the personal to go to the Emergency assembly points.

Search, Evacuation, rescue and welfare.
Planning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Planning for
outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.
Assistance of causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.
Moving cars or other vehicles away from areas of risk or from the scene of the incident.
To have a head count of personal at both the assembly point and tally with the total
persons at the time of the emergency.
7.6.5 TEAM C (TRAINED FIRST AIDER)
This task force known as First Aid staffs are trained for emergency handling shall be available all
the times in duty hours to assist the personal during emergency. They shall report to the Site

controller for first aid related task details in corporate in onsite Emergency plan approved by
Plant Manager.
First Aid team shall rush to the assembly point and get the feedback from the Site
controller about the emergency
As per the instruction, they rush to the area of emergency and assess the situation.
Diagnoses the situation and decides whether the causality shall be moved to the safe
area.
The injured personal are moved to the safe place and give first aid as required by the
situation.
Move / transport the causalities to the ambulance / nearby medical center for
necessary medical assistance.
7.6.6 TEAM-D (COMMUNICATION TEAM)
This task force known as Communication team will help the personal and organization. This task
force known as Communication team helps the personal and organization during emergency
situations. The roles and responsibilities of the team are:
Inform all the employees about the emergency and ask them to come to the assembly
point.
Asking for the ambulance / fire brigade as directed by the Chief Emergency Controller.
Informing surrounding factories and the public as directed by the site main controller.
Planning of works entrances in liaise with the police to direct emergency vehicles
entering the work, to control traffic leaving the work and to turn away or make
alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the
works.
Assistance at communications centers to handle out going and incoming calls and to
act as messengers if necessary.
7.7 TEAM-E-ADVISORY TEAM (QA PERSONNEL)
This task force known as Advisory team helps the personal and organization during emergency
situations. The roles and responsibilities of the team will be:

Assist chief controller or site controller in their work.

Guide site controller to take emergency shout down in case of emergency.
Guide rescue team to first Aid by referring MSDS.
Guide fire fighting team to used correct fire extinguisher to extinguish fire.
7.8 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE (ECC)
The centralized emergency control center will be situated at the security cabin near the main
gate from which the operation to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. The
center will be equipped to receive and transmit information and directions from and to the
incident controller and areas of the works as well as outside.
The emergency contact numbers for the mutual aids like nearest police station, fire station,
hospital, ambulance service etc. will be displayed at the required location along with
emergency control centre and security gate.
7.8.1 Emergency Control Centre Will Contain the Following Facilities:
a. Adequate number of external telephones

b. Adequate number of internal telephones.
c. Plans of the location
d. Stationeries
e. Copies of this on-site and off-site emergency plans.
Trained personnel will always be available in these areas who can rush to the emergency point
in shortest time. Warning system will always be kept in working order.
Fire extinguishers of suitable types and hydrants will be provided at almost all the places of plant.
7.9 MEDICAL ARRANGEMENTS
First Aid boxes & first-aider list will be kept at security cabin. In case of any medical assistance
other than first aid, the Admin in charge/ Site- SHE representative arrange for a vehicle to shift

the casualty to the below mentioned hospital, or call an ambulance to mobilize the casualty to
the medical center.
7.10 TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS
In a major emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate personnel from affected areas and to
further evacuate non-essential workers from areas likely to be affected should the emergency
escalate.
A common siren (wailing) will be provided for the evacuation of people. On hearing the siren,
people will disperse from the work area. Proper instruction will be given to all the employees
about the rising of siren and the emergencies.
The employees would proceed to the predetermined assembly points on hearing the siren and
the support staff / security forces would be instructed to divert the people away from the
affected area and towards the assembly points.
7.11 OUTSIDE ORGANIZATIONS IF INVOLVED IN ASSISTING DURING DISASTER
Type of Accidents: Major Accidents, which may require outside help are follows:-
Leaks/Spillage of: Solvents, Chemicals.

Bursting at: Process area and Storage area.
Fire or Explosion at: Reactors, Storage tanks, Utilities and Transformer / Substation.
7.12 OUTSIDE HELP
Fire brigade of the nearest area shall help the plant fire control team during fire at site.
Police station personnel & DSP shall help the company to maintain law & order, Traffic
control & evacuation operations.
Nearest Hospital or Nursing home shall render emergency medical services to the
company for the first aid & medical treatment during emergency.

District supply officer shall ensure continuous supply of essential items, medicines (Govt.
Quota) and other emergency materials during emergency.
7.13 INFORMATION ON RISK EVALUATION PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS

Following types of hazards exists in the factory as:-
Storage Hazard (Solvents)

Material Handling
Operating Hazards (Process)
External Hazards
7.14 HAZARDS/FORESEEABLE SCENARIOS
Though it will be an impractical to describe all the foreseeable scenarios involving hazardous
chemicals and the suggested action for the same, some important ones are discussed here
briefly. Even in identical incidents the right course of action may not necessarily be the same
every time as the actual action will depend on the several factors, such as the place of incident,
quantity of chemical involved, the amount of release, the nature of chemical, the wind
direction, the wind velocity, temperature of surrounding, time of day, prevailing season and
weather condition.
A) In case of failure of Ammonia storage tank:
Following are the general guideline for emergency action.
Raise the alarm

Start the fire monitor and adjust the flow rate of water over the leak point.
Declare the emergency and follow the role & responsibility.
Check the wind direction, decide the assembly point.
One of security should collect all the visitors & contract labors to the assembly point.
Inform to the all surrounding unit & near by unit.
Assess the leak situation & confirm the location of leak.
Arrange SCBA, spark proof tool, other required PPEs with the help of supporting team B.

Try to attend the leak of the proper PPEs and with the help of advisory team & incident
team.
Take head count at site and inform to the chief controller.
Also take head count at the assembly point and tally.
Search for missing person if any.
Give first aid to the person who need it and check for further treatment or hospitalization
required.
Confirm the massage of incident attend to the main controller & raise the all clear siren.
Collect the photograph and other evidence to cause fine.
B) In case of Fire to the Flammable Liquid / Solvents:
In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area as
per evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident controller as quickly as
possible after safe shutdown of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite direction of
assembly point by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.
Following are the general guideline for emergency action.
Raise the alarm through nearest MCP

Inform security and shift in charge.
Carry nearest fire extinguisher & try to extinguish if possible.
Assemble emergency team and inform other emergency members.
Check the wind direction, then decide the assembly point and inform accordingly.
Warn the people nearby.
Attempt to isolate /extinguish the fire with the help of others with available appropriate
extinguishers.
Arrange fire hydrant hose and try to cool surrounding
Cordon the area and try to shift the drum of flammable material.
Used foam generating nozzle and create foam to extinguish fire.
If fire beyond control call fire brigade after consultation with chief controller.
Cool the surrounding or remove flammable material if possible.
Take head count at site and inform to the chief controller.
Also take head count at the assembly point and tally.

Search for missing person if any.

Call for mutual aid members for help, if require.
Arrange for rescue, if required.
Give first aid to the injured person and check for further treatment is required.
Give priority to saving life and preventing further injuries.
Confirm the massage of incident attend to the main controller & raise the all clear siren.
Collect the photograph and other evidence to cause fine.
C) In Case of release of Solvents/Chemicals from Tankers/Tanks inside the factory premises:
This area is focused on PCL3 & Ammonia, Acetic acid , Calcium Chloride & are stored at plant
site. Special instruments for storing, Handling & emergency actions in case of release of toxic &
flammable material are given separately in MSDS.
Following are the general guideline for emergency action:

Use PPEs like SCBA/Gas mask/Respirator & evacuate the area.
If possible shift the tanker from storage area to parking area (due to limited space
availability elsewhere).
In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area as
per evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident Controller as quickly
as possible after safe shut down of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite direction
of assembly point by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.
D) In case of Flood / Earthquake:
In case of natural calamity like flood, Strom or earth quake (remote possibility) or war like
situation the management may seek outside help. The help may be for fire fighting, Evacuation
(of surrounding population), Medical treatment, shelter, food, transport or communications.
The responsibilities of outside organization will be to render services as follows during emergency.

Close main valve

In case the cylinders are on the ground the same be shifted to storage shed to ensure
that the floodwater shall not carry the cylinders.
Switch off electricity (main).
Assemble outside the office, away from Electric Poles & Wires.
Evacuate the areas after initiating (communication in working condition) off site
organization.
E) In case of War/Civil riots:
Intimate nearest police station & stimulate off site emergency plan
Stop unloading / loading operations (if any)
Intimate civil defense dept. about the situation
Security persons shall protect & control law & order.

F) Solvents Storage & handling:
Following are the general guideline for emergency action:-
All storage tanks will be equipped with contact DP/non-contact radar type level
transmitters with feedback to main PLC/SCADA.
All storage tanks will be equipped with level switch which will stop the respective transfer
pump on activation at high level.
Local temperature and pressure gauges will be provided wherever applicable.
Leakage or spillage of this solvent may lead to health hazards or fire / Explosion or toxic
release.
7.15 POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPTION
In case of major electrical system failure, DG set will be provided for emergency plant
operations and emergency lighting in the premises.
7.16 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK SUMMARY
7.16.1 Major Hazards
A brief description of the possible hazards in handling hazardous materials is given in this section.
1) Leakage & Spillage of:

Caustic lye,
Methyle alcohol
Ammonia
Acetic Acid

2) Fire & Explosion of:
Compressor
Solvents Storage
Flash Fire
Panel(Electrical)
Pool Evaporation:
If the fluid, which escapes from the containment, is a liquid, then vaporization must occur before
a vapor cloud is formed. The rate at which vaporization takes place determines the formation of
such a vapor cloud.
7.17 SAFETY AND MITIGATING MEASURES
7.17.1 Safety Considerations in the Design
Safety Considerations in the design is an important mitigating measure, will be provided to

contain and control the emergency are outlined below:-
7.17.1.1 General safety considerations:
Adherence of international engineering standards in the design, Construction and testing

of the storage tanks, equipments and other hardware.
Statutory approvals of hazardous storage, waste treatment and disposal stack emission
etc.
Storage tanks containing hazardous materials will be located away from the plant.
Full fledge fire protection system.

7.17.1.2 Equipments and Process safety:
All Storage tanks will be located in Dykes and equipped with high and low level indicator
wherever indicated.
Spillages and leaks from the storage tanks can be collected and transferred out and
treated for safe disposal.
Storage tank containing hazardous storage will be located away from the main plant.
All tanks will be protected against overpressure by pressure relief valve
Floor washing will be collected and treated in effluent treatment plant.
Fugitive emissions will be prevented by providing single mechanical seal for pumps.
All storage tanks will be equipped with contact DP/non-contact radar type level
transmitters with feedback to main PLC/SCADA
All storage tanks will be equipped with level switch which will stop the respective transfer
pump on activation at high level.
Local temperature and pressure gauges will be provided wherever applicable.
The hazardous reactors are provided with seal arrangements, which will prevent leakage
of fugitive emission in case of seal failure.
7.17.1.3 Safety measures for Ammonia storage:
Vapor pressure of aqua ammonia is about equal to the atmospheric pressure, it shall be
stored in closed containers.
The storage area should be dry and cool. If housed in a closed building, ventilation
should be provided; either natural or mechanical. Avoid pocketing of ammonia vapor
under floors, roofs or similar structures.
Ammonia vapor will burn when mixed in air at concentrations between 15% - 28%. Sparks
or ignition sources must be excluded wherever concentrations in this range could exist.
The installation of a foam system will reduce significantly the toxic effects in case of any
significant leakage in the ammonia storage area.
Coordinate and exercise emergency plan together with neighboring companies e.g.,
neighbors to stay inside the buildings in case of alarm after a major ammonia leak.
Firefighters shall be aware of the possibility of flash fires and should take adequate
precautions.

7.17.1.4 Safety measures for Methyl Alcohol storage:
Methanol is a highly flammable, toxic substance, so extreme caution should be exercised

during storage and dispensing operations.
When storing methanol, proper precautions should be taken to ensure the safety and
efficacy of the methanol as well as the safety of the surrounding area.
Methanol shall be stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture.
To minimize the risk of fire, fully enclose storage tanks in a dike or some other secondary
containment system, and do not store methanol near oxidizing compounds such as:
Perchlorates, Bromine, Chlorine, Hydrogen peroxide.
Methanol can cause corrosion to some metals and plastics. Prior to storage, it must be
ensured that the storage tanks or containers being used are constructed of the correct
material with no traces of unacceptable materials.
Methanol is a substance that must be taken very seriously. Proper storage procedures
and precautions should be observed at all times to prevent health problems, loss of life,
fire, explosion, and environmental contamination.
The methanol storage tank shall be installed with a flame arrester.
Methanol burns with a clean clear flame that is almost invisible in daylight. Stay upwind!
Isolate and restrict area access.
Use fine water spray or fog to control fire spread and cool adjacent structures or
containers.

7.17.2 Fire Protection and Fire Fighting System
The plant will be equipped with a comprehensive fire protection system. Following facilities will
be provided for the fire protection:-
Fire Water Supply

Fire Hydrant system, Fire sprinkler system with smoke/fire detectors
Portable Fire Extinguishers
7.18 OTHER AREAS OF HAZARDS AND CONTROL
7.18.1 Water Drainage
In order to avoid difficulties of storm water distribution proper drainage to the storm water/rain
water runoff system will be designed so as to protect the plant equipments, Building & offices. No
area will submerge in the flood as adequate height has been provided to all installations such as
utility block, office building, Process plant, warehouses & storage area has been provided with
individual dyke.
7.18.2 Electrical Supply
As the fire protection system is safety related, it is mandatory that any electrical power supply for
the control, Operation or instrumentation of the system shall be from an assured supply. During
monsoon season the electrical circuit (conduit wiring) sometimes comes in contact with wet or
structure (in case of any breakage, loose fittings), in such case there is probability of current
leakage.
7.18.3 Fire or Bursting of Tanker
In case any vehicle/tanker/truck catches fire or burst/explodes on the road or similar events
occurs inside the plant area during unloading of materials, the impact of such event shall have
on the entire plant. Smoke cloud, fire, considerable heat radiation will take place apart from
destabilizing civil & mechanical structures.

7.18.4 Leak/ Spillage of Toxic Liquid on Road
In case of spillage or leakage of liquid on the road, the same affect the employees. In such case
fire fighting system shall be kept ready near reception as well as the employees may be asked
to assemble at backyard of the plant as the front area shall be directly exposed to such release.
After clearing the emergency, the employees could be asked to absorb/neutralize the toxic
chemicals by suitable absorbent/neutralizers.
7.18.5 Storage Hazards and Control
Storage facility will be situated away from the manufacturing plants and fulfilling all the rules and
regulations, all storage tanks of hazardous substances will be located within the boundary wall,
constant watch by security & plant personnel round the clock.
As prescribed in the relevant regulation, the entire electrical fittings shall be of fireproof (FLP)
fittings. Proper enclosures in the form of bund walls will be provided for all the storage tanks. All
necessary fire fighting arrangements have been provided near the storage area to combat fire
emergencies. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all the raw materials, intermediates and
final products will be prepared and attached. WI for loading & handling of chemicals will
properly be displayed in English & Local language near the area. Details of Raw Materials
consumption and storage were given in Annexure - 5.
7.18.6 Process Hazards
In this section Plant- wise hazards of processes, operations and controls provided to cope up
with all kinds of abnormalities. The details regarding various controls like exhausts, scrubber, vents
and other operating control etc. have been mentioned.
The consequences arising from the release of a toxic material would be time dependent and
would vary according to the point of release. The major difference between release of toxic
and flammable materials is that toxic clouds and therefore may remain hazardous over greater
distance.

Scrubbers for control of Vapor / Non-Condensable gases & fines from dryer units will be installed
in the plant.
7.18.7 Trade Waste Disposal
Organization will be more concerned for environment protection and pollution abatement at all
times. In a cohesiveness endeavor irrespective of costs involved, the company has been trying
to reduce and abate pollution to its ultimate end.
The trade effluent streams from all different plants are collected in effluent plant and it is
properly treated by primary, secondary & Tertiary treatment methods.
Provision will be made to dispose Solid wastes. The company will dispose off all solid waste in safe
manner.
7.18.8 Disaster Management
This chapter highlights the Organization for disaster preparedness. No plan will succeed without
effective Disaster Management. Disaster Management Plan is a part and parcel of a good ON-
SITE and OFF-SITE emergency plan, without which all resources, facilities etc., event available
with us, can not be put into services at a right time is the key factor in tackling an emergency.
It is not possible to envisage and detail every action which should be taken in emergency and
to harness the basic elements of emergency preparedness such as Gravity of emergency,
Communication of information, on-site action for process and emergency controls, Mobilization
of internal and external resources for fire and toxicity control etc. Emergency Organization is set
up specifying duties and responsibilities of all to make best use of all resources and to avoid
confusion while tackling the emergency.
Disaster Management Plan / On-Site Emergency Plan highlight the flow of information and co-
operation among various action groups within the factory. Off-site Emergency Plan indicates
various action groups at district levels which will get engaged in case of off-site emergency.
Emergency organization and arrangement include:

Incident Controller
Alternate Incident Controller
Site Main Controller
Emergency Teams
Assembly Points
Emergency Control Centre
Fire & Toxicity control arrangements
Medical arrangements
Transport control arrangements
Pollution control arrangements
Other arrangements.
7.19 HAZARD CONTROL AND EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN
7.19.1 Spillage Incident Emergency Reporting
Location
Name of material (spilled)
Equipment from which the spillage occurred
Spill control media
7.19.2 Emergency Action in Case of Spillage
Assess the situation and blow siren depending upon the situation.
Stop tower operation if required.
Stop hot jobs in surrounding area; suspend operations which are likely to create sparks.
Check wind direction and approach from upward direction.
Inform effluent treatment plant about the possibility of hydrocarbons coming into the
effluent plant.
Be prepared for fighting if required Start evacuation.
Cool down surrounding equipments / vessels with water.
Vapors traveling in down wind direction should be knocked down with the fire water
spray.

Cordon off the area if needed.

Evacuate non-essential people from the surrounding depending upon the emergency.
Hydrocarbon fire should be fought with foam and DCP
In case of liquid pool, advice fire personnel to cover it with foam.
EMERGENCY ACTION
Check the bund wall valve for its close position.

All personnel handling the emergency should wear PVC suit / alkali suit, gumboot, PVC
hand gloves, PVC goggles.
Isolate the sources of supply.
Cordon off the area.
Avoid the entry of unnecessary people.
Start barricading the spillage area with sand / earth.
Spilled caustic is to be collected in sealable container if possible or divert to effluent
plant, neutralize the same with dil. HCL.
Flush the affected body parts with plenty of water and seek medical help.
7.20 EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATION MAP
For Emergency, Plant Operations and Emergency Lighting provisions will be made according to
requirements. DG set will be provided as backup.
7.21 ALARM AND COMMUNICATION
It is necessary to communicate for (i) Recognizing the emergency, (ii) Raising of the alarm
(Siren), (iii) The declaration of the emergency and (iv) The implementation of the evacuation
plan, if necessary. Therefore effective signals and procedures should be devised to
communicate.
Communication is a critical factor in handling an emergency. To control the situation by the

earliest possible action, the practice should be that any employee can raise an emergency
alarm.

The choice of a suitable alarm system will depend on local circumstances and will be influenced
by size of the plant, type of hazard and the existing alarms system. Essential requirements are
that there should be an adequate number of readily identified points from where the alarm can
be raised and these needs to be clearly indicated by sign boards and by indications in the
plans.
In areas where there will be high level of noise (as the case here), it may be necessary to install
more than one audible alarm transmitted or flashing lights, Automatic alarms may be
considered appropriate on sites.
7.22 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE
The centralized emergency control center will be situated at the security cabin near the main
gate from which the operation to handle the emergency will be directed and coordinated. The
center will be equipped to receive and transmit information and directions from and to the
incident controller and areas of the works as well as outside.
THE EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE WILL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING FACILITIES:
Adequate number of external telephones.

Adequate number of internal telephones.
Plans of the location.
Stationeries.
Copies of this on-site and off-site emergency plans.
Trained personnel will always be available in these areas who can rush to the emergency point
in shortest time. Warning system will always be kept in working order.
Fire extinguishers of suitable types and hydrants will be provided at almost all the places of plant.
7.23 PLANT ASSEMMBLY POINTS

The assembly points will be selected considering the distance from the hazardous place, wind
direction, capacity to accommodate the required number of people and availability of the
other resources in that area. In case of emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate all
personnel from effective area except personnel who will be directly involved in dealing with the
incident. On evacuation people will go to pre assigned assembly points.

7.24 TRAINING AND REHEARSING
All employees should know the details of Disaster Management plan and they must receive
initial training in emergency procedures. Then, at suitable intervals this knowledge must be
exercised and the basic plan reviewed and brought up-to-date. It is essential to establish the
necessary confident volunteers and better expertise, so the individuals can carry out their
allocated duties. Rehearsal of evacuation should be regularly carried out efficiently and should
cause minimum disruption to the normal activities. As per GFR, 1963 Mock Drill should be
conducted six monthly.
An after-mock drill report may be prepared detailing the lacunas & strong points so as to make
improvements in the emergency action plan.
7.25 ACCOUNTING FOR PERSONEL
It is necessary to know for everyone Disaster Management Plan has been accounted for and
that the relatives of casualties if any have been appropriately informed. Holidays and sickness
absence will have to be taken into account and adequate personnel for relief will be made
available including replacement for some others who may be at Off-Site at the time engaged
on other work.
Visitors should be accompanied by a responsible members of the works staff, designated to

perform emergency duty.
7.26 PUBLIC RELATIONS
Inevitably a major incident will attract the attention of the press, television and radio services
and anxious inquiries from friends and relatives will be flooding the factory. It is essential to make
arrangements for authoritative release of information to them. Manager (P, HR & Stores) who is
familiar with procedures of dealing with such situations, shall take charge of public Relations,
information etc. He will be the sole authoritative source of information to the news media and
others.

7.27 MEDICAL SERVICES AND FIRST AID
Aquapharm pvt. Ltd. will set up a First-Aid Centre in the Factory premises. Employees get them-
self examined by the Doctor.
The First aid team will play critical role in attending the victims in case of any accident.
First Aid boxes & first-aider list will be kept at security cabin. In case of any medical assistance
other than first aid, the Admin In-charge/ Site- SHE representative arrange for a vehicle to shift
the casualty to the below mentioned hospital, or call an ambulance to mobilize the casualty to
the medical center.
7.28 DECLARATION OF CESSATION OF EMERGENCY
The Security Officer or Guard (Emergency Fire, Rescue & Security Co-ordinator) will not signal the
end of the emergency until he is satisfied that all the spillage / leakages are arrested or fires are
extinguished and there is no risk of re-ignition (in case of fire). In the case of gas, the all clear will
be declared only when the source of emission has been effectively isolated and gas clouds
dispersed well below safe level. Even when the all clear Signal has been given, great care is
needed while entering affected areas and no work in connection with salvage, collection of
evidence should be commenced until a thorough examination of the area has been carried
out. The siren code will follow for declaring the cessation of an emergency. Sources of leakage,
fire, explosion and so on, until it has been established that no flammable materials remain where
they could be ignited. All clear signed shall be given by SMC / Incident Controller.
7.29 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND ANALYSIS
Generally the gases will be analyzed by portable gas detectors as Draggers Tubes.
Portable gas monitors or Detection tubes may be used to detect gas after the accidental
release for declaring the environmental quality safe in post-emergency phase.
7.30 POST EMERGENCY PLANNING

Assess the situation from safety & production angle.

Re-start the plant in the standard sequence.
* All evidences should be collected & accident should be investigated.
7.31 PLAN APPRAISAL AND UPDATING
The matters relating to review effectiveness of emergency planning should cover:
Time limit, which is essential for rescuing and evacuating personnel from the scene or confined
space for carrying out any emergency measures. It is essential to check whether pre-
determined time limit has been met and if not the impediments for it should be identified. For
example, if 15 minutes is fixed for evacuating the people from confined space, it may be
reduced to 10 minutes, if considered necessary for the safe evacuation.
To check the quantum of emergency, equipments like fire fighting equipment, personnel
protective equipment etc. are required to be provided in the critical areas whether it is
adequate or not. Any changes made in the plant should also be made known to all.
7.32 ALARM AND DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY
In normal fire or emergency in the plant on receiving call or alarm from any plant the crew will
rush to point of emergency. On assessing the condition at spot & in consultation with emergency
plan coordinator Emergency siren would be sounded.
Disaster siren will be given by siren installed in Main Security Gate in continuous wailing sound &
instructions from fire / rescue / operations coordinator. The siren will be blown as per the code
displayed on the Main Gate.


CHAPTER 8
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.0 INTRODUCTION
Environmental Management is basically resource management and environmental

planning is similar to development planning. The conventional resource management and
development planning look at the issues from narrow micro-economical point of view while
environmental management views the issues from the broader prospective of long term
sustainable development option, which ensures that the environment is not desecrated. An
Environmental Management Plan is prepared for construction phase, post construction
phase (commissioning and operation) and for post project phase. The environmental
management plan is prepared to minimize the impact of atmospheric emissions, liquid
effluents, solid wastes & noise generation on the surrounding environment.
The baseline settings of different relevant environmental components in the study area are
analyzed and potential impacts on those components due to the proposed project are
documented. The impacts on environment are found to be minimal during the study;
however additional measures are documented for both construction and operation stages
for further improvement of Environmental Quality in the form of an Environmental
Management Plan (EMP).
8.1 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS)
It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will
promote the protection of the occupational Health & Safety; Welfare of its
employees and others involved in or affected by its business operations and address
the environmental concerns regarding sustainable development.
To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen, we shall strive to achieve an
organizational culture of Safety, Health and Environmental excellence.
As an integral part of the companys business performance, the company shall
declare full commitment to achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and
Environment.
Continual improvements in Safety, Health and Environment shall be recognized as
essential for the future success of the company.
CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1


8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared to mitigate and manage various

environmental impacts identified. The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:
Environmental management strategies

Specialized engineering construction procedures in relation to environmental
guidelines of the country
Spill prevention and control
Management of wastes and hazardous chemicals
Air, water and soil quality protection
Noise control
Soil erosion control and slope stabilization
Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection
Socio-economic and welfare considerations
Risk and disaster management plan
To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance
Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of the EMP must be executed
utilizing a specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide the
basis for environmental considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by the
appointed personnel.
With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage, mitigation
measures to prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for all the environmental
components.
The environmental management plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the
potentially detrimental impacts on the environment, both during construction and operation
phases of the project. It is also necessary that continued compliance with existing
environmental regulations is ensured. The construction and associated activities have been
planned so as to minimize impacts on the physical, biological and socio-economic-cultural
environments. Even though it would be naive to expect that all detrimental impacts can be
avoided, it is apparent that most of the impacts will be localized and temporary in nature.


8.3 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
While developing an EMP within the framework of an EMS, it is imperative to have clear
environmental objectives and delineate them. The key environmental management
objectives for this project are to avoid significant adverse environmental impacts and to
ensure that where impacts do occur they are mitigated. In addition, the project proponent
aims to meet the following specific objectives.
To adopt construction and operational methods that will limit environmental

degradation.
To protect physical environmental components such as air, water and soil.
To improve workplace conditions for employees by reducing every kind of pollution
and improving workplace environment/atmosphere.
To make budgetary provision and allocation of funds for environment management
system and to timely revision of budgetary provisions.
To implement & ensure effective implementation of research and development
program for the innovative technologies for better environment, resource
conservation/ recovery/recycling/reuse.
To eliminate/reduce the possibility of potential hazard due to operations.
To incorporate the views and perceptions of the local inhabitants in the project.
To generate employment opportunities wherever possible and feasible.
To provide advanced sophisticated safety system to ensure safety of the public at
large.
To establish a long term program to monitor effects of the project on the
environment.


8.4 IMPLEMENTATION
The various players responsible for execution of the EMP and associated monitoring and
inspection and their designated levels of responsibilities are delineated below:
The Project Proponent will be responsible for providing all the necessary funding and
administrative support to the EMP and be ultimately responsible for carrying out this
project with total commitment to environmental matters.
The Management Representative (MR), working on behalf of the project proponent,
will be responsible for coordinating the activities of a technical staff, responsible for
monitoring and managing compliance of the EMP. The responsibilities include
technical, community and administrative matters related to the EMP, including
liaison with the general public in the project area, other parties and regulatory
bodies on environmental issues related to the project. This person will also keep the
local communities informed of the environmental compliance of the project and
properly address any issues of their concern.
The EHS Representative with the help of the technical staff, will be responsible for
monitoring the compliance of the EMP (for which they will be given adequate
training) and must report to Management Representative (MR).
The Construction Contractor will be responsible for ensuring full compliance with
environmental matters related to construction activities, as laid down in the EMP. The
construction contractor will ensure that all his workers are properly briefed in
environmental matters in terms of Dos and Donts while they work on the project.
The cost towards implementation of EMP is the part of the bidding document so that
the related costs are included in the contract.
8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
The company has already formulated the environment management cell. With vision to
improve the efficiency of existing EMC and to operate the additional/ modified EMP
requirements as suggested in the present chapter, Environmental Management Cell has
been modified for efficient & easy operation of environment management system &
operations. The illustrative presentation of the EMC is presented below in Figure 8.1.


CEO
CHIEF SR. PROPERTY

ENGINEER MANAGER
ESTATE
MANAGER
DUTY MANAGER EHS OFFICER

(INCIDENT SITE
CONTROLLER)
EHS REPRESENTATIVE
FIRE & SAFETY/
SECURITY OFFICER
FIRE CREW SECURITY OPERATORS

MEMBERS LANDSCAPIN
GUARDS/ FOR SOLID
(2 NOS.) G PERSON
SUPERVIS WASTE (5 NOS.)
OR OTHER
(5 NOS.) FACILTIES
(2 NOS.)
Figure 8.1: Organogram for EHS


The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:
Phase 1: During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short
term.
Phase 2: During the operation phase which will have minimal impact.
8.6 EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE
M/s. Aquapharma Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has already developed construction work like plant
area (21214.9 Sq.mt), Admin/QC/Canteen (525.4 Sq.mt), Changing room/Toilet (81.4) and
road (13591.5). The construction work proposed is includes expansion of plant buildings to
house equipments, machinery and auxiliaries.
The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during construction phase is localized
in nature and is for a short period. In order to develop effective mitigation plan, it is
important to conceive the specific activities during construction phase causing
environmental impact. The various activities during construction phase have been identified
and listed in Chapter 4 along with their impacts. The following subsections describe the
mitigation measures planned to be adopted for controlling the impact/disturbance of the
environment during construction phase.
8.6.1 Basic Engineering Control Measures

The primary aim of the environment management plan is to eliminate environmental
impacts during designing wherever possible or minimize the risks through best engineering
controls. The measures that can be integrated into design, construction and operation for
proposed project can be broadly defined as:
Reducing possibility of leakage or spillover that may result in losses.

Developing effective response plans to control any losses and to prevent losses resulting
from any damage.
Incorporate engineer slope to minimize erosion and disturbance to natural drainage
pattern.
8.6.2 Management of Air Environment

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set standards with regard to the ambient air
quality levels and emission levels. The particulate matter, PM10 (size 10 m) levels in
Industrial, residential and rural area not to exceed 100 g/m3. The standard for industrial
areas is 100 g/m3. The vehicular emission standards for Heavy diesel driven vehicles as per


Bharat stage-III for Hydrocarbons: 1.6 g/km hr; Carbon Monoxide: 2.1 g/km hr and Oxides of
Nitrogen: 5 g/km hr and PM: 0.1 g/Kw hr. These standards will be met.
(http://www.cpcb.nic.in/Vehicular Exhaust.php).
Environmental pollution during construction phase will be mainly due to the activities
involving expansion of plant buildings to house equipments, machinery and auxiliaries.
One or more of the following measures may be implemented to minimize impacts on air
quality during construction and operation of the project.
Face masks should be provided to prevent inhalations of dust particle.

It will be ensured that all the vehicles deployed for the project possess Pollution under
Control (PUC) Certificate.
All vehicles will be properly maintained to minimize emissions of contaminants, for this
necessary measure will be taken.
A schedule for the operation of vehicles will be established to minimize to the extent
practicable, the time of operation of emission sources.
Construction work will not be carried out during storm conditions.
Water should be sprayed by high pressure water hoses during dust generating
construction activities e.g. crushing/demolishing, concrete mixing, material handling
etc. to suppress dust.
Wetting (sweeping or sprinkling) will be used, wherever practicable, to minimize dust
dispersion.
As far as possible unleaded and Sulphur free petrol will be used for petrol driven
vehicles.
Approach road side plantation will further act as sink to gaseous emission
8.6.3 Management of Water Environment
Construction equipment requiring minimum water for cooling and operation for optimum
effectiveness will be chosen.
Steam curing of concrete will be done wherever possible.
High pressure hose will be used for cleaning and dust suppression purpose.
Drip and sprinkler system will be provided for spraying water in green belt.


a. Surface water quality
Rainy season will be avoided for cutting and filling of earth work.
Soil binding and fast growing plants should be grown around the construction site
before commencement of construction activity to reduce soil erosion.
Proper housekeeping should be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated
surface runoff going to storm water drains.
Adopting prudent soil erosion control measures to prevent water pollution.
b. Ground water quality

No discharge of construction wastes to ground water bodies will be allowed during
construction.
Water logging will be avoided by providing drainage system.
Contaminated water will not be used for ground water recharge.
8.6.4 Management of Noise Environment
The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set standards for ambient noise levels in
various activity zones. For industrial areas the daytime noise levels are not to exceed 75
dB(A) and the night time levels 70 dB(A). In case of residential areas, the day and night
standards are 55 db and 45 dB (A) respectively. Suitable conditions will be incorporated in
the construction contract agreement, to ensure compliance of these standards.
The following measures may be adopted to minimize the impact of noise during
construction phase of the project:
Construction equipment generating minimum noise and vibration will be chosen.

Ear plugs and/muffs will be provided to construction workers working near the noise
generating activities / machines / equipment.
Vehicles and construction equipment with internal combustion engines without
proper silencer will not be allowed to operate.
Construction equipment meeting the norms specified by EP Act, 1986 will only be
used.
Noise control equipment and baffling will be employed on generators especially
when they are operated near the residential and sensitive areas.


Noise levels will be reduced by the use of adequate mufflers on all motorized
equipment.
8.6.5 Management of Soil / Land Environment
Following measures will be taken to minimize impact on land environment and improve soil
conditions.
Precautions will be taken to minimize damage to native plants (if any) on the
periphery of construction area.
The natural gradient of the area will be maintained after reinstatement to avoid
water logging.
The construction debris as well as debris from demolition work will be utilized within
the site for levelling purpose and base course preparation of internal roads.
The materials like steel and other recyclable material shall be segregated and reused
or sold to authorize vendors for reuse.
Existing topsoil which is removed during construction should be stockpiled
temporarily for replacement whenever required.
Topsoil and sub-soil will be segregated during trenching and stockpiled separately.
Topsoil will be removed to its actual depth or to a maximum of 30 cm as determined
by HSE representative for the spread.
Topsoil will not be used for padding, backfill or trench breakers, under any
circumstances.
Topsoil will be stored on the non-traffic side of the trench.
Topsoil shall not be used as fill for the trench.
8.6.6 Management of Solid Waste
Construction activities can lead to solid waste generation including sand, gravel, stone,
plastic, paper, wood, metal, glass, waste concrete, excavated soil, broken bricks, waste
plaster, metallic scrap etc. Approximately (10 kg/day) solid waste from domestic use like
papers, card boards, cans, bottles, food waste etc will be generated from the site laborers.
This will be segregated into biodegradable (6 kg/day) and non-biodegradable (4 kg/day)
shall be handed over to authorized vendor. No trash or debris from construction activities
should be left at project site after construction is completed.


8.6.7 Management of Socio-Economic and Cultural Environment
To minimise adverse impacts arising out due to the project activity, mitigative measures are
suggested in the EMP. Proper implementation of EMP would mitigate adverse impacts in the
region. Prior information about the project should be given to locals in study area.
Caution should be exercised to avoid disturbance to existing infrastructure.

An emergency plan should be prepared in advance, to deal with fire fighting.
The authority should make an assessment of the safe, legal load limits of all the
bridges, streets that may be traversed heavy equipment.
Excess excavated material should be removed from the project site as soon as
possible after the completion of excavation operations. This material should be used
for leveling and landscaping.
Construction workers
Local people will be employed for construction work to the maximum extent
possible.
Proper facility for domestic water supply, sanitation and other essential services will
be made available to the construction workers.
Temporary toilets will be provided which will be connected to septic Tank with soak
pits.
The facilities should be maintained in a clean, odour free condition and care should
be taken to avoid soil and groundwater contamination.
Face masks, gloves and other personal protective equipments shall be provided to
workers to prevent health hazard during construction activities.
8.6.8 Traffic Control
The authority will make an assessment of the safe, legal load limits of all the bridges,
streets that may be traversed by heavy equipment.
Traffic congestion and road hazards should be prevented.
Deliveries of materials to the project site should be consolidated whenever feasible
to minimize the flow of traffic.
Existing network of roads will be used for transporting equipment and construction
material and no new road will be constructed unless unavoidable.


There will be no diversion of traffic in both the phases of construction and operation.
Truck traffic
Will be staggered all through the day and during non-peak hours.
Materials will be received during non-peak hours.
Water will be sprinkled during transportation.
Adequate wide entry and exit gate will be provided.
Security personnel will manage traffic on shift basis at entry / exit point.
Sufficient space for movements of vehicles will be provided.
8.7 COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY RESTORATION
Before the activity is considered as complete by the authority, appropriate measures should
be taken to restore the project site and surrounding areas to that of pre-construction
condition. Temporary structures, equipment, surplus material and refuse should be removed
from the project site at the earliest. Land will be restored as discussed below:
To be restore as good as pre-construction condition.

Provision of proper drainage pattern.
Construction debris and other wastes should be cleared from the site.
Fences and other facilities will be repaired during this stage.


8.8 EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE
Routine operational activities of the project would be associated with the following
potentially significant environmental impacts. These activities associated with the impacts as
listed hereunder:
Routine production activities
Domestic waste water disposal
Transport of men and material
Storage of hydrocarbons and pumping
Hydrocarbon spills and leaks
Fire / Explosion
The operational phase activities due to proposed project have the potential to cause long-
term environmental impacts. Cumulative impacts due to the air and noise pollution are
predicted using simulation models as discussed in chapter 4.
Several control measures have been incorporated to minimize the generation of wastes and
subsequent environmental impacts during the operational phase. Strict adherence to these
pollution prevention and control measures will moderate the environmental impacts to the
minimum possible level during operational phase. In general, the environmental
management plan during operational phase of the plant will be directed to the following:
It will be ensured that all the pollution control / environment management systems
are commissioned before the commencement of operation of the project.
Wherever possible, the control systems will be interlinked with the operational units, so
that failure of the control system will shut down the respective operational unit.
Regular performance evaluation of the control systems will be undertaken to ensure
their optimum performance.
Preventive maintenance schedule of the control systems will be matching with that
of the respective operational unit.
Regular monitoring for various components of environment will be undertaken to
ensure effective functioning of pollution control measures as well as to safe guard
against any unforeseen changes in environment.
Efforts will be made to ensure the maximum utilization of wastes generated.
During the operational phase, there will not be any significant impacts on various
environmental components. Hence, the following Management Plan is recommended to
mitigate adverse impacts during operation phase:


8.8.1 Management of Air Environment
Emission at M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is in the form of the particulate matters and
gases from stack attached to Boiler, D.G. Sets and Process Vents attached to reactor. To
reduce emission from process vents, Cl2 scrubber, HCl scrubber, Spray Dryer and PCl3
scrubber etc. already installed. Vent scrubber blower and Vent scrubber for reactor will be
installed to bring the emission concentrations below MPCB prescribed norms.
A) To control emissions following measures are recommended:

Regular monitoring of stacks and vent will be carried out to check the emissions. In
case emission exceeds, the corrective measures shall immediately be taken and
records of the same will be maintained.
Regular ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out within premises and
nearby area for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, HCl and VOC.
Emergency process Shut- down existence in case of any pollution control system
deviation.
B) To control fugitive emissions following measures are recommended:

Controlled emissions and provision of PPE for the workers.
Provision of mechanical seal in pumps.
Regular inspection of tank roof seals.
Preventive maintenance of valves and other equipment.
Adequate measures for the minimization/prevention of the fugitive emission.
Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage.
Entire process is carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of
pressure and temperature.
Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.
The unit will also provide adequate stack monitoring facilities for the periodic
monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms.
Adequate stack heights as per the CPCB estimation will be provides at all locations
to reduce GLCs of pollutants.
Greenbelt development shall be implemented to mitigate impacts from fugitive
emissions. About 33 % of the total area of site area will be developed for greenbelt.
Proponent will also developed green belt in outside of project premises and near by
area.
The air quality surveillance program will be undertaken for proposed and the
program may be strengthened properly keeping in view the combined maximum


impacts from post-project activities particularly in critical downwind directions.

Moreover, in view of the industrialization in the region, the possibility of an integrated
ambient air quality-monitoring program together with surrounding industries may be
explored in consultation with GPCB.
Air Pollution Control System will be installed in the plant.
8.8.2 Management of Noise Environment
To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures:
Manufacturers / suppliers of major noise generating machines / equipments like air

compressors, feeder pumps, etc. shall be instructed to make required design
modifications wherever possible before supply and installation to mitigate the noise
generation and to comply with the national / international regulatory norms with
respect to noise generation.
Periodic maintenance of machinery and vehicles should be undertaken to reduce
the noise impact.
Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures
should be provided (wherever noise level is more than 75 dB (A)).
Employees should be provided with Personal Protective Equipments like earplugs or
earmuffs, wherever required.
Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out or the
machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.
The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with specification of low
noise levels.
Areas with high noise levels will be identified and will include prominently displayed
caution boards.
The green belt area will be developed within industrial premises and around the
periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.
Noise monitoring shall be carried out to check the efficacy of maintenance
schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.
Good quality digital sound level meter will be in place to monitor noise level.
The sources of intermittent noise generating equipment (water pumping equipment,
DG set, compressor etc.) will be provided with appropriate acoustic barriers so that
the noise level within 1 m of these facilities when in operation will be less than 75
dB(A).


Implementation of greenbelt development / landscaping etc. will reduce noise

impacts within the project premises to a great extent.
The company has developed green belt area within the factory premises, which acts as
a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises.
It is recommend to measure and maintain records of noise level at various places
within and outside factory premises.
8.8.3 Management of Water Environment
Water conservation measures shall be taken to optimize the fresh water requirement in
proposed project activities. Total water requirement at M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
shall meet through MIDC water supply. Company has existing ETP of capacity 50 KLD, which
is sufficient to treat additional effluent generation load. Waste water generated during
processing of the plant will be treated at ETP comprise of primary treatment and biological
treatment to achieve the standards for recycling which is optional provision and reuse or
disposal to CETP. 31 m3/day treated effluent has sent to CETP effluent pipeline for final
disposal and rest of the treated effluent 26 m3/day sent to RO and MEE for further treatment
and used in cooling tower make up.
Ground water will not be extracted for this project. So there will be no contamination.
Additionally storm water management has already installed for recharging of ground water
and cooling purposes.
The mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water environment in general
includes following:
Optimum utilization of water resource.
Minimize waste generation and facilitate treatment.
Reuse/recycle and disposal.
Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount of wastewater
generated.
Reducing the actual process water consumption by way of improvement in
operation of processing units.
Ensuring proper operation and maintenance schedule for the ETP.
Unit proposed to recharge ground water during the monsoon to balance the water
table to make a recharge sump in own premises.


Advance controls and instrumentation for operations and control and leak detection
techniques shall be implemented for this project.
The domestic sewage will be treated in soak-pits and septic tanks.
Record of the inlet water & waste water outlet quantity and treated water/disposal
quantity shall be maintained
8.8.4 Management of Land Environment
The management plan for this component of environment lays emphasis on development of
greenbelt comprising of appropriately selected species of shrubs and trees. It is
recommended that plantation be made on sites, road sides, around waste treatment units
and on adjacent degraded forest and barren land. Such a development of greenbelt and
plantation of shrubs and trees will not only significantly reduce or mitigate adverse impacts
due to aerosols and gaseous pollutants, noise, odour and nuisance etc, but also, serve as
shelter belts for avifauna, stabilize and improve soil permeability and aesthetic environment.
8.8.5 Management of Solid Waste
Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid

urbanization & improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity & complexity
of the waste generated. Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and
improvement of public health.
Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality of
life in the plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste
generated in the plant area can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic
wastes and industrial wastes. Effective measures will be taken to effectively implement the
solid waste management systems in the plant. Solid waste will be handed over to authorized
vendor for disposal.
Seven categories of hazardous wastes has generated at M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt.
Limited. The Hazardous waste like Discarded Containers, Barrels, Liner, MS Drum and ETP
sludge will be handled as per Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2008.
ETP sludge generated will be sold to CHWTSDF for final disposal. Discarded Containers,
Barrels, Liner and MS Drum will be sold to authorized party.
The Waste Management plan includes:


Waste Inventory
Classification of waste
Packaging, Storing and Transporting Wastes to Disposal site
Data Management and Reporting -Personnel Training
Waste Minimization
General Guidelines for Waste Management:
1. Solid waste
The solid waste shall be segregated as bio-degradable and non-biodegradable.

The organic waste will be segregated and handed over to outside agency for
disposal.
The non-biodegradable (inorganic) waste shall be handed over to authorized
recycler for further handling and disposal.
Reuse of paper and plastic waste.
Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.
2. Hazardous waste
Hazardous waste will be stored in proper storage room and handed over to
authorized vendor for final disposal.
The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous
waste (Management and Handling) Rules 2008, and hence no adverse impact on
land environment is envisaged.
Necessary PPEs shall be provided to workers while handling of hazardous waste.
8.8.5.1 Management of Hazardous Raw materials
During the Hazardous raw materials will be handled with every care and precautions. SOP
will be followed for handling the chemicals. The list of raw materials and storage is given in
chapter-2.


8.8.6 Management of Biological Environment
No trash/non-biodegradable materials should be dumped outside the project site.

Wastewater (Effluents) generated by industry and domestic wastewater (sewage)
will be treated adequately. No contaminated water will be allowed to enter the
surrounding environment or surface water body.
Water will be reused for various processes or otherwise transferred to CETP.
Green belt will be developed all along the boundary of the installation by choosing
fast growing and resistant varieties suitable to the soil conditions in the site (native
plants) and special care will be taken to maintain it.
Survival rate of the planted trees will be closely monitored in the green belt and the
trees which could not survive should be counted.
There will be a waste management plan developed for categorization and handling
of wastes.
8.8.7 Management of Socio-economic factors
In order to mitigate the impacts likely to arise out of the proposed project and also to
maintain goodwill of local people for the proposed project, it is necessary to take
steps for improving the social environment. Necessary social welfare measures by the
industry will be useful in gaining public confidence depending on local requirement.
Some basic amenities, viz. education, safe drinking water supply, regular medical
checkup in the villages will be taken up.
Formal and informal training to be provided to the employees of the effected
villages due to the project will be taken up on priority basis. Job oriented skill training,
courses may be organized.
Personal protective facilities like helmets, safety (gas) mask / safety dress, shoes etc.
are ensured for all workers, engaged in operation.
8.8.8 Management of Traffic
Two gates, one for entry and the other for exit, will be provided with 9m wide
approach roads.
Traffic Signals will be exhibited at all appropriate locations.
Convex mirror placed along all critical points for visibility.


Adequate Ramp Feeds will be provided.

Flow of traffic is eased out by providing adequate entries and exits space.
Zebra crossings shall be provided on the existing road for pedestrian access.
Entry and exit will be managed by security personnel who will also regulate traffic.
Thus the traffic management will be easily and smoothly monitored without any
hindrances to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.
8.9 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES
In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, traffic etc
following additional measures shall be provided.
8.9.1 Water Conservation
Water conservation will be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all
non potable application like gardening, lawns an, car washing, flushing toilets etc.
a. Minimizing Water Consumption
A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be

planned in the plant. The message of water conservation will be spread to all occupiers on
site by way of awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be
implemented include the following:
b. Management Measures
Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.
Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.
Quick fixing of leaking taps, pipes and toilet cisterns.
Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down external areas.
c. Water Saving Investments

Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow
devices or aerators on showerheads.
Spring-loaded taps;
Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use-monitoring water use is a
precursor for management and
Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures


8.9.2 Energy Conservation

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce
costs and be environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses
during planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the
following:
a. Architectural design
Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air-conditioning.

Maximize the use of natural lighting through design.
b. Energy Saving Practices
Purchase of energy efficient appliances

Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy
conservation
Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for
desired comfort levels
Economizers will be provided to utilize heat.
Condensate will be recovered and will send back to boiler.
Proper temperature controls will be provided to reduce load on heating systems.
Proper load factor will be maintained by the company.
Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good
housekeeping which will help in better illumination levels with least number of fixtures.
On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets will be provided to use day light and to
stop use of lights during day time.
CFL lamps will be provided.
To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment will be
selected.
Gravity flow will be preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.
Recycling of water will done.


c. Behavioral change on consumption
Awareness on energy conservation.

Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.
d. Solar Architectural Features
The proposed project will provide enough day light factors in the building to permit
maximum day light to interior to minimize overall energy consumption.
These features will also minimize the impact of climate both in summer and in winter and as
a result, the use of electricity will likely to be reduced.
e. Thermal Characteristics of Building Envelope
Focusing on the high performance energy efficient U & R values can bring down the
building energy consumption i.e. the operational cost for the any commercial buildings. To
evaluate the energy performance the heat transfer coefficient (U-value) and Resistance (R)
factors are to be considered for the building.
8.9.3 Resource Conservation/ Solvent Recovery
The units shall also implement the concept of waste minimization:

By-products recovered and reused.
Proper housekeeping practices makes the system easier and less costly.
Some of these are as follows:

Solid wastes e.g. Wooden scrap, Metallic scrap, Waste Cotton, Bottle and Plastic
Bags etc. in process, and packaging are to be separately collected and sale to
authorized vender.
Liquid wastes from various sections will be collected and treated with effluents.
Cleaner production technology will be adopted for the resource conservation and
pollution control.
8.9.4 Storm Water Management

Surface drainage has designed based on the maximum rainfall intensity prevalent in the
area. All the building has been provided with a plinth protection all round, sloped towards
the side drain. The side drain has been connected to the main drain on either side of the
road. The main drain connected to the storage tank is near to NaOH storage. The capacity


of tank is 2280 mm X 2530 mm X 1200 mm. After received sufficient drain water in to
dedicated tank, the overflow drain water directly flow to the natural drains. The storm water
collection system has designed in such a manner so that clean storm water from garden,
parking areas, roadways and lawns is used for recharging of ground water and cooling
purposes.
8.9.5 Vehicle Parking & Management Plan
Parking space for vehicles will be provided for loading and unloading products. The
attached Master layout plan shows the parking plan. Adequate roads to cater to two way
traffic and to meet the fire regulations are planned in the complex.
8.9.6 Green Belt Development
An ideal green belt always imparts scenic beauty besides providing roosting/perching place
for birds and ground surface for naturally available reptiles, other flora and fauna species, to
make the area more natural and hazard free. Total green belt area is 10238.4 sq.m and
garden area 4000 sq.m of the total plot area. It is proposed to plant local fast growing
species for landscaping. Development of green belt with carefully selected native plant
species is of prime importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution
impacts by attenuation / assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro
and micro fauna. This not only overcomes the problem but also enhances the beauty of
area that will attract bird and insect species and by this way ecology of the area will
maintain to a great extent. For developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project
sites care need to be taken to plant the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen
species may have certain advantages that may reduce the environmental pollution.
Preparation of Greenbelt Plan
The proposed greenbelt development will be of a suitable width along the periphery of
project site area including unit complex, space between the units located within the
project, along the roads, storage areas, loading / unloading areas of products etc.


Greenbelt Area Details
a. Within project site
Green belt will be developed in 10238.4 sq. meter area of the total plot area. Saplings will be
planted on the periphery of the boundary of the plot.
Criteria for Selection of Species for Greenbelt
The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on the
following characteristics.
It will have thick canopy cover
They will be perennial and evergreen
They will have high sink potential for pollutants
They will be efficient in absorbing pollutants if any without significantly affecting their
growth.
Guidelines for Plantation
The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using pitting
technique. The pit size should be either 45 cm 45 cm 45 cm or 60 cm 60 cm 60 cm.
Bigger pit size is prepared on marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should
be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure for 45cm 45 cm 45 cm and 60 cm
60 cm 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soil should be completed at least 5-10 days
before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species should be planted in each pit.
Table 8.1: GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
S.No Year Number

1 2013-2014 567
2 2014-2015 500
3 2015-2016 300
4 2016-2017 300
5 2017-2018 200


Table 8.2: Details of proposed trees in the tree plantation area

S. No. Botanical Name Common Name Type
1. Acacia nilotica (Linn) Babul/Baval Tree
2. Aegle marmelos Bili Tree
3. Albizia lebbeck Pilosarasio Tree
4. Anona squamosa Seetaphal Small tree
5. Anona reticulate Raamaphal Tree
6. Anthocephalus chinesis Kadamba Tree
7. Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal Tree
8. Azadirachta indica Limbado Tree
9. Bridelia squamosa Khaja Tree
11. Dalbergia sisoo Sisam Tree
12. Delonix regia Gulmohur Tree
13. Derris indica Karanja Tree
14. Diospyros melanoxylon Tamrag Tree
15. Emblica officinalis Amali Tree
16. Eucalyptus citriodora Lemon scented gum Tree
17. Eucalyptus hybrid Mysore gum Tree
18. Ficus benghalensis Vad Tree
19. Ficus benjamina Pimpri Tree
20. Ficus elastic Indian rubber tree Tree
21. Ficus gibbosa Datir Tree
22. Ficus glomerata Gular Tree
23. Ficus riligiosa Pipro Tree
24. Ficus virens Pilkhan Tree
25. Gliricidia sepium Mother of cocoa Tree
26. Guazma ulmifolia Rudraksha Tree
27. Madhuca longifoli Mahuda Tree
28. Mimusops elengi Bakul Tree
29. Polyalthia longifolia Asupala Tree
30. Prospis chilensis Gandaa babul Tree
31. Spathodea campanulata Indian tuliop tree Tree
32. Syzygium cumini Jambu Tree
33. Tamarindus indica Amli Tree
34. Tectona grandis Saga Tree
35. Terminali catappa Deshi badam Tree


36. Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi Tree
Roadside Plantation
Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady
area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads
to project site will be planted with flowering trees. Trees should be planted to increase
aesthetic value as well as shady area along the roads.
The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and spreading
canopy in primary and secondary attenuation zone. It is also recommended to plant few
trees, which are sensitive to air pollution as air pollution indicator.
8.9.7 Odour Management Plan
Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions
Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting

pipes & unattended drains etc.
Remedial Measures
Better management to avoid staling.

Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic micro
organisms.
Steaming of major pipe lines.
Proper cleaning of drains.
Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid growth of sulphur
decomposing micro-organisms to control H2S generation.


Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:
Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate /
obfuscate the odour.
Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.
If still the odour persists Nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine particles
of water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to
suppress odour.
8.9.8 Safety measures to prevent the Occupational Health Hazards
Pollution Control system will be installed.

Proper storage tanks will be designed.
Electrical equipments will be properly earthed & lock out/tag out, electrical isolation
method shall be developed & displayed at required locations.
Proper training shall be given to all the employees at regular time period to bring
awareness among the employees.
8.9.9 Social welfare measures for future planning
Providing materials and monetary aid, to schools, primary health centers, hospitals, sports,
clubs and places of worship.
Planning to create residential, medical, educational and recreational facilities for our
employees.
Rural Development Programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of de-
addiction, self-help, vocational training and guidance etc.
Contributed in any welfare society.
Scholarship for girls in Government School.
Training local unprivileged boys and girls for Housekeeping, Laundry etc and provide
employment.
Adoption of Local School / Slum for up liftmen of locals.


8.10 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN AND ACTIONS
A summary of the recommended measures or actions proposed with respect to the various
envisaged impacts as a part of Environment Management Plan is given in Table 8.3.

Expansion & Addition of Specialty Chemical Production Manufacturing Capacity in Existing Unit
Table 8.3: Summary of Environnemental Management Plan
S. No. Environmental Potential Impacts Potential source of Impact Controls though EMP and Design Impact Evaluation
Component
1. Water Water contamination Construction Phase Septic tank will be provided and disposed No adverse
Domestic waste water into municipal sewer impact
from workers
Surface runoff from site. Silt traps and diversion ditches will be No adverse
constructed to control surface run off. impact
Operation phase Septic tank will be provided and disposed No adverse
Discharge of domestic into municipal sewer. impact
wastewater.
Surface runoff from site At present Storm Water Management is Positive impact
done to prevent runoff and water logging.
Generation of industrial Waste water will be treated in ETP along No adverse

waste water with R.O and MEE and treated water will impact
be recycled for utility.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.28

Component
2. Air Quality Dust Emission Construction Phase Dust mask will be provided to prevent Temporary &
Construction activities worker exposure of dust. minor impact
Sprinkling of water will be done for dust
suppression.
Particulate & gaseous Construction equipments Periodic maintenance of construction Temporary &
emissions i.e. PM10 & and vehicular movement. equipments will be done. insignificant
PM2.5, SO2, NOx Heavy vehicle must be checked for PUC impact
certificate.
Emission from DG sets Operation of DG set Providing adequate stack height for mixing No significant
(PM, SO2, NOx) of emissions impact
Port hole will be provided
Maintenance of DG set periodically
Particulate & gaseous Operation Phase Applicable height of stack will be No significant
emissions of SPM, SO2, DG Set maintained. Periodic maintenance of DG impact
NOx set & monitoring will be carried out.
Emissions from vehicular Adequate wide approach road is No significant
traffic. proposed for smooth vehicular movement. impact
Approach road side plantation will further
act as sink to gaseous emission.

Component
3. Noise Increase in noise level Construction Phase Use of well-maintained equipment fitted No significant
Operation of construction with silencers. impact.
equipments and vehicular Providing noise shields near the heavy
movement. construction operations.
Noisy operations will be limited to day time
only.
Ear plug and muffs will be provided to
workers.
Operation Phase Wide road and ample parking space will No significant
Vehicles movement be provided. Vehicles with inbuilt silencer impact
shall be allowed in the site.
D.G. sets operations Generators with inbuilt mufflers shall be No impact.
provided.
Ear plugs shall be provided to operators of
DG set.
Periodic maintenance & monitoring of DG
for noise level.
4. Land Land contamination Construction Phase Construction debris will be collected and No significant
by construction debris Disposal of construction used for leveling the site. impact.
and solid waste debris & solid waste. Solid waste from labours use will be

Component
collected in collection bins and disposed
off to approve sites by MPCB.
Excavated soil Top soil will be used for landscaping No significant
impact.
Metallic waste Metallic waste shall be sold to vendors for No significant
reprocessing Impact.
Operation Phase Efficient solid waste collection and storage No significant
Municipal solid waste like facility is proposed. impact
rubbish, paper, plastic
garbage etc. Segregation of waste as biodegradable No significant
and non biodegradable waste will be impact
done and shall be handed over to
authorized vendor.
Construction Phase No impact

Impact on Flora & Site Development during Proper slope will be maintained
5. Biodiversity
Fauna construction activities Phase wise plantation will be done

Component
Operational Phase Green belt will be developed as per Positive impact
Increase of green cover landscaping plan at site and periphery of
the boundary.
Construction Phase Heavy Vehicular movement will be Minor impact
Increase of vehicular
6. Traffic Pattern Heavy Vehicular restricted to daytime only and adequate
movements
movement at site parking facility will be provided.
Operational Phase Insignificant
Vehicular movement will be regulated
Traffic due to commercial impact
inside the site with adequate roads and
once the site is
parking shall be provided.
operational
Increase in Job Construction Phase Socio-economic development through Positive impact
7. Socio-Economic opportunities & Operational Phase CSR activity will be made


Report No.: GCI/V/ACPL/EIA/2013-14/Dec/R1
The Environmental Management Plan shall be effectively implemented so that optimum

benefit could be achieved. The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan shall be
synchronized with the construction schedules.
8.11 FINDINGS
From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost during
development of the project, at all the following levels:
Project sitting
Planning and design
Project construction
Post project operations
The following findings are to be mentioned:
The Project will have no significant environmental impacts during construction and
operations.
Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of international design
and operational standards.
The environmental and safety aspects of the Project are straightforward and well
understood.
A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP. No further studies are
required to elaborate these subjects.
The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental
monitoring and auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the
EMP, and minimize adverse environmental and social impacts. Suitable provisions related to
environmental management will also be made in the construction contract agreement.
8.33

Report No.: GCI/V/ACPL/EIA/2013-14/Dec/R1
8.12 CONCLUSIONS
The project can cause minor impacts only during construction phase due to the various
activities involved during that phase. However, strict adherence to the various mitigation
measures as identified under the EMP, strengthened by adequate environmental monitoring
using best available technology (BAT) and auditing and good construction practices,
including the special construction methods as prescribed, will go a long way in effectively
reducing the impacts as to negligible levels.
During operation phase of the project, none of the routine activities will cause any
noticeable impact on any component of the environment, including the socio-economic
component. Provision of green belt and rain water harvesting, storm water management
and energy conservation shall further facilitate in overall scenario management of
Environment.
Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation
measures and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall have negligible
impact on environment and will benefit the local people and economy.
8.34
CHAPTER 9
PROJECT BENEFIT
9.0 INTRODUCTION
Growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for employment and can also help
diversify the economy. This is especially important given the high level of urbanization, and
growing levels of unemployment and poverty in many cities. Unemployment is particularly
high and an important factor in continued levels of low human well-being and slow growth.
Synergistic growth in the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the socio-
economic development. The use of chemical further leads to development in field of
research and development. This chapter describes about benefits of the project on
improvements in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, Employment potential in the
region.
9.1 IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

From the very initial stage of the inception of the project, infrastructure development in and
around the project site has kept in consideration. Infrastructure development will be done
based on actual requirement socio-economic development of the region. The infrastructure
development will be rolled out as part of companys CSR activity.
9.1.1 CSR Activities

M/s. Aquapharm Chemical Pvt Limited has plans to institutionalise the Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) activities so that the CSR transforms itself into personal Social
Responsibility for the personnel manning the factory.
There will be more employment generated due to the proposed project both during the
construction phase and operation phase. On the basis of technical knowledge acquired by
the local village youths, they will be providing with suitable employment opportunity in the
company.
The labour force required during construction and operation phase shall be sourced from
nearby village.
School uniforms, notebooks and scholarship will be provided to poor students.
Special Health awareness camp and medical camps for primary check up will be arranged
at least once in a year in nearby villages for health check-ups.
Roads passing nearby the proposed plant will be maintained.
Funds will be provided to arrange extracurricular activities for nearby school and colleges.
Free medical checkup for villagers.
Tree Plantation in rural areas.
CHAPTER 9: PROJECT BENEFIT 9.1

Provision of sanitation (toilets) facility.

Partnering with various NGOs to train underprivileged women housewives in hospitality, self-
grooming, house-keeping and laundry.
9.1.2 Budgetary Cost

Initially CSR budget commitment will be approximately 2 % of companys annual profit.
9.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues for
direct/ indirect employment during operation phase of the project. There would be a wider
economic impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business like workshops,
marketing, repair and maintenance tasks etc.
This project will enhance Indias potential of supplying speciality chemicals/products to
worldwide leading to step-up of Indias position in global market sector and strengthening of
Indian economy.
The continuous inflow of people will require local transport systems like autos, taxis etc which
would help economic boost.
9.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

During construction phase of the project, this project will provide temporary employment to
many unskilled and semi-skilled labours in nearby villages. This project will also help in
generation of indirect employment to those people who render their services for the
personnel directly working in the project.
The Project will create direct & indirect employment opportunities within the surrounding
region. The Unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby villages
depending upon the availability of skilled & un-skilled man-power surrounding the project
site. In operation phase, the proposed project would require significant workforce of non-
technical and technical persons. Migration of highly education and skilled experience will
result in increase of literacy in the surrounding villages.
CHAPTER 9: PROJECT BENEFIT 9.2

CHAPTER 10
CONCLUSION
The project proponents and developer M/s. Aquapharm Chemical Pvt seems to be safety
conscious and aware about impacts industrial projects and is environment friendly.
We may conclude as under:
The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986
to safeguard environment.
Wastewater generated from the proposed project will be treated in to ETP followed by
R.O and MEE will be provided in the premises.
Ambient Air Quality of the project site are concerned viz. SPM (PM10 & PM2.5), SO2 and
NOx, their concentrations in the ambient air at the proposed site were observed to be
exceed SPM and SO2 and NOx well within the prescribed limits
The operational phase noise shall be within industrial premises which will not exceed 75
dB(A).
No significant impact is seen on flora and fauna as no reserve forest and eco-sensitive
zones are present within 10 km.
The project will generate employment opportunities during construction stage and also
at operational stage. The standard of living of local people due to employment is likely
to be better, so we may say that it is positive socio-economic impact. The region will
get economic boost.
Overall the project will have positive impact for socio-economic and cultural
development.
CHAPTER 10: CONCLUSION 10.1

M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Re
eport No.: GC
CHAP
PTER 11
DIISCLOS
SURE OF
O THE CONSU
C ULTANTT
11.0 GE
ENERAL INFFORMATION
Name of
o organiza
ation : Gree
en Circle Inc.
Addresss : en Empire (Anupushp
Gree ( pam Habita
at Centre)
Abov
ve Axis ban
nk, Near Ya
ash Complex,
Gotri Road,
odara - 390
Vado 0021 (Guja
arat)
Telepho
one Nos : 265-237126
+91-2 69
+91-2
265-237102
28
+91-9
9998036028
8
Fax : 265-237126
+91-2 69
Email : @greencirc
info@ cleinc.com , gccipl@rrediffmail.c
com
11.1 VISION
We sha
all ensure quality, re
eliability and continuous tech
hnology up
p gradatio
on thereby
y
enhanc
cing the value
v of sta
akeholderss. We shou
uld inspire others to c
create pollution free
e
world in
n order to achieve su
ustainable growth.
11.2 MIISSION
Our miission is to become one stop consultancy for all kind of services in the field off
environ
nment, health, Safetty and risk by provid
ding optim
mal solution
ns and to strengthen
s n
our position by adopting
a a
and evolvin
ng best prractices an
nd principles. We striive to give
e
our cu
ustomer hig
ghest leve ased upon a comm
el of satisfaction ba mitment to serve, an
n
understanding off their need
ds and goa
als, and a demonstra
ated ability
y to produc
ce results.
PPROVALS & ACCRED

11.3 AP DATATIONS
S
MoEF (Min vironment & Forest) Recognized
nistry of Env R d & Gazettted Labora
atory with
Field Monitoring Facility.
ed by Minisstry of Envirronment & Forest, Ne
Recognize nder EPA 1986
ew Delhi un
CHAPTER 11: DISCLOSURE

D O
OF THE CONSULLTANT 11.1
1
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Re
eport No.: GC
GPCB App
proved Sch
hedule II En
nvironmental Auditorr.
ISO 9001:2
2008, 14001: 2004 & OHSAS
O 1800
01 Certified
d organization. Curre
ently NABL,
ISO 17025 & BIS syste
em implementation &certificatio
& on processs is in progrress.
Gujarat High court Stay order for

f NABET - No. C/SCA/10311/2
2012 dated
d
24/01/20133
CTIVITIES
11.4 AC

D O
2
M/s. Aquap
pharm Chem
micals Pvt. Ltd.
Expa
ansion & Add
dition of Spec
on Manufactturing
ng Unit
Re
eport No.: GC
A TEAM
11.5 EIA
The EIA
A team en
ngaged in the preparation of EIA reporrt consists of professiionals with
h
multidissciplinary skills and experienc
ce required for und
dertaking tthis projec
ct. The EIA
A
involve
ed in variou
us stages of
o planning
g to final re
eport prep
paration is g
given belo
ow in table
e
11.1.
Table 11.1: EIA TEA

AM MEMBER
RS
S/No. Person Na
ame Qualifica
ation Ke
ey Responsib
bility Area Experience
(Years)
1 Mr. Pradee
ep Joshi M.Sc. (En
nv. Sc) Indu ustrial Team leader 29+
Engineer
2 Mr. Jayesh h Patel M.Sc. Wa ater Expert 30+
3 Mr. Anand d Shirsat BE (Chemmical Eng.) Re
eport finaliza
ation 8
4 Dr. Sandee ep Sohani M.Sc. Ph
h.D (Ecology y) Ec
cologist 7
5 Mr. Pravin Shinde M.Sc. (M
Marine Sc.) Re
eport preparation 6
6 Mr. Ragha av Soni M.Sc. (En
nv. Sc) Re
eport Preparration 6
7 Dr. Pushkaar Shukla M.Sc. (Biiochemistry) Laboratory an nalysis 5
8 Mr. Shailenndra Singh M.Sc. M..Phil. (Env. Sc) Airr and Noise Monitoring 6
9 Mr. Ranjit Kalita
K M.Sc. M.. Phil. (Env. Sc)
S Re
eport Preparration 5
10 Ms. Stuti Pa
atel M.Sc. (En
nv. Sc & Tec ch.) Re
eport Preparration 3.1
11 Mr. Vikash Bhagat M.Sc (Chhem), M.Tec ch Re
eport Preparration 3.6
(Energy & Env. Eng)
12 Ms. Nidhi TTrivedi M.Sc. (En
nv. Sc.) Reeport preparation 3.6
13 Ms. Yaminni Pandya M.Sc. (En
nv. Sc.) Reeport preparation 0.7
14 Ms. Pooja Vishnoi M. tech (Env. Eng)) Reeport preparation 1.2
15 Bharat Pattel M.Sc. Fie
eld monitoring 3.0

D O
3
CHAPTER 12
COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE (ToR)
COMPLIANCE OF ToR
S. No. ToR Points Compliance
1 Executive summary of the project Refer page no i-xii
2 Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit Refer sec. 2.4, page no. 2.2
size. of the EIA report.
3 Land requirement for the project including its break up Refer Table 2.2, page no.
for various purposes, its availability and optimization. 2.6 of EIA report
4 Details of proposed layout clearly demarcating various Refer Fig. 2.3, page no. 2.7
units within the plant. of the EIA report
5 Product spectrum (Proposed products along with Refer Table 2.3, page no.
production Capacity) and processes. 2.8 of the EIA report
6 Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its Refer sec. 2.9, page no.
processes and operations, along with material (material 2.15 of the EIA report
balance).
7 Details on raw materials, source and storage within the Refer Table 2.5, page no.
premises 2.10 and Table 2.6, page
no. 2.14 of the EIA report
8 Details on solvent balance, measures for solvent Refer Annexure-VIII

recovery
9 Details on requirement of energy and water along with Refer sec. 2.10.2, page no.
its source and authorization from the concerned 2.48 and sec. 2.10.1, page
department. no. 2.43 of the EIA report
10 Details on water balance including quantity of effluent Refer table 2.7 page no.
generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to minimize 2.44 of the EIA report.
effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving
water body.
11 Segregation of waste stream, characterization and Refer Table 2.8, page no.
quality with specific treatment 2.48 of the EIA report.
12 Details of end of the pipe effluent treatment plant, inlet Waste water will be
and treated water quality with specific efficiency of treated in ETO. Refer Figure
each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all 2.5, page no. 2.46 0f the
concerned / regulated environmental parameters. EIA report.
13 Details on occupational safety and health protection Refer sec. 8.9.8, page no.
measures 8.26 of the EIA report.
14 Details on channelized emissions and control equipment Refer Table 2.11, page no.
for each of the source 2.49 of the EIA report.
15 Control technologies for combustion emissions Refer Table 2.10, page no.
CHAPTER 12: COMPLIANCE OF TOR 12.1

2.49 of the EIA report.
16 Details on composition, generation and utilization of Refer sec. 2.13, page no.
waste from the plant. 2.50 of the EIA report.
17 Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including Refer sec. 8.8.5, page no.
storage, utilization and safe disposal. CPCB guidelines in 8.16 of the EIA report.
respect of specific treatment, such as solar evaporation,
incineration, etc., need to be followed.
18 Details of proposed source-specific pollution control Refer sec. 5.2, page no. 5.2
schemes and equipments to meet the national of the EIA report.
standards
19 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as Refer Page No.7.33,

sanitation, fuel storage, restroom, etc., to the workers Chapter 7of the EIA report.
during construction and operation phase.
20 In case of expansion of existing industries, remediation Refer Annexure-II,III,IV

measures adopted to restore the environmental quality
if the groundwater, soil, crop, air, etc., are affected and
a detailed compliance to the prior environmental
clearance/consent conditions.
21 Any litigation pending against the project and /or any There is no litigation
direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the against the project
project, if so, details thereof.
22 Description of the environment
23 The study area shall be up to a distance of 10 km from Refer Fig. 3.1, page 3.3 of
the boundary of the proposed project site the EIA report.
24 Location of the project site and nearest habitats with Refer Fig. 3.1, page 3.3 of
distances from the project site to be demarcated on a the EIA report.
toposheet (1: 50000 scale).
25 Landuse based on satellite imagery including location Refer Fig. 3.16, page 3.30
specific sensitivities such as national parks / wildlife of the EIA report.
sanctuary, villages, industries, etc., for the study area.
26 Demography details of all the villages falling within the Refer sec. 3.11.4, page
study area 3.43 of the EIA report.
27 Topography details of the project area The project site is plain.
28 The baseline data to be collected from the study area Refer sec. 3.6 to 3.11, page
w.r.t. different components of environment viz. air, noise, no. 3.10 to 3.52 of the EIA
water, land, and biology and socio-economic. report.
29 Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the Refer sec 3.3, page no. 3.7
study area of the EIA report.
30 Details of groundwater and surface water quality of Refer table 3.19 & 3.20,
nearby water sources and other surface drains. Water page no. 27 & 28 of the EIA
quality parameters may include pH*, BOD* (3 days at 27 report.
oC), COD*, toxicity factor*, Nitrate* (as N), Arsenic*,
Chromium*, Hexavalent*, Total Lead*, Cyanide as CN*,
Zinc*, Mercury*, Copper*, Nickel*, Phenolics* as

C6H5OH, Sulphide, etc. (* - as applicable)
31 Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, Refer sec. 3.6, page no.
stack and fugitive emissions for PM10*, PM2.5*, SO2*, 3.10-3.19, Chapter-3 of the
NOx*, VOC*, mercaptans*, solvents*, NH3*, chlorine*, EIA report.
HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, other process-specific pollutants*,
etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed
pollution control devices to meet standards for point
sources and to meet AAQ standards. (* - as applicable)
32 The air quality contours may be plotted on a location Refer sec. 4.3.2.1, page no.
map showing the location of project site, habitation 4.5 of the EIA report.
nearby, sensitive receptors, if any and wind roses.
33 Details on noise levels at sensitive/commercial receptors Refer Table 3.15 & 3.16,
page no. 3.22 of the EIA
report.
34 Site-specific micro-meteorological data including mixing Refer sec. 3.5, page no. 3.8
height of the EIA report.
35 One season site-specific data excluding monsoon Refer sec. 3.5, page no. 3.8
season of the EIA report.
36 Proposed baseline monitoring network for the Refer chapter 3 of the EIA
consideration and approval of the Competent Authority report.
37 Ecological status (terrestrial and aquatic) of the study Refer sec. 3.10, page no.
area such as habitat type and quality, species, diversity, 3.34 of the EIA report.
rarity, fragmentation, ecological linkage, age,
abundance, etc
38 If any incompatible land use attributes fall within the Refer sec. 3.1, page no. 3.2
study area, proponent shall describe the sensitivity of the EIA report.
(distance, area and significance) and propose the
additional points based on significance for review and
acceptance by the SEAC. Incompatible land use
attributes include:
a. Public water supply areas from rivers/surface

water bodies, from ground water
b. Scenic areas/tourism areas/hill resorts
c. Religious places, pilgrim centers that attract over
10 lacs pilgrims a year
d. Protected tribal settlements (notified tribal areas
where industrial activity is not permitted)
e. Monuments of national significance, World
Heritage Sites
f. Cyclone, Tsunami prone areas (based on last 25
years);
g. Airport areas
h. Any other feature as specified by the State or
local government and other features as locally
applicable, including prime agricultural lands,
pastures, migratory corridors, etc.
39 If ecologically sensitive attributes fall within the study Refer sec. 3.1, page no. 3.2
area, proponent shall describe the sensitivity (distance, of the EIA report.
area and significance) and propose additional points

based on significance for review and acceptance by

the SEAC. Ecological sensitive attributes include:
a. National parks
b. Wild life sanctuaries Game reserve
c. Tiger reserve/elephant reserve/turtle nesting
ground
d. Mangrove area
e. Wetlands
f. Reserved and protected forests
g. Any other closed/protected area under the Wild
Life (Protection) Act, 1972, any other area locally
applicable
h. Any other eco-sensitive areas
40 If the location falls in Valley, specific issues connected to The project does not fall in
the natural resources management shall be studied and valley.
presented
41 If the location falls in CRZ area: A CRZ map duly The project does not fall in
authenticated by one of the authorized agencies CRZ area.
demarcating LTL, HTL, CRZ area, location of the project
and associate facilities w.r.t. CRZ, coastal features such
as mangroves, if any.
Provide the CRZ map in 1:10000 scale in general cases
and in 1:5000 scales for specific observations. Proposed
site for disposal of dredged material and environmental
quality at the point of disposal/impact areas.
Fisheries study should be done w.r.t. Benthos and Marine
organic material and coastal fisheries. Anticipated
environmental impacts and mitigation measures.
42 Anticipated generic environmental impacts due to this Refer chapter 4 of the EIA
project report.
43 Impact prediction tools used for the appropriate Refer chapter 4 of the EIA
assessment of environmental impacts report.
44 While identifying the likely impacts, also include the Refer chapter 4 of the EIA
following for analysis of significance and required report.
mitigation measures
a. impacts due to transportation of raw materials

and end products on the surrounding
environment
b. impacts on surface water, soil and groundwater
c. impacts due to air pollution
d. impacts due to odour pollution
e. impacts due to noise
f. impacts due to fugitive emissions including VOCs
/ HAPs
g. impact on health of workers due to proposed
project activities
45 Proposed odour control measures Refer sec. 8.9.7, page no.
8.25 of the EIA report.

46 Action plan for the greenbelt development species, Refer sec. 2.13, page no.
width of plantations, planning schedule, etc., in 2.53 and sec. 8.9.6, page
accordance to CPCB published guidelines no. 8.22 of the EIA report.
47 In case of likely impact from the proposed project on Not Applicable

the surrounding reserve forests, Plan for the conservation
of wild fauna in consultation with the State Forest
Department.
48 Mitigation measures for source control and treatment Refer chapter 4 of the EIA
report
49 Comparison of alternate sites considered and the Not applicable. The

reasons for selecting the proposed site. Conformity of proposed project is an
the site with prescribed guidelines in terms of CRZ, river, expansion project.
highways, railways, etc
50 Details on improved technologies. Refer Page No. 2.53,

chapter 2 of the EIA report.
51 Details on proposed recovery options Refer Annexure-VIII
52 Monitoring programme for pollution control at source Refer chapter 5 of the EIA
report.
53 Monitoring pollutants at receiving environment for the Refer chapter 3 of the EIA
appropriate notified parameters air quality, report.
groundwater, surface water, gas quality, etc. during
operational phase of the project
54 Specific programme to monitor safety and health Refer sec. 4.9, page no.
protection of workers 4.13 of the EIA report.
55 Proposed plan to estimate and monitor fugitive Refer Annexure-XIII

emissions including VOCs from all the sources and
appropriated control measures
56 Stack and fugitive emissions may be monitored for SPM, Will be monitored during
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HC, CO, VOC and evaluation of operation phase.
the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices Compliance report
to meet gaseous emissions submitted to MPCB.
57 Monitoring of carbon foot print Not applicable
58 Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and --

proposed, to assess the possible residual impacts on
VECs
59 Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and the Refer chapter 5 of the EIA
recognized agencies if proposed for conducting report.
monitoring.
60 Details on risk assessment and damage control during Refer chapter 6 of the EIA
different phases of the project and proposed safeguard report.
measures
61 Details on socio-economic development activities such Refer chapter 9 of the EIA

as commercial property values, generation of jobs, report.
education, social conflicts, cultural status, accidents, etc

62 Proposed plan to handle the socio-economic influence Refer chapter 9 of the EIA
on the local community. The plan should include report.
quantitative dimension as far as possible
63 Details on compensation package for the people Not applicable

affected by the project, considering the socioeconomic
status of the area, homestead oustees, land oustees,
and landless labourers
64 Points identified in the public hearing and commitment Complied.

of the project proponent to the same. Detailed action
plan addressing the issues raised, and the details of
necessary allocation of funds
65 Details on plan for corporate social responsibility Refer sec. p.1.1, page no.
including the villages, population spread, 9.1 of the EIA report.
SC/ST/backward communities, upgradation of existing
schools, establishing new schools with facilities (such as
laboratories, toilets, etc.), link roads, community halls,
primary health facilities, health camps, etc
66 Administrative and technical organizational structure to Refer chapter 5 of the EIA

ensure proposed post-project monitoring programme for report.
approved mitigation measures
67 EMP devised to mitigate the adverse impacts of the Refer chapter 8 of the EIA
project should be provided along with item-wise cost of report.
its implementation (capital and recurring costs)
68 Allocation of resources and responsibilities for plan Refer chapter 8 of the EIA
implementation report.
69 Details of the emergency preparedness plan and on-site Refer chapter 7 of the EIA
and off-site disaster management plan report.

Additional ToR
S. Additional ToR Points Compliance

No.
1 PP to submit Form-1-A as the total built up Not Applicable
area exceeds 20000 m2.
2 PP to submit revise Form 1 with showing Form-I along with exhibits enclosed as
existing and proposed capacity. Annexure - IX
3 Water budget for both wet and dry season Refer Table No.2.7, Chapter 2 of EIA report.
shall be provided for existing and proposed
activities.
4 PP to provide STP for domestic effluent. STP of capacity 20 KLD will be provided. Design
details given in Annexure X
5 Submit details of NH3 and Cl2 and other Details of ammonia and Cl2 and control given
toxic gases emissions and its control system as Annexure - XI
proposed.
6 Submit details of DG sets and their stack Refer Annexure-XII
height calculation. Platform provided for
storage of hazardous waste shall be raised
by 1 feet.
7 Submit details of work place monitoring. Details of work place monitoring are given as
Annexure XIII

List of Annexure
Sr. No. Annexure Number Name of Annexure

1 Annexure - I Land Document
2 Annexure II EC letter
3 Annexure III Consent To Establish
4 Annexure IV Consent To Operate
5 Annexure - V Public Hearing
6 Annexure - VI MSDS
7 Annexure - VII MoM SEAC
8 Annexure - VIII Solvent Recovery
9 Annexure - IX Form-1
10 Annexure - X STP Details
11 Annexure XI Ammonia & Chlorine vent Scrubber
12 Annexure XII DG sets Details
13 Annexure - XII Work Place Monitoring
Annexure I
' I,'< /}q1")-< 1 t't' 1 =*t t i
l'- {<, (.,.t
K' 3[r \ K*3 1-z

l||l||ili|ilili||iiillllllllli|ll|l[jl|l|i|lfi|li|i||i||l|i||f|l[li|||||[|f|l[l||i|f Original
Thursday, August 08, 2002
ffi 39 rr.
Regn, 39 M
4:08;56 PM
qrrff th'. : e35

qrqri rrq dt ilfi M RFri-6 ollosl2ooz
E{-dEq-vilqr et-fm-qio. rr{s 01371 - 2oo2

fl
u erct {wnur rnx lil-gqrcl
't
6
orff rorran ur@ qr$ frFdd id onld onFr
$
offie srfu{dr .n-d frttEr g$ ffi q-{td Fn qrqdld
rilfrr zn-{urmri TH oM Arfro--d iirqfr w.ft.a'h 4,ftra fr rirrtrft
ffl'e1 100.00
qiffi-d (er. r r (r )), geio=nff qiFFd (3rr. 1 1(2)), ._ 460.00

$Grdna (u. r z; q urqrftreur (er. t 3) -> voFtrd pt (zs)
g{"t 560.00
i
,*
oTTtl-q-RT 6r Ei{=T siErd 4:z3PM ET a-#rr ffid
.R
ti
, I \-\11'' 1-i.r,^ 'T* v^n hr: \'., ( \'t--t

.\.r |
Ri (.c.' 15 ("Ti^oc, L.\-l
(_. , r '-c-i,'r'v\
/o r
(^- ; y->
-
I
9oG f zo oz' 03
rTtrrrq qfirh{r +
fitrt*qa' rfgtrqw-l \qd \ q-"{o l ? 4qrv rrrrrra rr*r?trtrJrrTU?q sl I */'t*d"(wrl I
lfr +1
tltrq ,e-ry btLlrtz_ (lv
rgo mrwq trrof| rri"
n
. ,) t{,} tils rwQrfb+rn

rce 0| t ' IT1fT[3-'11faat'
\D J rr
tTrta
fhm{ rfirwr
ffi{
e/\
fkrrporatir-n cottsti.tuted under bhe t4atra.rashtna
r
J,W
Inclust-riai Dcrv lr:prnent Act, f961 (IfiH. I I I of
196?) ;u'rrl havinrJ i Ls Frincipal Df f ice at Onient
e, ful i [4ancb&r Pat'h r Fal larcl Estate r l"Lrtrei dfr oqio (-lzoozl
9fEE, hereinafLel' call.ecl "t'he Lessorr' (ulrir-h
el<pr.essinrl el'lal.I Ulrles; the rr-rntel<t drreg nob 11
auJmitriru:ltrla it= erxcereftr-ss and aesligns) uf t'l-re
CIre Part r ArlD l"lEEfifl$ ffiil-lt{A]}{ [}f}1ICAL
Puts
nil,ppt''M, t-It4I11T/ a tlrrp.rly int':arplr'a.ted unclen the
n
ccrqranies Act tgiicr and having il;s F.egistere,l
Offica a.t Er7.L-tr/7, l'lIDC, Ftrrxan'i Pr,rte 4llq:I,l.f'r
lrereinaf ter refenrecl tcl as "thle Lessee'r (rrhich
r+:<pression sitrall r-urless ttre cnrtei<t dcres nnt 5r1
.erlrni t inc lurle i tr, .srcce$':i(:lt' c)I' s,rccessorl in
Lrtr::i.ness ;6rd 1-rel.rni.thecl as..rigns) t')'f t'he Dbher
Par't t
l^l-[:FFA9 Lr]. ilr'l FgFeerrrenb dat-ed Hre ut{r Rn,:: I titls "
rlay of Nkrverrfuer. ?pltll ancl m.r.de hel;ur,:en ttre t-s=sr:n

t:tl [1-rer L]]'tn [1;rrt .:r-rcl thqr Lfl'=;e,-' of ttre Dt'h*r' Panl,-
Tht: Crlrrtt:n !-?eal of J;fre
i.Aroi,L'rt.rrnecJ l-tl':iti+s' [4*:;=lrz;

Ar:6l--trs)l-y1[rlt ftf-.IlICAL f,tr'PAl'{Y
Ft'lI\rYiTF- l- It4ITEp [d.l"r 7 pttr.rc;crnnt
to a Flest:l.urtir:n o'f itti Fl:arcl
n'F Dirttr:l;ons pa-ssed in thab
FoI AOUEPHARM CHEMICAL CO. PVT. LTD.
lre'tral f cr"r the l3+h claY ot
s.pDI 2Oola.f''Fi:<ecl hereLo i'n tfre .rl X/"--q 2+)o*'
--l
pre'iience of .sht'i. V'V'
;l DlnEqro R
fn4 nfltl)ant
Slrri. U' G '
Iji.r'er--.fVi.rn anrj
fl f l.- , G'rn ' C Fl n.' nc{-J

E-EN S;:ut'tlttrry of ttre ti.rrPanY
FEI AOUAFHANtr CHEMICAL
CO, PVT, t,TD.
rrfrt'r, irr t':r[':en o{' hav ing

lUfHOntSEo irTor;.r
a'f'f i:<etj t-tr,: CrrqranY's SeaI 6tG
trr*t"a.lj,:, trat,e ,,*t ttra i n

t./
re':pecLive trands treret-o, itr
th,.,.r pr1r;l9iilrlte n'f' I-
1.
trt-
'). tt. ern t u1r d ->-L/
/-z R' K Pis"-L
qrl 93 LDg
4+
tel IFIi-d l-laoo{
st ?9
"l-.
t
qr\
r. C.
1e
J t-' rt' 2 )-r,' ' (:'h
h--
ri
t
f
at.
K
il
q\
,
5
,;:
IF
EX
_a
':'
J \-/
\F
o t-'J
t1 3E_\5 .-t
o
u S=u,o
J rll
-f u)
9E
riO
il
,-rr
:tr
F
;: if
:
ia
r{ir6 >groJ
'-t
A I(L
E-lrd br{io l-l zoa,,1 .(
:)
1t ,nl2A_ d
'i;
U.
o
2-c'9<lt 'ct
PREPA RED B
d-\Vr:.tl-r'.l,t
I,
n
lJsur?vlyr-R -1-"
For,r,rluApliqHfr4 cllLfllct L co. t,v,t. LTD.
Bc6irurl fllictr
1/;4e /l-(^-7,#,;,
f,r. t. D, c. Mahad
15.il {, ;l}. ll, q,
n{ar. r q-q.
,AbRP I Dlv e?t
q,tFt ;ftti.5
q(:r
] (icrr.2(i-Nl.
-
;Ht^"--.@,..,.,.........:.'',.uu11qlLUt,;ilu,,,t.?,l;ffii"""i;'i
norfflt_ ---:l-----i;* ,rrrirq
rre d.ha] / ,r;,ir;rr-.rd ir,.a .{
661df|tflffi il;;;;;,;;;----l- - -,r..;;;.,;"*-" *r.nr ;--

tiz riz rtttrlq qr,ii trrqn ,iil:t rrrqqrt
lrir .ni,lNlrt rul ol+tirl I i;leriil q,iiq;(,rr - --

I ;.;;;r.;
irt -rr.1t',+l
'h'i I l:nl I1:-i@-i-@-
i"t{,
--l_-_::1_L.oz_g-qh_sffi
r:
'{ffil*h*;il- '___-.+{-)3_0)_rrtrnsKfu_ffl
o,rrrn-aQs I lfr I ---
,, JCo/ ltnur.ru'fnrr
_'.--l-J-115-1---l_i__T+q _
,hhfr r.ffA - | !!,!._J

{d / _ |
____:__
: iorrt,I Li qIqniil
|
tft eir,nui
+,)r<r
_"__lfKl
rirfi.
Kl.1 li :
H'itr*w,ffib
3t4
g9f7 ')
f,tft
I
qw23ug'-
dffi silb (_laoo{
ru--
__r___ ____J_
' Qrt ciqrTffd/r-$a rq-otl rr(un r,-Fril4r'{ir'ontu :.;tqr Jfir,r,rrriqt rrtl fira; r$qral.
I {t ni
"a
i
'- ,1(;luTltrl
1-lr
'r-i r\t'
/:?,,
K+;, ',
;o-'r(u"r"
,i ir,rr;riiril/ru/iriilrrililriiflrirllrlliiliillllllillillililiiiiilil/lllllilll
t002
J:41 pm
*ilqi6: I37L/2002
T{tilil q-o-t-{ : Lease
3r{ m. qercrr{ri qrcl qefib]-{lEll q?Fl-t
SIrmIIqI dtlt
siqqnnrrl ilflro-d tiq{l w.ft.d6 ,fi.ft,rd fr
rirfflrfl Executant
I.qri.3o3 REi dRrq rMl .ilrr gq
,,lt llt}Ahro,-t
^ rro
E d).rc,.;fl.qig qf+Rffi'orlffi] r6rc
Executor
5.d, q'r,orro.dl. {fr .rcrs fu.rr+qc

rrfl
+l
t
/.'
e3u)
,l t< l<3
roFi
qFr - 2
rilililliliililltlillillllililillfliltillillilllttttiiilitiliitiiiitillfiltit,lt L=*-1f**
qrq.il lF.:935 klrrnrog/oB/2ooz
1371-2OO2l qr rilq'rrqr qrq.fli qoh
.qr's-
JeI : q)+c.'tt :t lfl-d-A Sqrr E@ : 1oo
qiq: oiq-qrsd bfl-fi-d tbu-4l qr.fh,dfr
dl.hqa ftl ri'nr[l
, u* i;ent fi.io iol/ol/2oo2 o4:oo
PM
rurrffIl.tl ftqro : oB/oB/2002 1oo :q\Euff thl

q-{in-d
460 'nqqrcI (et' tt(r))' greiordl
ard o$d qrPl 6t"rdfl (3Tr. 11(2)),
rFurrrTcT (oI, 12) q urqrlfeq (31, 13) ->
\-{,fd-d gtt
560: V{tul
aqlrfi?ftd t qre\c-dll
q{{-fq-q o-w Rmri oqd 6-{dld'
iln-f{q tnw tqn
sr)o-s :
zq-q-dlw et)ruoro, q
.tUf" $rq errJ F{-A-qtc tF-{cfld dl' A <r<fo't enw t"n-qr-n
av9
(*l
uqr6
et {3 F?a
rdq-
I
t
s \-
C\
-T*'$a{ -b?otq ffi..-
- ETr qAi<J 2s
qr
\C\\.
f,rqdfd]- t} d
"l
rRUE ,t#PY
KAUSHALYA UDAY NAGARKATTI
'"N'u,orY, State Of Maharashtra'
KN1.4,o,,rLt-tt:
Fl'or'
6;ttuJ'No'2, Blclg'2' lst Ru^*: K , J. r.,',.{,,-i jr ii ,r!ii{ I
Telco
r
Ncirar y, lir ate of iia asb,iir
''\
Prestige CtlnrPlex-' ,'.1tr I
- 4l I 019 Pinr pr i-Ctrincti ri,.;.i. i,unr,
Crti,t.i"'"d East'Pune
to[ t
Annexure II
Annexure III
CTE
CONSENT TO ESTABLISE FOR AQUAPHARM CHEMICALS PVT. LTD.

Annexure IV
CTO
CONSENT TO OPERATE FOR AQUAPHARM CHEMICALS PVT. LTD.

Annexure V
Annexure VI
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
Document No.: MSDS GO 6
1. Product and company Identification

1.1 Product identifier
Product identifier Phosphorous trichloride
Chemical Formula PCl3
Alternative Names Phosphorous trichloride
CAS No. 7719-12-2
1.2 Relevant Identified uses

Identified Uses Chlorination and phosphorylation agent for synthesis of organic and
inorganic compounds such as pesticides, phosphonates, flame retardants,
dye-stuffs and intermediates.
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Supplier Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., 9th & 10th Floor, Amar Synergy
12 B, Sadhu Vaswani Road, Pune 411001, INDIA
Telephone and Fax Tel: +91 20 66090000, +91 2145 251 090/1/2, Fax: +91 20 2605 3396
Contact details of person techsupport@aquapharm.net

responsible for SDS +91 98609 90014
1.4 Emergency contact for Domestic North America: Chemtrec: 1-800-424-9300

US International: Chemtrec: 1-703-527-3887
Emergency contact Tel.: Chemtel: +1-813-248-0585 (MIS0006730)

for rest of world e-mail: ers@chemtelinc.com
2. Hazards Identification
2.1 Emergency overview
Form Liquid
Colour Clear colourless fuming liquid
Odour Pungent, penetrating
Potential health effects: Very Toxic, Corrosive. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled
Likely routes of exposure

Eye Causes severe burns. Vapours can cause pain, redness and blurred vision.
Irreversible eye damage can occur from vapours and liquid splashes.
Skin Causes severe burns. Local pain, redness and possible acid burns on prolonged
contact. Vapours can cause irritation.
Inhalation Extremely destructive to tissues of the mucous membrane and upper
respiratory tract. Symptoms may include burning sensation, coughing,
wheezing, laryngitis, shortness of breath, headache, nausea and vomiting.
Inhalation may be fatal as a result of spasm inflammation and edema of the
larynx and bronchi, chemical pneumonitis and pulmonary edema.
Ingestion Causes severe burns. Symptoms include abdominal pain, diarrhea, vomiting.
Aspiration of the swallowed product or vomitus can cause severe pulmonary
complication. Ingestion may be fatal.
NFPA Rating
0
3 2
W
3.0 Composition / information on ingredients

Substance CAS Number Concentration
Phosphorous trichloride 7719-12-2 Min 99 %
4. First Aid Measures

4.1 Description of first aid measures
Inhalation In case of exposure remove exposed person to fresh air. If breathing has ceased,
give artificial respiration or oxygen immediately. Seek medical attention
immediately.
Skin Contact Remove contaminated clothing. Wash affected area with large amounts of water
& soap. Seek medical attention immediately. If the clothing is contaminated, it
should be washed thoroughly before reuse.
Eye Contact Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Eyelids
Revision No.: 00 Revision Date: 30 June 2012 Page 1 of 5

should be held apart during the flushing. Seek medical attention immediately.
Ingestion First rinse mouth. DO NOT induce vomiting. Give large amount of water to drink
only if the person is conscious. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious
person. Seek medical attention immediately.
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
Refer to section 11 for more information on health effects and symptoms.
4.3 Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:

There is no specific antidote for the toxic effect of PCl3 and medical treatment is symptomatic and
supportive. The medical regimen utilized in the treatment of injury due to strong mineral acids should
be followed in treatment of burns. In case of ingestion dilute with water or milk. Do not attempt to
neutralise the acid since exothermic reaction may extend the corrosive injury. Be careful to avoid
further vomit since the re-exposure of the mucosa to the acid is harmful. In case of injury due to
inhalation, keep under medical observation depending upon the severity.
5. Fire fighting measures

5.1 Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media: Dry chemical, sand or carbon dioxide
Unsuitable extinguishing media: Water and foam. REACTS VIOLENTLY WITH WATER. May
cause flashes of fires due to spontaneous ignition of
diphosphine
5.2 Special Hazards arising from the substance / mixture:

Emits toxic and corrosive fumes of HCl & Phosphorus acid.
5.3 Advise for fire fighters:

In case of fire, toxic & irritant fumes are generated. Do not breathe fumes. Fight fire from a safe
distance and a protected location due to potential of hazardous vapour and decomposition products.
Do not enter fire area without proper protection. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and
suitable protective clothing.
Equipment should be thoroughly decontaminated before reuse.
6. Accidental release measures

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Do not inhale. Avoid contact with material. Use respiratory & personal protection recommended in
Section 8. Evacuate the spill area safely to permit authorised personnel to handle the spill.
6.2 Environmental precautions

Keep out of drains and watercourses. Use containment walls made from sand, earth etc. to contain,
reclaim or safely dispose off spills. Follow local regulations for safe disposal of contaminated
absorbent materials and containers.
6.3 Methods and material for containment and cleaning up

Keep water away from spill material. Remove all sources of ignition. Wear appropriate respiratory &
personal protective equipment. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from entering the area.
Shut off the leak without risk. Contain and recover the liquid if possible. Collect liquid in an
appropriate container or absorb with an inert material like vermiculite, sand, earth etc. and place in
an appropriate chemical waste container. Do not absorb on combustible material, such as saw dust.
After cleanup operation wash the area with plenty of water. Dispose as per instructions mentioned in
Section 13.
6.4 References to other sections

Refer sections 8, 10, 11 and 13 for more information
6.5 Additional information:

After clean up operations, decontaminate & thoroughly wash all protective clothing and equipment
before storing & reusing
7. Handling and storage

7.1 Precautions for safe handling
Protective measures Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practices as
mentioned in section 8.2. These practices include using appropriate personal
protection, avoiding unnecessary exposure and removal of material from eyes,
skin and clothing. Do not eat, drink or smoke when handling this product. Wash
thoroughly after handling, avoid breathing vapour or mist. Emptied containers
retain vapour and product residue. Observe all recommended safety precautions

until container is cleaned, reconditioned or destroyed. The reuse of this
material's container for non-industrial purposes is prohibited and any reuse
must be in consideration of the data provided in this material safety data sheet.
Incompatible Material is highly reactive, keep away from water and all other chemicals as a
materials matter of abundant precaution.
Suitable packing and Mild steel and lead lined drums / vessels.
storage material
Unsuitable packing Most plastics, aluminium and galvanized steel.

and storage material
Requirements for Store in cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from water, moisture, heat and
storage ignition sources. Keep containers closed. Isolate from incompatible material &
conditions.
Protect against physical damage. Check regularly for leaks.
8. Exposure control / personal protection

8.1 Occupational exposure limits
OSHA PEL: 0.5 ppm (TWA),
ACGIH TLV : 0.2 ppm (TWA); 0.5 ppm (STEL)
8.2 Exposure controls
Appropriate engineering controls Good industrial practice in housekeeping should be followed.
Ensure adequate ventilation of workplace & storage areas. Provide
eyewash facility & safety shower.
Personal Protection
Eye / face protection Use face shield and/or chemical goggles. Have eye wash facilities
immediately available at any location where eye contact can occur.
Skin protection Wear gloves, suitable materials include PVC, Nitrile Rubber,
natural rubber, butyl rubber, chloroprene and fluorocarbon
rubber. Do not use leather gloves.
Wear suitable protective clothing including aprons, boots, or a
suitable acid resistant chemical suit. Wash thoroughly after
handling.
Respiratory protection Avoid breathing vapour / mist. Use approved respiratory
protection equipment with a full face mask when air borne
exposure is likely. Consult respirator manufacturer to determine
the appropriate type of equipment for a given application. Observe
respirator use limitations specified by the manufacturer. In case of
insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment
9. Physical and chemical properties

9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties
Molecular weight 137.5
Form Liquid
Colour Clear colourless
Vapour Pressure 100 mm Hg at 21C
Odour Pungent and penetrating
pH @ 25o C Acidic
Freezing point / range - 111.8 oC
Initial boiling point / range 74 77 oC
Specific gravity @ 25 deg C 1.55 1.58 gm / ml
9.2 Other information Decomposes exothermally in water
10. Stability and reactivity
10.1 Chemical Stability Generally stable under normal conditions of handling, storage and
transport. Hazardous self polymerisation will not occur.
10.2 Conditions to avoid Water, moisture and heat. Keep well away from incompatible
materials.
10.3 Incompatible material Reacts violently with Water, Metals, Alcohol, Oxidizers, Alkalis,
Amines, Acids

10.4 Hazardous decomposition Emits toxic and corrosive fumes of HCl & phosphorous acid
products
11. Toxicological information

11.1 Information on toxicological effects
Acute oral toxicity Oral LD50 (Rat) - 18 mg/kg
Acute inhalation toxicity Inhalation LC50 (Rat) - 104 ppm / 4 Hrs
Acute dermal toxicity Dermal LD50 (Rabbit) - 1260 mg/kg
Skin irritation No data available
Serious eye damage / No data available

irritation
Respiratory irritation No data available
Sensitisation No data available
Repeated dose toxicity No data available

Germ cell mutagenicity
Carcinogenicity Not reported
Reproductive toxicity No data available
12. Ecological information

12.1 Toxicity Toxicity on Fish:
Species: Brachydanio rerio
Duration 96 hrs
LC0: >= 1000 mg/l
12.2 Persistence and Reacts with water to form HCl and phosphorous acid
degradability
The following applies to HCl in general:
Harmful effect on aquatic organisms. Harmful effect due to pH shift.
Biological effects: lethal for fish as from 25 mg/l; Leuciscus idus LC 50
: 862 mg/l (1N-solution).
Harmful effects begin at: plants 6 mg/l. Does not cause biological
oxygen deficit.
12.3 Bio-accumulative potential Not expected to bio-accumulate.
12.4 Other adverse effects -
13. Disposal considerations

13.1 Waste treatment methods All local and national regulations should be followed. Consult regulatory
officials for disposal requirement. For small quantities neutralize with
lime or soda ash and flush away with plenty of water. For large
quantities send to special waste disposal system and burn in proper
incinerator. This product should not be dumped in public storage and
sewers / waterways.
13.2 Additional Information -
14. Transport information

Land Transport (ADR/RID/GGVSE)
UN Number UN 1809
Proper Shipping Name Corrosive Liquid, acidic, inorganic, Phosphorous trichloride
Class 6.1 (8)
Packing Group I
Transport Labels- Toxic, corrosive
Sea Transport (IMDG-Code/GGVSee)

UN Number UN 1809

Proper Shipping Name Corrosive Liquid, acidic, inorganic, Phosphorous trichloride
Class 6.1 (8)
Packing Group I
Marine Pollutant No
Transport Labels- Toxic, corrosive
Air Transport (ICAO-IATA/DGR): NOT APPROVED FOR AIR TRANSPORT
15. Regulatory information

Inventory Status All components are on the following inventories:
US TSCA, Canadian DSL, EU EINECS, Australian AICS, Japan ENCS,
Chinese IECSC, New Zealand, Philippines PICCS and Korean Existing list
of chemicals
Risk Phrases R14 - Reacts violently with water

R26/28 - Very toxic by inhalation and if swallowed
R35 - Causes severe burns
R48/20 - Harmful; danger of serious damage to health by prolonged
exposure through inhalation
Safety Phrases S1/2: Keep locked up and out of the reach of children.
S9: Keep container in a well-ventilated place.
S16: Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking.
S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water
and seek medical advice.
S45: In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice
immediately
16. Other information

Key Literature References United States National Library of Medicine Chemical
Identification Database
Hazardous Substances Data Bank
IUCLID Chemical Database for CAS No. 7719-12-2
Although the information and recommendations are presented in good faith and believed to be correct as of
the date hereof, Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. make no representations as to the completeness or
accuracy thereof. Information is supplied upon the condition that the persons receiving same will make their
own determination as to its suitability for their purposes prior to use. In no event will Aquapharm Chemicals
Pvt. Ltd. be responsible for damages of any nature whatsoever resulting from the use of or reliance upon this
information. No representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, of merchantability, fitness for a
particular purpose or of any other nature are made hereunder with respect to information or the product to
which this information refers.
For all purpose the English version is final APL/F/25/Version US 2012

Annexure VII
Minutes/report o(the 83,d meeting o(the State ExpertAppraisal Committee-l held on 18-11J'h Julv. 2014
Mode of Disposal of waste:

Dry waste : Handed over to authorized recycler for further
handling and disposal
Wet waste: Will be converted to compost using Organic
Waste Convertor [OWe]
Hazardous waste: Handed over to authorized
Vendor/Incineration/Disposalto CHWTSDF as per type of
waste
Biomedical waste (If applicable): Handed over to authorized
transporter for final disposal by incineration to CHWTSDF.
STP Sludge (Dry sludge) : Will be used as manure for
gardening within project premises.
Area requirement ofOWC plant: 1. Location(s) : On Ground
2. Total area provided for the storage, segregation & Treatment
of the solid waste: 350 m2
3. Capital Cost: 350 lakh 0 & M Cost: 150 lakh/year
Decision: The PP has submitted ElA Report for the proposed project.The case was considered
under 8(b) category of the schedule. The case was discussed on the basis of the presentation
made by the proponent. All issues related to environment, including air, water, land, soil,
ecology, biodiversity and social aspects were discussed. The Committee insisted that biomedical
waste management, chrome removal during treatment and disposal of effluents and mechanized
compaction of sludge shall be carried out as per the prescribed procedures. After discussions and
deliberations, SEAC decided to recommend the proposal for Environmental Clearance.
=000=
Item no.23 Mls.Aq~~pharm CbemicalsJ?vtltd: Proposed expansion "Manufacturing of

S ecialit .Chemcials't on lot K~3/1,K-3/2, K-3!3 at AddlMlDC Mahad Rai ad.
Decision: The case was discussed on the basis of the presentation made by the proponent. The
case was considered as Bl category of the schedule. Besides the TOR presented by the project
proponent and the Model ToR, following points shall also be covered during the preparation of
ErA report:
I . PP to submit Form-l- A as the total built up area exceeds 20000 rrr'.
2. PP to submit revise Form 1 with showing existing and proposed capacity.
3. Water budget for both wet and dry season shall be provided for existing and proposed
activities.
4. PP to provide STP for domestic effluent.
5. Submit details of NH3 and Cla and other toxic gases emissions and its control system
proposed
6. Submit details of DG sets and their stack height calculations. Platform provided for
storage of hazardous waste shall be raised by 1 feet.
7. Submit details of work place monitoring.
The environmental consultant to be engaged for preparation of EIAIEMP report should be
accredited by Quality Council of India (QCI)/ NABET. For data collection and analysis only
MoEF or NABL approved laboratories should be employed. As soon as the draft EIA report is
prepared, the same may be submitted to the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) for
conducting public hearing as per EIA Notification, 2006 and MoEF OM no. J-II013/36/2014-AI-
I dt.l6th May, 2014. On revising the ETA Report, addressing all concerns raised during the public
hearing /public consultation, the same shall be submitted to the SEAC-I, Maharashtra for
appraisal.
=000=
Page15oflS
Annexure VIII
12" PP/FRP 12" PP/FRP
PT
12" PP/FRP
HEADER 12" PP/FRP TO ALKALI SCRUBBER
1"
N-12"
12"x8" 2" 2"
N-8" TI 2" 2"
TI
TI 8x12
8" 8" 3"x2" 2"x1"
6" CWR 1" PP/FRP
2" 2"
CWR
3"x2"
3"x2"
DMW
3"x2"
3"x2"
FROM IBC CWR
3"x2"
2"-PP
3" CWR ROTAMETER
2" PP/FRP
ME-01 I/P I/P XV
2" PP/FRP
3" CWS
8" FI 8"
6" CWS 3" CHWR FI
CWS CWS
2" PP/FRP
2"
3" TIC - 002 TIC - 001
3"x2"
3"x2"
2"
3" CHWS BLIND
FROM T-007,T-008
N-12" DIC 3" N-8" 3" FROM AcCl ABSORBER
3"
N-12" 8x12
8"
3" PP/FRP
2"
N-6" N-6" N-6"

6x3 6x4 6x4
N-6"
TT 6x3 TE TIC TE TIC
2" PP/FRP
3" PP/FRP
TT
4" PP/FRP
1" PP/FRP
2" PP/FRP
3" PP/FRP
2" PP/FRP
3" PP/FRP
3" PP/FRP
4" PP/FRP
2" PP/FRP
1"-PP
T-009 LAA
4" PP/FRP COMMON VENT HEADER 4" PP/FRP

I/P I/P 2" 1" I/P
2"
3" PP/FRP
LIC - 3A LIC - 2A 2" 2"
2" 3" 2"
32% HCL 2" 3" 2" 2" 2"
LIC - 4A DMW
TO STORAGE T - 2A T - 3A SUPPLY
TANK 2"
2"-PP
T - 4A
3"-PP
HCL TANK WEAK HCL

2" PP/FRP
2" PP/FRP
1" 1" 1" 1" 4-5% HCL

2" PP/FRP
2" PP/FRP
1" 1"
T-0A T-0B T-1A T-1B 30-32% HCL TANK
LIC LIC FRESH WATER LIC
11.4 m3 13.0m3 11.4m3 11.4m3 PG CAP : 16.6KL 25-27% HCL
EAA EAA MAA 3" CAP : 12KL
MAA CAP : 20KL
2"-PP
2"-PP
3" 3"
2"-PP
2"-PP
3"
3"-PP/FRP
3"-PP/FRP
3"-PP N-3" 3"-PP N-3" 3"-PP 4"

2"
2" 2"
2"
3"-PP 2"
2"
2" LT
3" 3"
LT LT
2" PG PG
3X2 3X2 1"
2X3
2"-PP 3X2
2"-PP P-2A P-3A
35M-H,10-HP P-4A
20M-H, 15-M3/HR
2"-PP
2"-PP
2"-PP
1" 1" 2850-RPM

2"-PP
1"-PP 1"-PP
1"-PP 1"-PP 4" 35-M3/HR 3"
2'X1"-TEE 2'X1"-TEE
2'X1"-TEE 2'X1"-TEE 2"-PP
2"-PP
2"-PP 1" 1" PG 2"-PP P-2B P-3B P-4B

T-007/008/ 2" 2" 1" T-0A/B
2" 20M-H, 21M-H,7.5-HP 35M-H,10-HP
FEED MIXING
2X1 12 2X11 2X11
2 2X11
2
35-M3/HR 20-M3/HR 15-M3/HR
2 2" PP/FRP 2" PP/FRP
2" PP/FRP 2" PP/FRP
2850-RPM 2850-RPM
P-0A P-0B P-1A P-1B
18M-H,3-HP 18M-H,3-HP
5-M3/HR 5-M3/HR
2850-RPM 2900-RPM
Annexure IX
Project:ManufacturingofSpecialityChemicalsFormI&ProposedTOR
Developer:M/s.AquapharmChemicalsPvtLtd
FORM - I
(I) BASIC INFORMATION

S. Item Details
No.
1 Name of the project Manufacturing of Specialty Chemicals
2 S. No. in the schedule 5(f) of the schedule of EIA notification
3 Proposed capacity/ area/ length/ tonnage to After proposed Expansion, capacity of the
handled/ command area/ lease area / product will be 580.6 MT/day (Proposed
number wells to be drilled Expansion- 377.6 MT/day).
4 New/Expansion/Modernization Expansion project
5 Existing Capacity/Area etc. 204 MT/day & 73547 Sq.m. plot area.
6 Category of Project i.e. 'A' or 'B' Category 5 (f) A as the Project site is
within MIDC area (Additional Industrial
area), Mahad, Dist: Raigad, Maharashtra.
7 Does it attract the general condition? If yes, No
please specify.
8 Does it attract the specific condition If yes, No
please specify.
9 Location: Additional Industrial Estate MIDC, Mahad.
Plot/Survey/Khasra No. Plot No. K-3/1, K-3/2, K-3/3.
Village Kalij (Kharawali)
Tehsil Mahad
District Raigad.
State Maharashtra. Exhibit - 1
10 Nearest railway station/airport along with Veer Railway Station: 23 KM.
distance in km Mumbai Airport : 200 KM
11 Nearest Town, City, District Headquarters Mahad : 14 KM
along with distance in kms.
12 Village Panchayat, Zilla Parishad, Municipal Village : Birwadi ( 2.5 km)
Corporation, Local body (complete postal Taluka: Mahad,
addresses with telephone nos. to be given) District: Raigad .
13 Name of the applicant Mr.R.R.Wadnerkar
14 Registered Address M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
9th- 10th Floor ,Amar syenergy,12- B,
Sadhu vaswani road, Pune-411001
15 Address for correspondence : Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
Name Mr. R.R.Wadnerkar
Designation (Owner/Partner/CEO) GM
1
Address K-3/1,K-2,K-3/3 Additional Industrial Estate,

MIDC Mahad, Dist.- Riagadh, State-
Maharashtra.
Pin Code 402 302
E-mail wadnerkar.r@aquapharm.net
Telephone No. 02145-251090/1
Fax No. 02145-251086
16 Details of Alternative Sites examined, if any. Not Applicable
Location of these sites should be shown on a
toposheet.
17 Interlinked Projects No
18 Whether separate application of interlinked NA
project has been submitted?
19 If yes, date of submission NA
20 If no, reason NA
21 Whether the proposal involves NA
approval/clearance under: if yes, details of
the same and their status to be given.
(a) The forest (conservation) Act, 1980
(b) The wildlife (protection) Act, 1972
(c) C.R.Z Notification, 1991
22 Whether there is any government order / No
policy relevant/ relating to the site?
23 Forest land involved (hectares) No
24 Whether there is any litigation pending No
against the project and/or land in which the
project is propose to be set up?
(a) Name of the Court
(b) Case No.
(c) Orders/directions of the Court, if any and
its relevance with the proposed project.
2
(II) ACTIVITY
1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the project involving actions, which will
cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies,
etc.)
Sr. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities

No. /No /rates, wherever possible) with source of
information data
1.1 Permanent or temporary change in No The zoning of the land is Industrial Area
land use, land cover or topography (MIDC) as of now as per the Regional Plan.
including increase in intensity of land There will be no significant change in the
use (with respect to local land use existing land use pattern by proposed
plan) project as it shall be set up in Notified
Industrial Area, MIDC Mahad.
Company is proposing to expand
manufacturing of Speciality Chemicals by
rearranging some facilities to
accommodate the main plant equipment
and placing auxiliary facilities. Exhibit 2.
1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation No No cutting of trees and demolition
and buildings? involved.
1.3 Creation of new land uses? No No, there will be no creation of new land
use.
1.4 Pre-construction investigations e.g. bore No Not Applicable.
houses, soil testing?
1.5 Construction works? Yes The construction work proposed includes
expansion of plant buildings to house
equipments, machinery and auxiliaries.
1.6 Demolition works? No No demolition involved.
1.7 Temporary sites used for construction Yes Majority of the labor will be hired from
works or housing of construction nearby villages so no housing or shelter
workers? facilities required for construction workers.
However, temporary camp sites will be
provided with minimum requirement of
drinking and sanitation facilities for workers
during working hours.
1.8 Above ground buildings, structures or Yes The construction work proposed includes
Earthworks including linear structures, expansion of plant buildings to house
cut and fill or excavations. equipments, machinery and auxiliaries.
Construction involves excavation, some
3

information data
amount of cutting and filling.
1.9 Underground works including mining or No No underground works including mining or
tunneling? tunneling is required for this project.
1.10 Reclamation works? No Not applicable
1.11 Dredging? No NA
1.12 Offshore structures? No NA
1.13 Production and manufacturing Yes Manufacturing Process is enclosed as
processes? Exhibit-3.
1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or Yes Proper storage facilities for raw material
materials. and finished goods have been provided.
Same will be continued after proposed
expansion.
1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of Yes Existing Trade effluent generation is 31 KLD
solid waste or liquid effluents? and proposed additional Trade effluent
generation will be 26 KLD.
Industry has existing ETP of capacity 50
KLD, which is sufficient to treat additional
effluent generation load i.e. 26 KLD.
Additional Trade effluent 26 KLD will be
treated through RO and MEE and will be
used in cooling tower makeup.
Generated solid waste from the process
facility will be sold to authorized vendor.
For details refer Water Balance Diagram in
Exhibit 4 and refer ETP flow diagram in
Exhibit 5.
1.16 Facilities for long term housing of No There will be no construction of housing
operational workers? facilities for workers.
1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during No Not required
construction or operation?
1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or other No No new road, rail, air, waterborne or other
transport infrastructure including new or transport infrastructure including new or
altered routes and stations, ports, altered routes and stations, ports, airport
airports etc? will be developed specifically for this
project. It is intended to make maximum
use of existing road network for mobilization
of human resources and material.
4

information data
1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transport No There is no any closure or diversion of
routes or infrastructure leading to existing transportation routes for this
changes in traffic movements? project.
1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or No Not applicable
pipelines?
1.21 Impoundment, damming, culverting, No There will be no change in the hydrology of
realignment or other changes to the water courses / aquifers by the proposed
hydrology of watercourses or aquifers? project.
1.22 Stream crossing? No The study area does not involve any stream
crossings.
1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water from No Water requirement will be fulfilled by MIDC
ground or surface waters? Water pipeline.
1.24 Changes in water bodies or the land No There will be no change in water body due
surface affecting drainage or run-off? to proposed expansion project.
1.25 Transport of personnel or materials for Yes Road transport shall be utilized for
construction, operation or employees of the industries and floating
decommissioning? population. Transport of raw materials and
finished products will also be done through
road transport.
1.26 Long-term dismantling or No The project does not involve any long-term
decommissioning or restoration works? dismantling or decommissioning or
restoration works.
1.27 Ongoing activity during No No Impact on the environment, since no
decommissioning which could have an decommissioning activity involved.
impact on the environment?
1.28 Influx of people to an area in either Yes There will be influx of around 40 people
temporarily or permanently? during construction phase & operation
phase for proposed expansion.
1.29 Introduction of alien species? No No alien species will be introduced.
Greenbelt will be developed as per the
requirements of MoEF/CPCB norms. Only
native species will be planted.
1.30 Loss of native species or genetic No There will be no cutting of trees.
diversity?
1.31 Any other actions? No No other actions/activities envisaged.
2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water,
materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in short supply):
5
Sr. No. Information/checklist Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities

confirmation /No / rates, wherever possible) with source of
information data
2.1 Land especially undeveloped or Yes The existing land use pattern of the plot is
agricultural land (ha) MIDC Industrial area. Break-up of the land
is enclosed as Exhibit-9.
2.2 Water (expected source & Yes After proposed expansion

competing users) unit: KLD Source: MIDC Water Supply
Total:1223 KLD
Domestic: 10 KLD
Industrial: 1173 KLD
Gardening: 40 KLD
Water balance diagram enclosed as
Exhibit 4.
2.3 Minerals (MT) No Not Applicable.
2.4 Construction material stone, Yes Locally available construction material will
aggregates, sand/soil (expected be used in the project that will be
source MT) transported by road transportation.
2.5 Forests Timber (source MT) No NA
2.6 Energy including electricity and Yes Source: MSEDCL

fuels (source, competing users) Requirement: 2000 KVA
Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW) (Existing: 1300 KVA & Proposed: 700 KVA)
DG set (for Backup)
Quantity: 380 KVA (Existing) & 2 1250 KVA
(Proposed)
2.7 Any other natural resources (use No Not applicable.
appropriate standard units)
3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be
harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks
to human health.
S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes Details thereof (with approximate

/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with
source of information data
3.1 Use of substances or materials, which Yes
Hazardous raw materials will be handled
are hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to
as per MSIHC rules, 1989 and
human health or the environment
amendment rules, 2000. Exhibit- 10
(flora, fauna and water supplies)
6

3.2 Changes in occurrence of disease or No There will be no occurrence of disease or
affect disease vectors (e.g. insect or disease vector by the project.
water borne diseases)
3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by Yes There will be more employment
changing living conditions? opportunity due to expansion of the
project. There will be improvement in the
socio- economic condition of the local
population. Ancillary development near
the project site will additionally improve
the economic status of nearby villages.
3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who No There are no vulnerable groups which
could be affected by the project e.g. could be affected by this project.
hospital patients, children, the elderly
etc.,
3.5 Any other causes No Not applicable.
4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month)

/No quantities / rates, wherever possible) with
4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes No There will be no spoil, overburden or mine
waste in the proposed project.
4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or Yes There will minimal waste increase from
commercial wastes) the proposed expansion project.
4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Yes Solid & Hazardous waste will be
Waste Management Rules) generated. Refer Exhibit- 6.
4.4 Other industrial process wastes Yes Refer Exhibit- 6
4.5 Surplus product Yes Methanol, Sodium Bromide 30%, Sodium
Chloride, Hydrochloric Acid (30%)&
Acetyl Chloride will be generated as the
By product.
4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from Yes ETP Sludge generated which will be
effluent treatment disposed off at CHWTSDF site by Land
filling.
4.7 Construction or demolition wastes Yes The major construction wastes are
packing material or containers which will
7

/No quantities / rates, wherever possible) with
be disposed off to authorized vendors.
Insignificant quantity of construction
debris will be generated during the
construction phase and the same will be
utilized for leveling the site.
No demolition involved.
4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment No There will be no redundant machinery or
equipment.
4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials No There will be no contamination of soil.
4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not Applicable.
4.11 Other solid wastes No Not applicable.
5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr)
S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities/

/No rates, wherever possible) with source of
information data
5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil Yes Gaseous emissions like SO2, NOx, CO and
fuels from stationary or mobile particulate matter will be generated from
sources Boiler and DG Set, which will be maintained
under prescribed limit. DG sets will be used
during only power break down. Adequate
stack height of boiler (40 m) and DG set (7 m)
has already installed for effective dispersion of
pollutants. Refer Exhibit-7
5.2 Emissions from production Yes Adequate process emission control facilities
processes already installed. Refer Exhibit-7
5.3 Emissions from materials handling No There is no emission from storage and
including storage or transport handling of raw material as well as finished
product because all materials are in
Hygroscopic in nature or in liquid phase. Only
Fugitive emissions and dust will generate from
vehicular movement. However Water
spraying on roads inside the project site will be
carried out to control dust.
5.4 Emissions from construction Yes There will be construction activity in this
activities including plant and expansion project. Only dust during
8
S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities/

/No rates, wherever possible) with source of
information data
equipment. construction will be generated but minimized
to great extent by following the norms laid by
MPCB/CPCB. Existing infrastructure facilities is
sufficient to meet the requirement of
increased product.
5.5 Dust or odors from handling of No No odour is envisaged as waste water will
materials including construction be treated in ETP. There will be some
materials, sewage and waste amount of dust generated during
construction phase. Generated sewage
shall be disposed off through septic tank/
soak pits.
5.6 Emissions from incineration of No Not Applicable
waste
5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in No Not Applicable
open air (e.g. slash materials,
construction debris)
5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not Applicable
6. Generation of Noise and Vibration and Emissions of Light and Heat:
S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes /No Details thereof (with approximate quantities
/rates, wherever possible) with source of
information data
6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. Yes During construction, the source of noise is due
engines, ventilation plant, crushers to operation of the equipment such as
concrete mixers, etc. which will go up to 75 dB
(A).
There will be slight increment in noise level
during operation due to operation of DG set
which will be used as power break-up. Noise
level will be maintained within permissible limit
as per Noise Rule 2000.
6.2 From industrial or similar processes Yes There will be slight increment in noise level
due to operation of DG set, pumps,
compressor etc. Noise shields and enclosures
will be provided. Personnel working with it will
be provided with ear plugs and
9
S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes /No Details thereof (with approximate quantities
/rates, wherever possible) with source of
information data
administrative control.
6.3 From construction or demolition Yes During installment of machinery or other
construction activity there will be minimal
increment in noise level.
No demolition involved.
6.4 From blasting or piling No There will be no blasting and piling activity in
the proposed project.
6.5 From construction or operational Yes There will be slight noise generation from
traffic vehicle movement especially due to
movement of trucks for transportation of raw
materials and finished products. However, the
noise levels will be less than 70 dB (A).
Vehicles with inbuilt silencer will be allowed.
Further suitable mitigation measures including
greenbelt shall be proposed to reduce the
noise emissions.
6.6 From lighting or cooling systems Yes There will be slight increase in noise due to use
of utilities.
6.7 From any other sources No Not applicable.
7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into
sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:
S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes /No Details thereof (with approximate

quantities/rates, wherever possible) with
7.1 From handling, storage, use or No No risk of contamination of land and water
spillage of hazardous materials from hazardous materials since proper
measures will be taken. Collection,
treatment and disposal of hazardous waste
will be as per hazardous waste
(Management & Handling) amendment
rule 2008 and hence no adverse impact on
land environment is envisaged.
7.2 From discharge of sewage or other No Waste water will be treated in effluent
effluents to water or the land treatment plant (ETP). 31 KLD Treated water
(expected mode and place of send to CETP. Additional Trade effluent 26
discharge) KLD will be treated through RO and MEE
10
and will be used in cooling tower make up.

Sewage will be disposed to soak pit via
septic tank. Thus there is no risk of
contamination of surface and ground
water.
7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted No The gaseous emissions will be well within the
to air into the land or into water. prescribed limits. Periodic maintenance of
machineries & equipments and monitoring
of stack will be carried out.
7.4 From any other sources No Not applicable.
7.5 Is there a risk of long term build up No Not applicable.

of pollutants in the environment
from these sources?
8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human
health or the environment
S. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes Details thereof (with approximate

No. /No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source
of information data
8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from No Adequate fire fighting and safety measures has
storage, handling, use or production of already installed in the plant to prevent &
hazardous substances. control risks / accidents.
8.2 From any other causes No Not applicable.
8.3 Could the project be affected by No The project falls under seismic zone- IV, further
natural disasters causing environmental it is not flooded or landslide prone area.
damage (e.g. floods, earthquakes, Hence, risk due to natural hazards is not
landslides, cloudburst etc)? envisaged.
9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead
to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or
planned activities in the locality

9.1 Lead to development of supporting, Yes There will be overall economic
facilities, ancillary development or development around the project site
development stimulated by the project owing to development of supporting
11

which could have impact on the facilities, ancillaries, etc. However, these
environment e.g.: will not materially impact the
Supporting infrastructure (roads, power environment.
supply, waste or waste water treatment, etc.)
housing development
extractive industries
supply industries
other
9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, which could No The proposed project will have
have an impact on the environment marginal & negligible impact on the
environment.
9.3 Set a precedent for later developments No Not Applicable
9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity to No The proposed unit is a small, hence it
other existing or planned projects with similar will not contribute to add any
effects cumulative effects due to proximity of
other industries existing nearby.
Also environmental impact from the
project will be marginal, no cumulative
effects are envisaged.
(III) ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY
S. No. Areas Name/ Aerial distance (within 15 km.)

Identity Proposed project location boundary
1 Areas protected under international No Eco Sensitive Areas (ESA) falls within
conventions, national or local legislation for 5 Km radius from the project site.
their ecological, landscape, cultural or These include villages: Solamkond,
other related value. Jite, Padavi.
2 Areas which are important or sensitive for Yes Kal river is around 3.0 km from
ecological reasons - Wetlands, project site .Refer Exhibit 8.
watercourses or other water bodies, coastal
zone, biospheres, mountains, forests.
3 Areas used by protected, important or No Not Present within 15 km.
sensitive species of flora or fauna for
breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over
wintering, migration.
12
S. No. Areas Name/ Aerial distance (within 15 km.)

Identity Proposed project location boundary
4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground No There is no coast line or marine

waters. Ecosystem in the zone.
5 State, National boundaries. No There is no National and State
Boundary within 15 Km from the
project site.
6 Routes or facilities used by the public for No No such route is within proposed
access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim project area
areas.
7 Defense installations. No Not present within 15 km radius.
8 Densely populated or built-up area. No The area is not densely populated.
9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made Yes Birwadi village: 2.5 km

land uses (hospitals, schools, places of MMA Hospital: 4 km
worship, community facilities)
10 Areas containing important, high quality or No There are no fisheries, agriculture,
scarce resources (ground water resources, tourism spot and mines nearby
surface resources, forestry, agriculture, area.
fisheries, tourism, minerals)
11 Areas already subjected to pollution or No Not present within 15 km.
environmental damage. (those where

existing legal environmental standards are
exceeded)
12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which No The project site fall in seismic
Zone -III
could cause the project to present
environmental problems. (earthquakes,
subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or
extreme or adverse climatic conditions)
13
LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit No. Description

Exhibit - 1 Location Map
Exhibit - 2 Plant Layout
Exhibit - 3 Process Flow Diagram
Exhibit - 4 Water Balance Diagram
Exhibit - 5 ETP Flow Diagram
Exhibit - 6 Hazardous Waste Details
Exhibit - 7 Flue Gas Emission & Process Gas Emission & Control
Exhibit - 8 Vicinity Map
Exhibit - 9 Land use Breakup
Exhibit - 10 Raw materials & Product details
15
Project: Manufacturing of Speciality Chemicals
Developer: M/s. Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.
EXHIBIT 1. LOCATION MAP OF PROJECT SITE

EXHIBIT- 3 Process Flow Diagram
A) Organo Phosphonic Acid Derivatives
1) Process Flow Diagram of PBTC

2) Process Flow Diagram of Diethylene Triamine Penta Methylene Phosphonic Acid
By the Use of Phosphoric acid as R.M.

By the Use of H3PO3 as R.M.

3) Process Flow Diagram of HEDP
4) Process Flow Diagram of Powder of HEDP salt

B) Process Flow Diagram of Phosphorous Trichloride
C) Process Flow Diagram of Halogen Derivatives (MDB)

D ) Process Flow Diagram of Polymers
1) Process Flow Diagram of Maleic Based (PM 200)

2) Process Flow Diagram of Polymer products
E) Process Flow Diagram of Amino Acid derivatives (GLDA)

F) Process Flow Diagram of Methylene Bis-thiocynate

P
Project: Manu
ufacturing of Speciality Chemicals
D
Developer: M Aquapha
M/s. arm Chemica
als Pvt. Ltd.
EX
XHIBIT 4. WA
ATER BALAN
NCE DIAGRA
AM (EXISTIN
NG + PROPO
OSED)

EXHIBIT 5. EXISTING ETP FLOW DIAGRAM (CAPACITY: 50 KLD)
EXHIBIT 6
HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Total After
S. Type of Proposed Expansion
Category UOM Existing Management
No. waste Expansion
Sludge and
Filters CHWTSDF for
1 3.3 MT/A 3.12 ----- 3.12
ed with oil
Sale to
Spent
2 20.2 MT/A 24.00 ---- 24.00 Authorized
Solvents
preprocessor
CHWTSDF for
Distillation
residues
Reuse
Discarded
containers/ Sale to
4 barrels/liners 33.3 Nos/A 18000 43800 61,800 authorized
party
CHWTSDF for
5 ETP Sludge 34.3 MT/A 124 36 160
landfill
Sale to
Kg/da
6 33.3 1000 1000 2000 authorized
y
MS Drum party.
Sale to
Waste oil/
7 used oil
party.
Sale to
Lead Acid
8 Nos/A 0 50 50 authorized
Batteries
party
Sale to
9 e-Waste MT/A 0 1.0 1.0 authorized
party
Discarded
10 15.2 MT/A 0 2 2 CHWTSDF
Asbestos
Oil soaked
cotton
11 5.2 MT/A 0 1.0 1.0 CHWTSDF
waste &
gaskets
Sludge from
concentrat
12 36.1 MT/A 0 0 72 CHWTSDF
ed Tech
(MEE)
Silica &
13 MT/A 0 0.5 0.5 CHWTSDF
Resin
Non Hazardous Solid Waste Management
Nature of solid Existing Proposed

S. No UOM Disposal option
waste Qty Qty
Sale to
1 Wooden Scrap 10.00 10.00 Kg/Day
authorize party
Sale to
2 Metallic Scrap 50.00 100.00 Kg/Day
authorize party
Sale to
3 Waste Cotton 5.00 5.00 Kg/Day
authorize party
Bottles & Plastic Sale to
4 25.00 25.00 Kg/Day
Bags authorize party
Sale to
5 Insulation 0 50.00 Kg/Day
authorize party
Sale to
6 Canteen Waste 0 20.00 Kg/Day
vermiculture
Sale to brick
7 Boiler ash 0 10.00 MT/Day manufacturer &
land filling


EXHIBIT 7. FLUE GAS EMISSION & PROCESS GAS EMISSION & CONTROL
Details of Air Pollution Control Measures for Flue gas Stacks

Source of Type of Fuel name
S.No Capacity Height Diameter Control
Emission Emission & Quantity
(mt) (mt) Equipment
Boiler Oil TMP, NOx, FO & 370 Air
1 6 TPH 40 0.75
Boiler Oil TMP, NOx, FO & 190 Air
2 3 TPH 40 0.75
Cyclone,
Boiler Coal TMP, NOx, Coal &
3 12 TPH 40 1.2 Bag filter &
Fired SOx 1500 kg/hr
APH
Diesel & 80
4 D.G.Set 380 KVA NOx, SOx 7 0.15 Cooling
kg/hr
D.G.Set 2 X 1250 Diesel &
5 NOx, SOx 8 0.35 Cooling
(Proposed) KVA 525 kg/hr
FO & 50
kg/hr
FO & 115
kg/hr
*Boiler oil fire, capacity 6 TPH & 3 TPH are used as stand by only.

Details of Air Pollution Control Measures For Process Gas Emission

Attached Capacity
S.No Emission Height Diameter M.O.C Control
to (m3/hr)
(mt) (mt) Equipment
Cl2 Packing &
1 Chlorine 1000 15 0.1 Vinyl Ester
Scrubber Scrubber
HCl speciality
2 HEDP -- 12 0.02 PPFRP
Scrubber chemicals
Scrubber
Spray Spray &
3 3 33 0.3 SS 316
Pad
Scrubber
Spray Spray &
4 10 40 0.22 SS 316
Pad
PCl3
5 PCl3 100 15 0.1 PPFRP Scrubber
Scrubber
EXHIBIT8.VICINITYMAP
EXHIBIT-9. Land use Breakup
Land Area Existing (Sq.mt)
S. No. Description Area (Sq.mt)
1 Admin/QC/Canteen 525.4
2 Changing room/Toilet 83.4
3 Green Belt 10238.4
4 Total road 13591
5 Open Space 10% 15096
6 Garden 4000
7 Total plant area 21214.9
Total area 64749
Details of Land use Break-up for Proposed Land
Proposed Land Area ( Sq.mt)
S. No. Description Area (Sq.mt)
1 Storage 2023
2 Utility 633
3 MCC/PCC 487
4 Plant 466
5 Approach road 4541
6 Changing Room 23
7 Workshop shed 125
8 Stores 500
Total area 8798

Details of Total Land Use
Existing Plot Area in Use Proposed plot area require Total Plot Area
( Sq.mt) ( Sq.mt) ( Sq.mt)
64749 8798 73547

EXHIBIT-10: LIST OF RAW MATERIALS & PRODUCTS
1. List of Raw Material Required for Existing & Proposed
RawMaterials RawMaterial Total

S. NameofRaw forExisting forProposed (Existing
Product
NO Material Plant Expansion +Proposed)
(MT/Day) (MT/Day) (MT/Day)
YellowPhosphorous 6.825 7.9625 14.79
1. PhosphorusTrichloride100%
Chlorine 23.85 27.825 51.68
Hydroxyethylidene Aceticacid 12.93 3.23 16.16

2 diphosphonicacid(HEDP100 PCl3 53.8 13.5 67.3
%)
H2O2 0.04 0.01 0.05
HEDP 4.2 11.6 15.8
3 HEDPsaltliquid
NaOHlye 4.3 11.7 16.0
HEDP 7.4 7.5 14.9
4 HEDPsaltpowder
NaOHlye 6.9 9.9 16.8
H3PO3 6.032 0 6.032
DiethyleneTriaminePenta DETA 1.44 0 1.44
5. Formalin
PhosphonicAcid100% 6.32 0 6.32
HCl 4.000 0 4.000
H3PO3 0 23.7 23.7
DETA 0 5.6 5.6
DiethyleneTriaminePenta Formalin 0 25 25
6
PhosphonicAcidsalt
HCl 0 16.600 16.600
NaOH 0 36.1 36.1
Phosphorousacid
AminoTrimethylene 2.52 5.88 8.4
Trichloride
7. PhosphoricAcid(ATMP100 AmmoniumChloride 0.504 1.176 1.68
%)
Formalin 2.73 6.37 9.1
A108EX(ATMP) 2.96 2.96 5.92
8. Saltofamines
NaOH 2.15 2.15 4.30
Ethylenediamine 0.078 0 0.078
Ethylenediamine
9. tetramethylenephosphonic Phosphorusacid 0.477 0 0.477
acid
Formalin 0.477 0 0.477
BisHexamethylene
0 0.085 0.085
BisHexamethylenetriamine triamine
10 pentamethylenephosphonic
Phosphorusacid 0 0.174 0.174
acid
Formalin 0 0.181 0.181

Product
HCl 0 0.100 0.100
Monoethanolamine 0 0.123 0.123
Monoethanolaminebis Phosphorusacid 0 0.353 0.353

11
methylenephophonicacid
Formalin 0 0.380 0.380
HCl 0 0.130 0.130
PolyetheramineD230 0 0.135 0.135
Polyetherpolyamino
12 Phosphorusacid 0 0.195 0.195
methylenephosphonicacid
Formalin 0 0.218 0.218
HCl 0 0.130 0.130

NaOH 0 0.335 0.335
Hexamethylenediamine 0 0.057 0.057
Hexamethylenediamine Phosphorusacid 0 0.167 0.167

13 tetramethylenephosphonic Formalin 0 0.17 0.17
acidsalt
HCl 0 0.130 0.130
KOHflakes 0 0.242 0.242
Aminoethylethanol
0 0.204 0.204
amine(AEEA)
Aminoethylethanolamine Phosphorusacid 0 0.480 0.480

14 trimethylenephosphonicacid Formalin 0 0.520 0.520
(AEEAphosphonate)
HCl 0 0.4 0.4
NH4OH 0 0.820 0.820
SodiumMethoxide 0 0.112 0.112
MethylAcrylate 0 2.352 2.352

15 PBTC DMP 0 2.94 2.94
DMM 0 3.92 3.92
ORMaleicAnhydride 0 2.764 2.764
Maleicanhydride 0 0.023 0.023
Polymaleicphosphonicacid(A
16 Phosphorusacid 0 0.0147 0.0147
110EX)
NaOH 0 0.070 0.070
Glyoxalicacid 0 0.0795 0.0795

Hydroxyphosphonoaceticacid
17
(A118EX) Phosphorusacid 0 0.041 0.041

Product
18 HCl(3033%)(Byproduct) DMW 60M3 45M3 105M3
Monosodiumglutamate
0 7.668 7.668
(LMSG)
19 GLDA(A2015EX) Monochloroaceticacid 0 8.91 8.91
NaOH 0 18.441 18.441
DLalanine 0 2.058 2.058
20 MGDA Monochloroaceticacid 0 4.998 4.998
NaOH 0 9.8 9.8
Cyanoacetamide 0.385 0 0.385
Dibromonitrilopropionamide NaBr 1.155 0 1.155

21
(DBNPA) H2O2 0.686 0 0.686
H2SO4 0.500 0 0.500
2. LIST OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS
S. No. Name of Hazardous Raw material Type of Storage Storage Capacity

1. Chlorine MS Tonner 54 MT
2. Phosphorous Trichloride MS Tank 125 MT
3. Sodium hydroxide PPFRP 120 MT
4. Ethylene diamine MS Drum 10 MT
5. Benzyl Chloride Carbouys 35 lit
6. Hydrogen Peroxide Carbouys 2 MT
7. Isopropyl alcohol MS Drum 200 lit
8. Liquor Ammonia Carbouys 50 lit
9. Ortho Phosphoric Acid Carbouys 50 lit
10. Dichlorophen Bags 25 Kg
11. Maleic Anhydride Bags 20 kg
12. Methanol Drum 200 lit
13. Xylene Drum 200 lit
3. DETAILS OF PRODUCTS & PRODUCTION CAPACITY
S. No. Name of Product Quantities, MT/day

A Alkyl Phosphonates
HEDP (100% basis) 40.0 10.00 50.00
PBTC -- 14.00 14.00
Polymaleic Phosphonic acid -- 0.15 0.15
Hydroxy Phosphono Acetic acid -- 0.15 0.15
Or Alkyl Phosphonates derivatives and family -- 24.30 64.30
B Amine Phosphonates
Diethylene Triamine Penta Methylene
8.0 -- 8.00
Phosphonic Acid 100%
Ethylene Diamine Tetramethylene Phosphonic
0.5 -- 0.50
Acid
Amino Trimethylene Phosphonic Acid 3.0 7.00 10.00
Bis Hexamethylene Triamine Pentamethylene
-- 0.60 0.60
Phosphonic acid
Amino ethyl ethanol amine Trimethylene
-- 2.00 2.00
Phosphonate
Poly Amino PolyEther poly methylene
-- 1.00 1.00
Phosphonic acid
Monoethanolamino diphosphonic acid -- 1.00 1.00
Hexamethylene Diamino Phosphonic acid -- 1.00 1.00
Or Amine Phosphonates derivatives and
-- 12.60 24.10
family
C Salt of Phosphonates
HEDP salts liquid 12.0 33.00 45.00
HEDP salts powder 7.0 10.00 17.00
Or Salts of Alkyl Phosphonates ,derivatives
-- 43.00 62.00
and family
D Salts of Amine Phosphonate
DETMP salts -- 100.00 100.00
ATMP salts 5.0 5.00 10.00
or Salts of Amine Phosphonate , derivatives
-- 105.00 110.00
and family
E Polymers
Poly Maleic (PM200) -- 14.00 14.00
Poly Acrylic -- 14.00 14.00
F Green Products
GLDA -- 27.00 27.00
or Amino Acid salts, derivatives and family -- 27.00 27.00
G Methylene Bis-thiocyanate 1.0 0.50 1.50
H Halogen Derivatives
Phosphorus Trichloride 100% 30.0 35.00 65.00
MDB -- 3.00 3.00
or Halogen derivatives and family -- 38.00 69.00
Total of Products 106.5 278.1 384.6
4. BY-PRODUCT DETAILS
Sr. No. Name of Bi-Product Quantities, MT/day

1 Acetyl Chloride 5.00 5.00 10.00
2 Methanol -- 5.00 5.00
3 Sodium Chloride -- 8.00 8.00
4 Sodium Sulphate -- 7.70 7.70
5 Hydrochloric Acid 90.00 66.00 156.00
6 Sodium Bromide 1.5 7.5 9.00
Total 96.5 99.5 196
Annexure X
ETP DESIGN
Flow: 10 KLD
Raw Water: (Parameters assumed as follows)
Sr. No. Parameters Range
1 pH 6.0 to 8.0
2 BOD 350 ppm
3 COD 500 ppm
4 TSS 200 ppm
5 O&G 50 ppm
Treated Water:
Sr. No. Parameters Range
1 pH 7-8
2 BOD <30 ppm
3 COD <100 ppm
4 TSS <50 ppm
5 O&G 10 ppm
MBBR Technology Details:
In FBBR/ MBBR Technology, the biomass spontaneously gets fixed to the Bio Media and helps
Microbes to grow and multiply there. This is among the most effective bio reactors used in
wastewater treatment. The large bio film-liquid interfacial area, high interfacial velocities and
good mass transfer characteristics are the main features of this type of reactors. The superior
performance of the FBBR/ MBBR stems from the very high biomass concentration (30-40
kg/m3) that is achieved due to immobilization of cells onto and /or into the solid particles.
Features of FBBR/ MBBR Technology
Best present available and economical technology for sewage treatment.

Self regulating biomass development and biomass holding process capability
No operational adjustments required
No sludge recirculation
Single pass treatment
lower footprints than any other technology
Stable under high organic loading
Low mechanical equipment maintenance
Low noise level ( for containerized systems)
No odour in surrounding environment
Stable nutrients removal
Biomass of more than 15000 to 20000 mg/liter available for efficient treatment thus
ensuring Nitrogen and phosphorus removals
No media replacement
Easy shipments in standard 20' and 40' container.
No separate plant room required since all equipment enclosed in container.
No equipment protection shed required since all equipment are enclosed in
container.
Plant is coated both internally and externally with best suitable Anti-Corrosive Paints
STP Process Flow Diagram
Space Required:
For 10 KLD Package Plant - ~5.0 m x ~3.0 m x ~3m (exclusion of sewage collection
tank, drying bed & treated water storage tank)
SEWAGE TREATMENT PROCESS:
Wastewater generated from toilets, bathrooms, kitchens is collected via series of drains and is
collected in sewage collection tank which is fully enclosed and covered with slab. Oil &
grease trap is provided in collection tank. Collected sewage is treated as per process given
below:
SCREENING:
Solid particles such as clothes, plastics etc are trapped in bar screen and removed manually
with help of spade. Screen is cleaned regularly so as to avoid any blockages. Screened
matter is collected and stored in drum for disposal.
SEWAGE TRANSFER TO AEROBIC FLUDIZED MEDIA BIO REACTOR:
Two submersible sewage pump (operated with help of level controller) of @ 10mtr head
capacity is provided in sewage collection tank. This pump steadily delivers the wastewater in
to aerobic bio reactor where huge consortium of active biomass is maintained with help of
specially designed PP non clog cubes which provides high surface area for biomass
development.
Oxygen required for biomass development is provided with the help of twin lobe air blowers
(1 working + 1 standby). In FBBR/ MBBR, biomass is maintained in range of 20 to 30Kg/cum in
contrast to only 3 to 5 kg /cum which is available in suspended activated sludge process.
Due to such higher concentration of biomass available, treatment of wastewater is achieved
with minimum retention time of 3 to 4 hours which otherwise would require 5 to 6 hours. These
microorganisms consumed the organic matter present in sewage and reproduce.
Since most of biomass is attached on the pp media, sludge formation from this process is
minimum and also Sludge recirculation is not required. Overflow from the FBBR/MBBR is
discharged at the bottom of the lamella clarifier.
FLOCCULATION & CLARIFICATION OF BIOMASS:
In lamella clarifier solid particles get collected in deep hopper and are removed on inbuilt
sludge drying bed where it gets de watered. Clarified wastewater is then discharged in filter
feed sump.
TERTIARY TREATMENT:
Clarified effluent is then pumped with the help of filter feed pump through dual media filter
where all solid particles and organic Odour, if any, gets removed. Treated water is
disinfected online with the help of sodium Hypochlorite.
Treated water is stored in underground treated water storage tank and to be used for
gardening and toilet flushing.
SLUDGE HANDLING & DISPOSAL:
Sludge from lamella clarifier is removed once in three days on drying bed. Dewatered sludge
is sundried and is used as manure for gardening.
Annexure XI
SPECIFICATIONFORAMMONIAVENTSCRUBBER_AMINE
PartyName PolyPlast
TagNo. SR2409
Service AmmoniaVentScrubber
Verticalcylinderwithdishtop&dish
Type
bottom
MOC PP+FRP(IsopathalicVinylester)
Feed(Vapor) AmmoniaVapor
ScrubbingLiquid Water
WorkingPressurekg/cm2(g) Atmosphere
DesignPressurekg/cm2(g) 0.3bar(g)
WorkingTemperatureC 30to40C
DesignTemperatureC 80C
TestPressurekg/cm2(g) FullofWater
Dimensions
ShellID 200mm
PackedHeight 1500mm
Totalheight 2000mm
Thickness Shell&DishEnds:3PP+5FRP
Packing
TypeofPacking 1"PPPallrings
2001/DMW/50NB/PPFRP
DM WATER DM WATER
2002/CWR/200NB/CS
CW RETURN CW RETURN
2003/CWS/200NB/CS
CW SUPPLY CW SUPPLY
TO P&ID-02A/B
2078/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
TO R-2402A/B
2354/DRAIN/15NB/CS
2343/VAP/80NB/PPFRP
N1
2340/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316 50x80
2331/DMW/25NB/PPFRP
N1 N2 N6
N3 N5
N3
50X25
2357/DRAIN/25NB/CS
SR 2409
2355/AMV/50NB/SS316
N2
N5
N4
2344/VENT/80NB/PPFRP
TO ETP
PG
TI 2339/PI/25NB/SS316
40x50
PG
2411/AMMONIA/40NB/SS316 2350/AMMONIA/50NB/SS316
40x50
80X 50NB
DIP PIPE
N2
N3 N6 2338/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316 N3 N7
PG 2351/PI/25NB/SS316 2422/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
T 2409 ST 2481 2420/AMMONIA/50NB/SS316

2349/PI/25NB/SS316
SCRUBBER AMMONIA 2421A/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
BV-620
CIRCULATION TANK 2421B/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
TANK 15 KL 2419A/AMMONIA/50NB/SS316 2419B/AMMONIA/50NB/SS316
3 KL SS 304
PP/FRP 2345A/AMMONIA/50NB/SS316
LI LT 2346A/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316 M M
2481
M M M M P-2415A P-2415B
LI LT N4 N4 1000 LPH 1000 LPH
2409 N5 N5 25m 25m
P-2409A P-2409B PV-601 P-2481A P-2481B
2m/hr 10m/hr, 20m
2m/hr 10m/hr, 20m
2334/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316 2347A/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
20m 20m 2346B/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
2345B/AMMONIA/50NB/SS316
TANKER UNLOADING
POINT 2347B/AMMONIA/25NB/SS316
SPECIFICATIONFORCHLORINEVENTSCRUBBER_PCL3
PartyName JRFiberglas
TagNo. SC701
Service Cl2VentScrubber
3
DesignExhaustFlow 1000M /hr
DesignBasis ()250mmwc
Designtemperature 60OC
WorkingTemperature 50OC
WorkingPressure ATM
GasComposition AirwithTracesofCl2Fumes
MOC PP+FRP(IsopathalicVinylester)
ScrubbingLiquid Dil.NaOH
Blower Centrifugal
BlowerMotor 5HP,1440RPM
Dimensions
ShellID 700mm
PackedHeight 7000mm
Totalheight 9949mm
Thickness 7mmFRV(VINYLESTER)
Packing
TypeofPacking 2"PPPallrings
PCS : PACKED COLUMN SCRUBBER
RV : RECIRCULATION VESSEL
BL : BLOWER
RP : RECIRCULATION PUMP
B : BELLOW
D : DAMPER
PSP : PACKING SUPPORT PLATE
BV : BALL VALVE
NRV : NON RETURN VALVE
H.E. : HEAT EXCHANGER
SP : SAMPLE POINT
BV
BV
B
D B
UM
BV
Annexure XII
Submit details of DG sets and their stack height calculations. Platform provided for storage of
hazardous waste shall be raised by 1 feet.
A. DG sets and Stack Height Calculation

There will be total three DG Sets for the proposed expansion project. 1x 380 KVA
(Existing) and 2x1250 KVA (Proposed) as power back up. The following formula,
recommended by Central Pollution Control Board has been used to compute the
stack height.
The safe stack height calculated is as under: -

D.G. set Capacity = 380 KVA
H = h + 0.2 380
= 30 + 3.89
H = 33.89 m
D.G. set Capacity = 1250 KVA
H = h + 0.2 1250
= 30 + 7.07
H = 37.07 m
Hence, a safe stack height of 34 & 37 meters above the ground will be provided for D.G. set
of capacity 380 KVA & 1250 KVA respectively.
B. Storage of hazardous Materials

Hazardous waste spent solvents, spent oils, containers etc. will be stored based on
compatibility at 1 foot high above the ground in the specified storage area.
Table: Hazardous Waste Handling and Disposal Details
Unitof
Proposed Totalafter
S. Categor Measu
Typeofwaste Existing Expansio Expansion Management
No. y remen
n
t
Sludgeand
Filters CHWTSDFfor
1 3.3 MT/A 3.12 3.12
contaminated Incineration.
withoil
SaletoAuthorized
2 SpentSolvents 20.2 MT/A 24.00 24.00
preprocessor
Unitof
Proposed Totalafter
S. Categor Measu
Typeofwaste Existing Expansio Expansion Management
No. y remen
n
t
CHWTSDFfor
Distillation
3 20.3 MT/A 24.00 145 169 Incineration/
residues
Reuse
Discarded
containers/bar Saletoauthorized
4 33.3 Nos/A 18000 43800 61,800
rels/liners party

CHWTSDFfor
5 ETPSludge 34.3 MT/A 124 36 160
landfill

Saletoauthorized
6 MSDrum 33.3 Kg/day 1000 1000 2000
party.

Wasteoil/ Saletoauthorized
5.1 MT/A 1 1 2
7 usedoil party.
LeadAcid Saletoauthorized
8 Nos/A 0 50 50
Batteries party
Saletoauthorized
9 eWaste MT/A 0 1.0 1.0
party
Discarded
10 15.2 MT/A 0 2 2 CHWTSDF
Asbestos
Oilsoaked
11 cottonwaste& 5.2 MT/A 0 1.0 1.0 CHWTSDF
gaskets
Sludgefrom
12 concentrated 36.1 MT/A 0 0 72 CHWTSDF
Tech(MEE)
13 Silica&Resin MT/A 0 0.5 0.5 CHWTSDF

Annexure XIII
WORKPLACE MONITORING REPORT
Sr. Parameters Unit Results Limits Method

No.
1. Mg/m3 2.95 10.00 IS 5182 (Part 23)

Dust (Total Dust)
2. mg/m3 0.97 5 OSHA-200
Oxides of Sulfur (SO2)
3. mg/m3 1.05 6 IS5182 Part -VI
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
4. ppm <1 - On Line VOC
TVOC
Analyzer

Chemical For Scale Inhibitor

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chemical For Scale Inhibitor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REPORT NO.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESMENT

EXPANSION PROJECT IN MANUFACTURING

M/s. AQUAPHARM CHEMICALS PVT. LTD.

Conducted & Prepared By

GREEN CIRCLE, INC.

Corp. Office & Environmental Research Laboratory

IN THE HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT AT AHMEDABAD

SPECIAL CIVIL APPLICATION NO. 10311 of 2012

CORAM: HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE MR.

COMMON ORAL ORDER

As prayed for by Mr Desai, let the matters appear on 20 th

(BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA, CJ.)

IN THE HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT AT AHMEDABAD

SPECIAL CIVIL APPLICATION NO. 10311 of 2012

CORAM: HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE MR.

COMMON ORAL ORDER

Inspite of our earlier order, giving liberty to the Union of

Mr.Champaneri, the learned Assistant Solicitor General of

Be that as it may, we have decided to consider the

By this application, the writ-petitioner has prayed for

It appears that in one of the memoranda, the designation

After considering the Notification issued by the Central

As pointed out earlier, inspite of giving opportunity, no

such circumstances, we pass an interim order staying

The Union of India must affirm affidavit opposing this

Since similar points are involved in the other two matters,

Leave to amend the prayer clause is granted in Special

(BHASKAR BHATTACHARYA, CJ.)

HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT

Status : PENDING ( Converted from : ST/9970/2012 ) CCIN No : 001021201210311

Last Listing Date: 07/01/2015

S.NO. Name of the Petitioner Advocate On Record

Presented On : 19/07/2012 Registered On : 26/07/2012

IUI/s. Green conducted EIA

fol th,e period of

www .or e e ncircl ei n c.c o m E: i nfo@or e e ncirclei nc.c o m

Exponsion & Addition of Speciolty Chemicol Produciion Monufocturing

QUALITY CONTROT SHEET

0t 29 /12/2014 Finol EIA Report VB,VS,YP,NT PV PJ PJ

Signoture & Dote

Signoture & Dote

The conssulting servic

Expansion & Addition of Specialty Chemical Production Manufacturing

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

2.12 REEN BELT DEVELOPMEN

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

6.11 REFERENCES 6.46

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

11.1 VISSION 11.1

11.2 MISSION 11.1

11.3 PPROVALS & ACCREDA

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

2.4 By- Product

2.11 ails of Air po

3.2 Envirronmental Attributes

3.4 Site specific

Greeen Circle, Inc Table of Contents

3.11 ulated data